Visalia City Council
May 20, 2024

Visalia City Council
707 W. Acequia
Visalia, CA 93291
Visalia City Council
Visalia City Council
Meeting Agenda - Final
Brian Poochigian, Mayor
Brett Taylor, Vice Mayor
Steve Nelsen, Council Member
Emmanuel Hernandez Soto, Council Member
Liz Wynn, Council Member
707 W. Acequia7:00 PMMonday, May 20, 2024

ROLL CALL
CALL TO ORDER WORK SESSION - 4:00 PM (Unless otherwise noted)

PUBLIC COMMENTS
Citizens are now invited to comment on issues within the jurisdiction of the Visalia City Council and items listed on the Closed Session. The Council asks that you keep your comments concise and positive. Creative criticism, presented with appropriate courtesy, is welcome.

Each speaker will be allowed three minutes, and a timer will notify you when your time is expired. Please begin your comments by stating and spelling your name and providing your city of residence.

WORK SESSION AND ACTION ITEMS (as described)

1. Presentation for possible tax measure - Receive initial presentation from HdL Companies on a possible local cannabis tax measure on the November 2024 ballot.
24-0161

2. Graffiti Ordinance - Consideration of and direction on initiating potential Municipal Code updates to Visalia Municipal Code Chapter 9.16 Graffiti.
24-0126

3. Presentation of Solid Waste Divisions - Presentation of all Solid Waste Divisions pertaining to historical background, service and logistics, and new laws and technology.
24-0187
ADJOURN TO CLOSED SESSION - 6:00 PM (Or, immediately following Work Session)
CALL TO ORDER REGULAR SESSION - 7:00 PM

PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE
MOMENT OF SILENCE: In Remembrance of Former City Council Member, Berkley R. Johnson.

1 Visalia City Council Meeting Agenda - Final May 20, 2024

ITEMS OF INTEREST

SPECIAL PRESENTATION / RECOGNITION

1. Proclaim May 19 - 25, 2024 as National Public Works Week in the City of Visalia.
24-0147

PUBLIC COMMENTS
This is the time for people to comment on matters within the jurisdiction of the Visalia City Council. The Council asks that you keep your comments brief and positive. Creative criticism, presented with appropriate courtesy, is welcome.

This is the opportunity to address the Council on any matter of interest, whether on the agenda or not, other than the Consent Calendar.

People may comment one time during the evening for up to three minutes unless additional time is authorized by the Council. Each speaker will be allowed three minutes, and a timer will notify you when your time is expired. Please begin your comments by stating and spelling your name and providing your city of residence.

CONSENT CALENDAR
Consent Calendar items are considered routine and will be enacted in one motion. There will be no separate discussion of these matters unless a request is made by a City Council Member and then the item will be removed from the Consent Calendar to be discussed and voted upon by a separate motion.

1. Authorization to read ordinances by title only. 24-0110

2. Award Landscape Contract - Authorize the City Manager to award the Landscape & Irrigation Construction contract, to Quality Landscape Construction Inc., in the amount of $672,656.45 for Groundwater Recharge Basin G at the East Side Regional Park. 24-0114

3. Consider appointments to the Parks and Recreation
Commission: Appointment of two candidates, Nancy Hawkins and Kaitlyn Lusk, as recommended by the Parks and Recreation Commission.
24-0158

4. Amendment to Caltrans Clean California Agreement - Authorize the City Manager to execute an amendment to extend the current Clean California State Initiative Grant agreement with Caltrans by one (1) year through June 30, 2025, to allow for the expenditure of remaining funds available in the amount of $220,944.50. 24-0165

5. ATP Grant Applications - Authorize the City Manager to submit funding applications for the Active Transportation Program Cycle 7 to the California Transportation Commission for multiple proposed capital improvement projects.
24-0166

2 Visalia City Council Meeting Agenda - Final May 20, 2024

6. Amendment to CSET Clean California Contract - Authorize the City Manager to execute an amendment to extend the current subcontracted Clean California State Initiative Grant agreement with CSET by one (1) year through June 30, 2025, to allow for the expenditure of remaining funds available in the amount of $220,944.50.
24-0172

7. Lisendra Heights Landscape and Lighting District - Authorize the City Manager to appropriate funding and award a landscape enhancement project to Brightview Landscape for an amount not to exceed of $125,309.
24-0176

8. Appointment to the Tulare Mosquito Abatement District - Appointment of Charles Mayer as the Visalia representative on the Tulare Mosquito Abatement District Board of Trustees for a two-year term ending June 30, 2026.
24-0178

9. Authorization to Award a Contract for Phlebotomy and Alcohol/Drug Screening Services - Authorize the City Manager to award a sole source contract for phlebotomy and alcohol/drug screening services for the Visalia Police Department with Adventist Health Tulare, Adventist Health Toxicology located in Tulare, CA, for an annual amount not to exceed $60,00 a year and a 5-year contract total amount not to exceed $300,000.
24-0184

10. Resolution Approving Grant for Vehicles - Authorize the adoption of Resolution No. 2024-22 approving the application accepting the requirements set forth by the San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District Public Benefit Grants Program for alternative fuel vehicles. 24-0186

11. Approve Tentative Agreements - 1)Authorize the City Manager to execute the Memorandum of Understanding by and between the City of Visalia and Miscellaneous Supervisors and Managers (Group E) for the period of July 1, 2024 through June 30, 2027; 2) Authorize the City Manager to execute the Memorandum of Understanding by and between the City of Visalia and
Miscellaneous Employees (Group M) for the period of July 1, 2024 through June 30, 2027; 3) Authorize changes to terms and conditions of employment by and between the City of Visalia and employees in the Unrepresented Confidential and Department Head groups.
24-0201

12. Request to add Consent item by Council - Request by several Council Members to approve adding an agenda item to the June 3, 2024 agenda for discussion and potential direction regarding the new City of Visalia logo.
24-0203

REGULAR ITEMS AND PUBLIC HEARINGS

3 Visalia City Council Meeting Agenda - Final May 20, 2024 Comments related to regular Items and Public Hearing Items are limited to three minutes per speaker, for a maximum of 30 minutes per item. The Mayor may reasonably limit or extend the public comment period to preserve the Council's interest in conducting efficient, orderly meetings.

1. Measure N Public Hearing: Conduct the first of two public hearings on the proposed Fiscal Years 2024/25 and 2025/26 Measure N budget.
24-0171

2. Annexation No. 2023-01 (Shirk-Riggin SW) : Public hearing to consider the following actions related to an Annexation into the Visalia City limits, located at the southwest corner of North Shirk Street and West Riggin Avenue within the jurisdiction of the County of Tulare (APN: 077-200-057, 058, 059, 060):

1. Adopt Initial Study / Mitigated Negative Declaration No. 2024 -24 for Annexation No. 2023-01 (Resolution No. 2024-20
required); and

2. Initiation of Proceedings for Annexation No. 2023-01, a request by YS Clancy Riggins to annex four parcels and
right-of-way totaling approximately 80.61 acres into the Visalia City Limits (Resolution No. 2024-21 required); and

3. Authorize the detachment from County Service Area No. 1 in accordance with State and County requirements; and

4. Authorize the City Manager to sign and enter into a
Pre-Annexation Agreement.
24-0179

CLOSED SESSION REPORT

ADJOURNMENT

UPCOMING CITY COUNCIL MEETINGS

1. Upcoming City Council Meetings:

Monday, June 03, 2024 @ 7:00 p.m. at Visalia Convention Center - 303 E. Acequia
Monday, June 17, 2024 @ 7:00 p.m. at City Hall West - 707 W.

Acequia
If you have a disability and require a reasonable accommodation to fully participate in the meeting, please contact Michelle Nicholson, to discuss your accessibility needs: 559-713-4512 or email at [email protected]
<mailto:[email protected]>
24-0205

4 Visalia City Council
Staff Report
Visalia City Council
707 W. Acequia
Visalia, CA 93291
File #: 24-0161 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 1.

Agenda Item Wording:

Presentation for possible tax measure - Receive initial presentation from HdL Companies on a possible local cannabis tax measure on the November 2024 ballot.

Deadline for Action: 5/20/2024
Submitting Department: Community Development
Contact Name and Phone Number:

Devon Jones, Economic Development Manager, [email protected] <mailto:[email protected]>, (559) 713-4190,
Department Recommendation:

Receive initial presentation from HdL Companies, provide staff and consultant any direction on the local cannabis tax measure to be included on the November 2024 ballot, and authorize staff to bring forward an ordinance to include a local cannabis tax measure for voter consideration on the Tulare County November 2024 General Election ballot.

Summary:

HdL Companies was hired to assist with the development of a local cannabis tax measure, including drafting of the ordinance, preparation of the ballot resolution, revenue estimates, and assistance with the ballot statement. HdL is conducting their initial presentation to Council this evening to gather input to inform this process so staff can bring back an ordinance for City Council consideration.

Background Discussion:

Senate Bill (SB) 1186, the “MedicinalCannabis Patients’Right of Access Act”was signed into law in late 2022. This state law, which became effective on January 1, 2024, prohibits local agencies from enforcing any local regulations that prohibit the retail sale by delivery of medicinal cannabis. After this date, “delivery only” (i.e., delivery of medicinal cannabis) businesses will be permitted, subject to reasonable zoning regulations for public health and safety, within the City of Visalia. This means that warehouse-based businesses could legally operate in the City of Visalia as long as they sold medicinal cannabis via delivery only (i.e., no retail store front).

On July 17, 2023, Council authorized staff to initiate a zoning ordinance update to implement reasonable zoning regulations in response to SB 1186. On November 20, 2023, Council conducted the second reading and adoption of Ordinance No. 2023-13 for Zoning Text Amendment No. 2023- 02, a request by the City of Visalia to amend Visalia Municipal Code Chapter 17.25, add Section

17.32.167, amend Chapter 8.64, and add Chapter 5.66 in order to address upcoming state mandated changes as a result of the passage of SB 1186, and to establish objective standards for permitting delivery only medical marijuana retail establishments within the City of Visalia. To date, staff is aware of one such business type interested in Visalia and many others amongst storefront retail cannabis Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 1 of 5
powered by Legistar™
5 File #: 24-0161 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 1.
operators.

Also on July 17, 2023, Council authorized staff to hire a consultant through sole source contract process to assist staff with the preparation of a potential local sales tax measure specifically for cannabis sales for the 2024 general election and to identify potential revisions to cannabis regulations in Visalia so the City would be ready in the event additional state mandates prevent local agencies from restricting other types of cannabis businesses, or should the Council later decide to permit such businesses to operate in Visalia.

The local tax measure would not be proposing to legalize other types of cannabis sales, the tax would only authorize the City of Visalia to collect additional tax revenue from cannabis sales that state law has authorized to be conducted in Visalia or if the City Council, at a later date, decided to allow cannabis sales. Applicable local taxes can be charged under SB 1186, but no specific excise tax for cannabis currently exists within the city. At this time, should any applicable delivery only medicinal cannabis retailers open in the city only the normal business license fees and general sales tax apply.

On November 6, 2023, Council authorized the City Manager to award a contract to HdL Companies for an amount not to exceed $35,000, with a total budget of $40,000, and a contract to Fairbank, Maslin, Maullin, Metz & Associates (FM3 Research) for an amount not to exceed $39,500, with a total budget of $45,000, and appropriate $85,000 from the General Fund. FM3 Research was tasked specifically with public opinion research to inform the potential local tax measure efforts.

FM3 Research presented their survey findings on May 6th and identified, among other things, that the majority of Visalia residents support allowing cannabis businesses to operate in Visalia and support the passage of a local tax measure on cannabis businesses. Council then authorized staff to continue working with HdL on the preparation of the tax measure materials and to appropriate $20,000 from the general fund for the development of informational materials for the potential tax measure.

HdL Companies is tasked specifically with development of the cannabis tax measure, including drafting of the ordinance, preparation of the ballot resolution, revenue estimates, and assistance with the ballot statement. They will also assist with drafting the regulatory framework should the state mandate local agencies to allow other types of cannabis businesses or the council later decide to allow such businesses. HdL Companies is conducting their initial presentation to Council this evening in order to gather input to prepare the ordinance and resolution for Council to take action on. Some specific questions that they and staff would like input on include:

1. Where in the Municipal Code would the ordinance be placed? Recommendation: Title 3 Revenue and Finance would be the logical section of the Municipal Code for the tax. If at a later time, an ordinance allowing these types of businesses were approved then additional changes would need to occur in Title 5 Business Regulations, Title 17 Zoning, and Title 8 Health & Safety.

2. Should the tax be applied by gross receipts, square footage, or other? Recommendation: Gross receipts given square footage is typically used only for cultivation while retail (and others) is typically assessed by gross receipts.

3. What will the maximum tax rates be?
Recommendation: Generally, ordinances only include a maximum tax rate, allowing the Council to set the initial tax rate by resolution after adoption and to adjust it at any time as the Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 2 of 5
powered by Legistar™
6 File #: 24-0161 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 1.

Council to set the initial tax rate by resolution after adoption and to adjust it at any time as the Council sees fit. This allows the city to make adjustments without having to revise the ordinance itself. So, the recommendation would be to establish a maximum rate only at this time and set that rate at 10% of gross receipts. This is consistent with the maximum rate charged across the region. Additionally, the conceptual ballot language proposed in the public opinion survey indicated, “taxing cannabis businesses’gross receipts not exceeding 10% on retail, delivery, manufacturing, and testing”.

4. Shall we set the initial rates now or by resolution? Recommendation: Only set the maximum rate and allow the Council to set the initial rate after adoption by the voters, should the State mandate or a Council choose to move ahead with allow sales.

5. Shall payments be remitted monthly or quarterly?
Recommendation: That taxes be remitted monthly. This ensures that the city will be immediately aware if a business falls in arrears, rather than waiting three months to learn of this information.

6. Will the City require audits?
Recommendation: Yes, require audits. Cannabis businesses are still largely a cash heavy industry which makes reporting more difficult to track. Audits are recommended to ensure the business is reporting and remitting the proper amount of revenue to the city. Additionally, the conceptual ballot measure language proposed in the public opinion survey indicated requiring audits.

7. Who will hear appeals?
Recommendation: City Manager or designee, similar to what has been implemented in other provisions of the municipal code related to appeals.

8. Charge a fee for issuing the business license?
Recommendation: Yes, but given the Council is not currently considering an ordinance to allow such businesses and additional considerations to determine exact costs would need to be assessed, such as actual cost to administer a potential program (remittance payments, audits, code compliance, etc.), staff would not recommend identifying that detail at this time. This type of fee would not need to be determined unless an ordinance allowing these types of businesses were approved.

9. Updated initial revenue estimates range from $500,000 to $1 million annually, depending on the tax rate. $1 million was the amount estimated in the conceptual ballot language shared during the public survey. Based on the updated revenue estimates, an estimate of $750,000 or less may be more accurate. Does the City Council want to identify a different estimated annual amount for the ballot language?
Recommendation: Estimate $750,000 annually. Given this action does not include establishing an ordinance allowing cannabis businesses to operate in Visalia, and therefore does not take into consideration further analysis of potential industry segments to allow, number of establishments to allow, and other considerations, utilizing an estimate amount that is Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 3 of 5
powered by Legistar™
7 File #: 24-0161 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 1.
establishments to allow, and other considerations, utilizing an estimate amount that is essentially the median of the estimated range is sufficient. Particularly given more analysis would be conducted if later action is taken to allow cannabis businesses to operate in Visalia.

10. FM3 Research polled versions of the ballot language with and without ‘state mandate’ language. The results were nearly the same (see below). Shall we indicate a ‘statemandate’ in the ballot language?
Recommendation: Include mandate language. Because the potential for a state mandate is a genuine concern of Council and because the added language also includes, “or the city approves an ordinance allowing such businesses”, staff would recommend including such language.

Fiscal Impact: N/A
Prior Council Action:
· On May 6, 2024 - Council authorized staff to continue working with HdL to develop a local cannabis tax measure and ballot language to be included on the November 2024 ballot. · On November 11, 2023 - Council authorized the City Manager to award a contract to HdL Companies for an amount not to exceed $35,000, with a total budget of $40,000.

Other: None
Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 4 of 5
powered by Legistar™
8 File #: 24-0161 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 1.

Alternatives: Per Council direction
Recommended Motion (and Alternative Motions if expected):

I move to receive initial presentation from HdL Companies and authorize staff to present Council an ordinance to include a local cannabis tax measure for voter consideration on the Tulare County November 2024 General Election ballot.

Environmental Assessment Status: N/A
CEQA Review: N/A
Attachments: HdL Companies presentation
Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 5 of 5
powered by Legistar™
9 VisaliaCannabis Policy Study SessionVisaliaCannabis Policy Study Session Mark LovelaceSenior Policy AdvisorHdL Companies
10 About HdL•Municipal finance consulting firm providing revenue and economic insights to local governments•HdL Serves:•303 cities•48 counties•108 transaction districts•We provide sales tax, property tax, business licensing, economic development, and cannabis management•HdL has provided consulting services to over 175 local agencies to help develop cannabis policies•Team includes former policymakers, law enforcement and cannabis regulators with State, county and local level experience2 11 OBJECTIVES OF DISCUSSION•Provide brief overview of cannabis policy in California, the Cityof Visalia and the surrounding region•Outline local tax measure process ahead •Take comments and input from Council members on key provisions for tax measure3 12 CULTIVATORMANUFACTURER

TESTING LAB

DISTRIBUTOR
RETAIL

TESTING LAB

CONSUMER

CANNABIS BUSINESS CATEGORIES
4 13
CA CANNABIS LICENSES AS OF 1/6/20245,490 Cultivation 755 Manufacturer1,243 Retailers465 Retailers Non-Storefront1,139 Distributors154 Distributor Transport Only402 Microbusinesses38 Testing Labs46 Cannabis Event Organizers9,732 Total5 14 CANNABIS BUSINESSES IN THE NEARBY REGION
6 15
STATUS OF OTHER AGENCIES IN THE REGION:•Farmersville– Retail, Cultivation, Manufacturing, Distribution, Testing•Lindsay –Retail, Cultivation, Manufacturing, Distribution, Testing •Woodlake– Retail (storefront), Manufacturing, Distribution, Testing•Porterville– Retail•Tulare– Retail (storefront only)•Tulare County– Storefront retail, Cultivation (both medicinal only)7 16 8
Cannabis Taxes/Fees in the Visalia RegionCity or County Cultivation Nursery Distributor Manufacturer Retailer Microbusiness Testing LaboratoryFarmersville$7/sf 5.0% 5.0% 5.0% 5.0% 5.0% 5.0%Lindsay$6/sf$2/sf 4.0% 4.0% 5.0% By Activity 0.0%Woodlake$25/sf $25/sf10.0% 10.0% 10.0% 10.0% 10.0%PortervilleN/AN/A N/A N/A 1.0% N/A N/ATulare$10/sf$10/sf 10.0% 10.0% 10.0% 10.0% 10.0%Tulare County N/AN/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/AHdL Standard Rates2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 2.0% 4.0% to 6.0% 2.0% 2.0% 17 REVENUE GENERATING STRATEGIES
9 FEES•Application fees•Regulatory fees•Limited to cost recovery onlyTAXES•% gross receipts•$ per square foot•Requires voter approvalAGREEMENTS•Provide agreed-upon benefits to the City or community 18 CANNABIS RETAIL TAX REVENUEAnnual Retail Cannabis Tax Revenue Potential cannabis retail sales:$12 millionPotential cannabis tax revenue:$500,000 to $1 millionDepending upon tax ratePlus $200,000 in sales tax10 19 FM3 SURVEY
11 “Shall the measure to fund, for general governmental uses, services such as: maintaining emergency response times; supporting youth programs; helping attract businesses; cleaning public areas; addressing homelessness; by taxing cannabis businesses’ gross receipts not exceeding 10% on retail, delivery, manufacturing/testing; raising approximately $1,000,000 annually, requiring spending disclosures, and which would only be levied if state law imposes mandates or the city approves an ordinance allowing such businesses, lasting until ended by voters, be adopted?” 20 DIRECTION FOR TAX MEASURE•July 17, 2023•City Council directed staff to hire a consultant to assist with the preparation of a potential local sales tax measure specifically for cannabis sales for the 2024 election.•Initiated a zoning ordinance update to implement reasonable zoning regulations in response to SB 118612 21 PROCESS FOR PLACING MEASURE ON THE BALLOT•Provide direction and general parameters to develop draft tax measure•Staff and consultant develop draft tax ordinance•First reading before the Council•All ballot materials must be received by the County elections office no later than 88 days before the election (August 9)13 22 IF THE MEASURE PASSES•City under no obligation to allow cannabis businesses•Tax measure would provide protection in the event the state requires the City to allow cannabis retailers•The Council could adjust the tax rates as it sees fit, up to the maximum rate.•IF the City wanted to allow some types of cannabis businesses, the City would have a great deal of control over the time, place and manner of regulations14 23 REVENUE POLICY CONSIDERATIONS•All City costs for permitting and regulating cannabis businesses would be paid for by the business through regulatory fees•All revenues from a cannabis tax would be available for general City expenses•Additional community benefits could be required through operational agreements15 24 OTHER POLICY OPTIONS•As an option, the City could develop a regulatory ordinance and defer implementation into the future.•The ordinance could address all cannabis business types but set the allowable number of each to zero.•The City Council could then revisit those numbers at any time in the future and adjust them as the Council sees fit.16 25 KEY DECISIONS FOR A TAX MEASURE•Where in the Municipal Code would the ordinance be placed?•Tax by gross receipts, square footage, or other?•What will the maximum tax rates be?•Set the initial rates now or by resolution?•Remit monthly or quarterly?•Will the City require audits?•Who will hear appeals?•Charge a fee for issuing the business license?•$750,000 annual revenue estimate? •State mandate or no mandate? 17 26 Questions?18
27 Visalia City Council
Staff Report
Visalia City Council
707 W. Acequia
Visalia, CA 93291
File #: 24-0126 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 2.

Agenda Item Wording:

Graffiti Ordinance - Consideration of and direction on initiating potential Municipal Code updates to Visalia Municipal Code Chapter 9.16 Graffiti.

Deadline for Action: 4/15/2024
Submitting Department: Community Development
Contact Name and Phone Number:

Tracy Robertshaw, Neighborhood Preservation Manager, (559) 713-4187, [email protected] <mailto:[email protected]> Paul Bernal, Planning and Community Preservation Director, (559) 713-4025, [email protected] <mailto:[email protected]> Department Recommendation:

Staff recommends that the Visalia City Council receive the staff report, staff presentation, conduct a review of current processes and ordinance requirements related to Graffiti (i.e., Chapter 9.16 of the Municipal Code) and consider any addition information presented during the work session. Based on all the information provided, the City Council may direct staff to formulate changes related to graffiti violations and abatement requirements and begin processing a Municipal Code Text Amendment to implement these changes.

Summary:

Although graffiti is a common problem, its intensity varies substantially from place to place. Because of its rising prevalence in many areas, and the high costs typically associated with cleanup and prevention, graffiti is often viewed as a persistent problem. While a single incident of graffiti does not seem serious, graffiti has a serious cumulative effect; its initial appearance in a location appears to attract more graffiti. In addition, graffiti generates the perception of blight and heightens fear of gang activity in an area.

To address this continuing problem, the City’sGraffiti Abatement program was established to ensure that graffiti found and/or reported throughout the community was addressed in an efficient manner and removed promptly as graffiti is considered an unsightly nuisance. With the recent City reorganization of several departments, the Graffiti Abatement program was transferred from the Public Works Department to the newly created Planning and Community Preservation Department.

The hourly employees assigned to the Graffiti Abatement program report directly to the City’s Neighborhood Preservation Manager.

As a result of this program being moved under the direction of the Planning and Community Preservation Department, it has become apparent that changes to the existing graffiti ordinance are required given the last update occurred in 2012. This work session staff report provides the City Council with an overview of the current ordinance and potential changes as noted by staff.

Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 1 of 4
powered by Legistar™
28 File #: 24-0126 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 2.

Background Discussion:

A recent review of Visalia Municipal Code Chapter 9.16 “Graffiti”determined that the ordinance is in need of revisions that require corrections to various portions of this chapter. The following is a summary of the sections that where revisions are necessary:

1. Section 9.16.070 Removal
Summary: This section requires graffiti violation notices sent by mail, afford property owners 15 days to remove graffiti from private property. In addition to the fifteen (15) days, five (5) additional days are factored into this timeline to allow for mail service. Based on the timing allowances, this often results in graffiti remaining a total of 20 days on-site.

Staff Recommendation: Staff recommends the requirement to remove the graffiti be reduced from fifteen (15) days to seven (7) days, with five (5) days of mail time for a total of 12 days. Staff concludes that reducing the timeline as noted above ensures graffiti is removed promptly. However, in lieu of revisions as recommended by staff, the City Council may also consider continuing with 15 days and revise this section to the wording to state “15calendar days”.Council could choose to leave it at 20 days.

2. Section 9.16.070 (2) Undue Hardship
Summary: This section allows the property owner to apply for a hardship waiver if they are unable to remove. Under this section, the property owner shall file a written request for waiver of the removal requirement with the city. The property owner shall explain his/her reason(s) for making such request.

In determining whether the request for waiver will be granted, the following circumstances are to be considered: 1) The cost of restoration of the property to its original state prior to the imposition of the graffiti in proportion to the relative value of the property; 2) The ability of the owner to pay for such removal, and 3) Whether or not the property has been the target of previous incidents of graffiti.

Staff Recommendation: Staff recommends that this entire section be replaced with an “Alternativeto Abatement”section. Although it is very unfortunate that vandalism has occurred on private property, the City should not absorb the full cost of removing the graffiti from private property. Rather, staff recommends that if the property owner(s) request to have the City remove the graffiti from their property, then the property owner(s) shall sign a Release of Liability Form, as outlined in Section

9.16.070.3 of the Graffiti ordinance, and shall pay for the abatement costs as outlined in Section

9.16.070.5 of said ordinance. This allows staff to remove the graffiti and the ability of the property owner to set up payment arrangements through the Neighborhood Preservation Division for reimbursement back to the City. This process is a similar to how other jurisdictions perform work handled in relation to code violations.

In addition to the proposed revisions as noted above, staff concludes this section will also need to include the previous language allowing the property owner the opportunity to seek a waiver of the fees by submitting a written request, explaining his/her reason(s) for making such request. In determining whether the request for waiver will be granted, the following circumstances are to be considered and will be reviewed the City Manager or their designee: 1) The cost of restoration of the property to its original state prior to the imposition of the graffiti in proportion to the relative value of the property; 2) The ability of the owner to pay for such removal, and 3) Whether or not the property has been the target of previous incidents of graffiti.

Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 2 of 4
powered by Legistar™
29 File #: 24-0126 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 2.

2.a. Pilot Paint Program
In addition to the proposed changes as noted under Section 2 above, the City Council may also consider directing staff to research a pilot paint program that would be accessible to property owners and residents of Visalia that have had their property vandalized due to graffiti. Staff could research how a program could be drafted and implemented that allows the City to seek opportunities to purchase, hold, and distribute a small quantity of a variety of neutral paint colors, free of charge, to those property owners seeking to paint over the graffiti themselves rather than going through the “Alternative to Abatement” process as noted above in Section 2.

The intent of the program would be to provide a ratio of “neutralcolored”paint to the property owner, at no cost to them, to address removing graffiti in a timely manner. This pilot paint program could be seen as a way to expedite the removal of graffiti from private property while allowing the Graffiti team to continue addressing the removal of graffiti from public property.

Staff would need approximately 60-days to further research how a pilot paint program could be established, including the cost to purchase paint, location(s) on where paint would be stored and distributed. Staff will present findings to the Council at a future work session.

3. Section 9.16.080 Appeal of Cost Removal
Summary: This section addresses the ability for a property owner to appeal the cost recovery bill issued by the City for the cost incurred by the City to remove graffiti from the owner's private property.

Staff Recommendation: Staff recommends that the appeal process be amended to coincide with the appeal process as stated per Municipal Code Chapter 1.13. Municipal Code Chapter 1.13 contains the appeal process that is utilized for all other violations of the municipal code and amending this chapter to coincide with Chapter 1.13 will require that graffiti appeals be handled in the same manner as other violations. In addition, this section will also be revised to remove language requiring the City Clerk process the appeal request.

4. Section 9.16.090 Responsibility
Summary: In general, this section requires any individual who is found guilty of applying graffiti under the graffiti ordinance to pay restitution (graffiti abatement costs) to the property owner, in addition to authorized penalties to the city. In addition, if the person cannot pay restitution, the City may intervene and file a lien or special tax assessment on private property owned by the violator, or parents of the violator if they are minor, when a violator does not pay restitution to another property owner per a court order. The ordinance was added after state law was changed in the 2000’sto allow this type of cost recovery.

Staff Recommendation: Staff has researched this section of the ordinance and concludes that payment of restitution to another property owner as a result of their property being defaced with graffiti is a civil matter and should be handled between property owners without involvement of the City to place a lien on private property to recoup said monies. If the impacted property is City owned, staff will utilize our cost recovery through the City’snormal tax lien process and/or other legal means as deemed necessary. The included revision version of the ordinance simplifies this section by removing the lengthy lien process and retaining the special assessment provision, which is more commonly used by the City for other types of collection issues. City staff is unaware of the ordinance ever having been utilized and believe it could be removed without impacts to City operations.

Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 3 of 4
powered by Legistar™
30 File #: 24-0126 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 2.

5. Section 9.16.120 Reward
Summary: This section states that the City may provide rewards of up to five hundred dollars ($500.00) for information which leads to the arrest and conviction of graffiti vandals.

Staff Recommendation: The City does not have an established reward fund for arrest/conviction for graffiti violators. Staff recommends that this section be removed.

Fiscal Impact:

The chemicals used to abate graffiti have a cost of $130.00 per gallon and the Graffiti Abatement team’saverage cost per work order is $41.50, plus the cost of staff time. The billing rate for the Graffiti Hourly position is $19.61. Average cost per property can vary depending on size and quantity of graffiti, but generally would be between $100-$150 per property. Allowing property owners to apply for a waiver of fees/abatement charges will mean that the City will absorb the cost of abatement for those property owners that are deemed qualified.

Prior Council Action: None.

Other: N/A
Alternatives:

The City Council may, in lieu of the recommended motion, direct staff to not process any amendments to Visalia Municipal Code Section 9.16 Graffiti.

Recommended Motion (and Alternative Motions if expected):

I move to direct staff to begin drafting revisions to Chapter 9.16 Graffiti, based on the information provided in the staff report and during the work session presentation.

Environmental Assessment Status:

No environmental assessment required at this time. The adoption of any ordinance changes will require environmental documentation pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) to be completed by City staff.

CEQA Review:

The adoption of any ordinance changes will require environmental documentation pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) to be completed by City staff. N/A Attachments:

1. Proposed Revisions to Visalia Municipal Code 9.16 Graffiti

2. PowerPoint Presentation - Graffiti Abatement Changes Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 4 of 4
powered by Legistar™
31 (Chapter 9.16)

GRAFFITI
Proposed Changes to City of Visalia Municipal Code Title 9, Chapter 9.16 – Graffiti, as specified by underline & italics for additions and strikeout for deletions.

9.16.010 Purpose
A. The purpose of this chapter is to provide for the prompt abatement of graffiti from public and private properties in the city; to provide for methods of controlling the sale to and the unauthorized use of aerosol paint containers and wide tipped marker pens by minors; and to encourage citi zens to report occurrences of graffiti vandalism within the city.

B. Due to the increase of graffiti vandalism on both public and private property, a condition has arisen within the city which has resulted in a deterioration of property values and con cern for the quality of life of the city's citizens. The city council finds and determines that graffiti constitutes a public nuisance which, left unabated, adversely affects the city's image, business development, retail sales and residential housing costs.

Allowing graffiti to remain on public or private property encourages additional unacceptable occurrences of graffiti, fuels fear among the community and is a factor which not only depreciates the value of the property which has been the target of such vandalism, but also depreciates the value of adjacent and surrounding properties.

C. The purpose of this chapter is, therefore, to minimize the impact which graffiti has on the city's quality of life, economic stability, environmental image, aesthetic standard, and the overall sense of feeling of safety and security of its citizens. Because the existence of graffiti tends to breed community discontent and criminal and gang related activities, the chapter will serve to mitigate these problems through qui ck removal and control of graffiti vandalism. (Prior code § 5500)

9.16.020 Graffiti defined.
“Graffiti” is defined as, but not limited to, an unauthorized inscription, word, figure, design, writing or picture which is marked, etched, scratched, drawn or painted upon any public property or any structure, wall, fence, sidewalk, sign, public utility box, or any structural component of any building, bridge, structure or any facility in public view to any person utilizing any public street in the city, incl uding but not limited to any roadway, parkway, sidewalk or alley. (Prior code § 5501)

9.16.030 Sale of aerosol paint containers or wide tipped marker pens to minors.

It is unlawful for any person to sell, offer to sell or cause to be sold, any aerosol or pressurized container of paint and/or any wide tipped marker pens exceeding four millimeters in width, containing anything other than a solution which can be removed with water when dry, to any person under the age of eighteen (18) years who is not accompanied by a responsible adult. (Prior code § 5502)

32 9.16.040 Possession by minors.

It is unlawful for any individual under the age of eighteen (18) years, who is in a public place or on private property, without the consent of the owner, tenant or operator thereon, and who is not accompanied by a responsible adult, to possess (1) an aerosol or pressurized container of paint, and/or (2) wide tipped marker pens with tips exceeding four millimeters in width which contain other than a solution which can be removed with water when dry. (Prior code § 5503)

9.16.050 Control.

Every person who owns, conducts, operates or manages a retail commercial establishment selling aerosol containers, or wide tipped marker pens exceeding four millimeters in width, which contain other than a solution which can be removed with water when dry, shall store or cause such aerosol containers or marker pens to be stored in an area viewable by, but not accessible to the public in the regular course of business without employee assistance, pending legal sale or disposition of such marker pens or paint containers. (Prior code § 5504)

9.16.060 Signs required.

Any person engaged in the retail sale of aerosol or pressurized containers of paint and/or wide tipped marker pens exceeding four (4) millimeters in width, containing anything other than a solution which can be removed with water when dry, shall display at the location of retail sales a sign clearly visible and legible to employees and customers which states as follows:

It is unlawful for any person to sell, lend or give to any individual under the age of eighteen (18) years, who is not accompanied by a responsible adult, an aerosol or pressurized container of paint or wide tipped marker pens exceeding four (4) mi llimeters in width, containing anything other than a solution which can be removed with water when dry.
(Prior code § 5505)

9.16.070 Removal.

A. General. Any person applying graffiti within the city shall have the duty to remove same in a manner app roved by the city and the property owner within twenty -four (24) hours after notice by the city or public or private owner of the property involved. Failure of any person to so remove graffiti shall constitute an additional violation of this chapter.

Consistent with Civil Code Section 1714.1, where graffiti is applied by minors, the parent or guardian shall be responsible for such removal or payment of costs thereof.

33 B. Public Property. Whenever the director of public services City Manager or his their designee designate representative determines that graffiti exists upon property owned by the city, it shall be removed as soon as possible. When the property is owned by a public entity other than the city, the removal of the graffiti may be authoriz ed by the director of public services or his representative, and for removal undertaken by city only after securing written consent of the public entity having jurisdiction over the property. The public entity shall execute a release and waiver as approved by the city's risk manager.

C. Notice of Affected Area; Requirement to Remove Graffiti.

1. Where graffiti is located upon private property and said graffiti is capable of being viewed by persons utilizing any public right -of-way or sidewalk with in the city, it is the property owner's duty to remove said graffiti promptly from the property and to restore said property at least to the condition it was in prior to such act of vandalism. If the property owner fails to promptly remove said graffiti, t he city shall cause a written notice to be served upon the owner of the affected property notifying the owner of the location and description of the graffiti and of the property owner's obligation to remove said graffiti. The notice shall request the owner provide the city with contact information, including a telephone number. It shall be the responsibility of the property owner to commence removal of the graffiti described in the notice within seven (7) fifteen (15) days of service by mail or within three (3) working days of personal delivery of the notice, or within three working days of a city official notifying the property owner or property owner's agent by telephone of the issue and mailing the notice. The property owner shall diligently and promptly pursue total removal of said graffiti; provided, that an exception may exist in cases of undue hardship as established pursuant to Section 9.16.070(C)(2). Working days for purposes of this section are days which are neither Saturday, Sunday, nor a nationally observed holiday. The service is complete at the time of deposit of the notice in the U.S. mail or by personal delivery of the notice to the own er of the property subject to removal of graffiti. The failure of any person to receive such notice shall not affect the validity of any proceeding.

2. Undue Hardship--Optional Procedure for Removal. In the event the property owner cannot comply with the requirement of Section 9.16.070(C)(1) due to hardship, the property owner shall file a written request for waiver of the removal requirement wi th the city. The property owner shall explain his/her reason(s) for making such request. The written request shall be filed within the fifteen (15) day removal period stated in Section 9.16.070(C)(1) when service of notice was by mail or three (3) working days when notice was personally served or the owner was notified by telephone and written notice was also mailed. In determining whether the reques t for waiver will be granted, and subsequent assistance provided to the property owner in removal of said graffiti, the city shall consider the following circumstances:
a. The cost of restoration of the property to its original state prior to the impo sition of the graffiti in proportion to the relative value of the property; b. The ability of the owner to pay for such removal;
c. Whether or not the property has been the target of previous incidents of graffiti or whether a pattern of vandalism to such property exists. 34 The decision of the city in the form of a written decision by the public services director, as to whether or not to grant the waiver, shall be final.

2. Alternative to Abatement - The City Manager or their designee may enter into an agreement with a property owner or lessee in possession, or their respective authorized agent, for the summary abat ement to remove graffiti at the property owner ’s or lessee’s expense and/or with public funds pursuant to Section 53069.3 of the Government Code.

The agreement shall include the property owner or lessee in possession, or their respective authorized agent’s consent for the City’s entry onto the property for graffiti removal and a waiver of liability in the event of a ny damage caused by the City in removing graffiti . In deciding whether to enter into this abatement alternative, the city manager, or designee, shall consider the following circumstances:
a. The cost of restoration of the property to its original stat e prior to the imposition of the graffiti in proportion to the relative value of the property; b. The ability of the owner to pay for such removal;
c. Whether or not the property has been the target of previous incidents of graffiti or whether a pattern of vandalism to such property exists.

The decision of the city manager, or designee, shall be final.

3. City's Release From Liability. A written request to waive the requirements of Section 9.16.070 (C)(1) shall be accompanied by a release from liability form signed by the property owner, lessee in possession, or their respective authorized agent which shall release the city and its authorized agents from any and all liability that may be caused or attributed to removal of graffiti from the owner's premises by persons acting under the authorization of the city pursuant to Section 9.16.070 (C)(2).

4. Approval for City to Remove Graffiti. A written request to waive the requirements of Section 9.16.070(C)(1) accompanied by a signe d release from liability form shall constitute an express approval by the property owner that the city or its authorized representatives may provide for the removal of the graffiti on owner's property by persons acting under the authorization of the city.

5. Failure to Remove Graffiti or Seek Waiver of Removal. In the event the owner fails to remove graffiti from his/her property or after he/she fails to request a n alternative to abatement pursuant to Section 9.16.070 (C)(2) of such removal, or such alternative to abatement has been denied, the city may declare the property a public nuisance and the city may take any of the following courses of action:
a. Administrative Procedure to Abate Nuisance. City may direct the removal of graffiti from the property with the cost of work performed and billed to the property owner who may select the option of direct payment of such costs. Failure to make direct payment for the abatement of graffiti shall constitute a special assessment against the respective lot or parcel plat to which it relates. The assessment may be collected at the same time and in the same manner as ordinary municipal taxes are collected and shall be subject to the same penalties and the same procedure and sale in case of delinquency as provided for 35 ordinary municipal taxes. All laws applicable to the levy, collection and enforcement of municipal taxes shall be applicable to the special assessment. Upon completion of the graffiti abatement work, the public services director shall cause to be recorded in the office of the recorder of Tulare County, a notice of completion of graffiti abatement proceedings against a particular parcel involved. The notice of completion of graffiti abatement proceedings shall have the affect when recorded of con clusively establishing that graffiti abatement proceedings have been completed and that all necessary charges incurred on account thereof by the city are due and owing and constitute a special assessment against the subject real property. This notice shall specify the name for the current owner of the parcel as shown on the last equalized assessment rolls of the county of Tulare, and the Tulare County Assessor's Parcel Number for the parcel involved. b. The city may commence criminal proceedings to aba te a public nuisance under applicable Penal Code provisions.
(Prior code § 5506) (Ord. 2010-02 § 2, 2010)

9.16.080 Appeal of cost of removal.

A property owner shall have fifteen (15) ten (10) calendar days from the date of mailing by the city of the bill for the cost of removal of graffiti from the owner's property. Said appeal must be submitted in writing to the city and the appeal shall be processed and heard in the same manner as administrative appe als under Visalia Municipal Code Chapter 1.13 . city clerk. Upon receipt of the written appeal, the city clerk shall schedule a hearing before the city council. The public services director shall be so notified and shall submit a written report to the city council, with a copy to the appealing party, setting forth justifications for the description of the work done and the cost thereof. The city clerk shall notify the party appealing of the date and time of the hearing before the city council, at least ten days in advance of such hearing. At the time and place of such hearing, the public services director shall present his report and the appealing party shall present any and all information in opposition to the calculation of the cost of removal. At the conclusion of the hearing, the city council shall determine what cost, if any, is to be imposed upon the appealing party. (Prior code § 5507)

9.16.090 Responsibility.

A. Any individual who is found guilty of violating Section 9.16.070(A) shall pay restitution to the property owner, in addition to authorized penalties to the city. If the violator is a minor, the parent or guardian shall be responsible for payment of restitution.

If unable to pay the city, the juvenile may be permitted to work off his/her penalty owned to the city under the direction of at least one parent and the city by abating an equivalent amount of any graffiti.

B. The city may, as permitted by California law, file a lien to collect abatement and related administrative costs incurred in the summary abatement of any nuisance resulting from the defacement by a minor or other person of the property of a nother by graffiti or any other inscribed material. The city may record this lien on real property belonging to 36 the person who defaced the property, or if the person is a minor, on real property owned by the parent or guardian having custody and control of the minor. This lien may only be filed against the individual who is found guilty of violating Section 9.16.070(A) or if the individual is a minor the parent or guardian having custody and control of the individual.

C. Prior to recording a graffiti nuisance abatement lien, the city shall serve notice on the person who defaced the property, or if the person is a minor, the city shall serve notice on the parent or guardian having custody and control of the minor. The notice shall be served in the same manner as a summons in a civil action. If the minor or other person cannot be found after diligent search the notice may be served by posting a copy of the notice upon the property owned by the minor or other person, in a conspicuous place, for a period of ten (10) days. The notice shall also be published pursuant to Government Code Section 6062 in a newspaper of general circulation that is published in the county in which the property is located. If the parent or guardian having custody and control of the minor, after diligent search, cannot be found, the notice may be served by posting a copy of the notice upon the property owned by the parent or guardian having custody and control of the minor, in a conspicuous place, for a period of ten (10) days. The notice shall also be published pursuant to Government Code Section 6062 in a newspaper of general circulation that is published in the county in which the property is located. The notice shall include an itemized description of the abatement and related administrative costs, the date of the abatement order, a description of the lien process, and the facts supporting the lien on the property.

D. The graffiti nuisance abatement lien shall be recorded in the county recorder's office in the county in which the parcel of land is located. From the date of recording, the lien shall have the force, effect, and priority of a judgment lien.

E. The graffiti nuisance abatement lien shall specify the amount of the lien; that it is recorded on behalf of the city; the date of the abatement order; the street address, legal description and assessor's parcel number of the parcel on which the lien is imposed; and the name and address of the recorded owner of the parcel.

F. If the lien is discharged, released or satisfied, either through payment or foreclosure, notice of the discharge containing the information specified in subdivision D. shall be recorded by the city.

G. The graffiti nuisance abatement lien authorized by this section may be satisfied through foreclosure in an action brought by the city.

H. The city may recover any costs incurred regarding the processing and recording of the lien and p roviding notice to the property owner as part of its foreclosure action to enforce the lien. As used in this chapter, "abatement and related administrative costs" include, but are not limited to, court costs, attorney's fees, costs of removal of the graffi ti or other inscribed material, costs of repair and replacement of defaced property, and the law enforcement costs incurred by the city in identifying and apprehending the minor or other person. Attorney's fees may be awarded to the prevailing party in any litigation initiated under this section.
37 B. I. As an alternative to obtaining a lien as described above, as permitted by California law, the city may make the abatement and related administrative costs a special assessment against a parcel of land ow ned by the individual who is found guilty of violating Section 9.16.070(A) or if the individual is a minor the parent or guardian having custody and control of the individual. The assessment may be collected at the same time and in the same manner as ordinary municipal taxes are collected and shall be subject to the same penalties and the same procedure and sale in case of delinquency as provided for ordinary municipal taxes. All laws applicable to the levy, collection, and enforcement of municipal taxes shall be applicable to the special assessment. However, if any real property to which the abatement and related administrative costs relate has bee n transferred or conveyed to a bona fide purchaser for value, or if a lien of a bona fide encumbrancer for value has been created and attaches thereon prior to the date on which the first installment of the taxes would become delinquent, then the abatement and related administrative costs shall instead be transferred to the unsecured roll for collection.

Notices or instruments related to the abatement proceeding or special assessment may be recorded.

J. The city may impose a special assessment by keepi ng an account of the cost of abating such nuisance and shall embody such account in a report. The report shall refer to each separate lot or parcel of land by description sufficient to be assessed against each such separate lot or parcel. A copy of the rep ort shall be mailed to the property owner of record. The city shall also send in writing to the property owner of record: the date of the abatement; the street address, legal description and assessor's parcel number of the parcel on which the assessment is imposed; a description of the assessment process; when the report will be submitted to the city council for hearing and confirmation and the facts supporting the assessment. Said notice shall advise owners that they may appear at the time and place of the city council hearing and state any objections to the assessment.

K. The city clerk shall post a copy of such report at city hall, together with the notice of filing thereof and of the time and place when and where it will be submitted to the city council for hearing and confirmation. After confirmation of the report and assessment by the city council, a copy of the report and assessment shall be sent to the city finance officer.

L. The city finance officer may receive payments for the amount due until the city refers the matter to the county auditor for placement on the tax rolls. On or before the tenth day of August of each year, a certified copy of the report shall be filed with the Tulare County Auditor for the amounts of the respective assessm ents against the respective parcels of land as they appear on the roll at the same time and in the same manner as municipal taxes. They shall be subject to the same penalties and the same procedure and sale in case of delinquency as provided for property taxes. All laws and ordinances applicable to the levy collection and enforcement of city taxes are made applicable to such special assessments, and the lien of said assessment shall have priority of the taxes with which it is collected.

38 C. M. The procedure provided in this chapter shall be cumulative and in addition to any other procedure or procedures provided in ordinances of this city or by state law for the abatement of graffiti, including, summary abatement. This section is not intended to affect any other action, civil or criminal, for maintenance of any such condition. (Prior code § 5508) (Ord. 2010-02 § 3, 2010)

9.16.100 Penalties.

A. It is unlawful to apply graffiti on any premises as described herein. Notwithstanding the classification of a violation of the chapter as a misdemeanor, at the time an action is commenced to enforce the provisions of this chapter, the trial court, upon recommendation of the prosecuting attorney, may reduce the charged offense from a misdemeanor to an infraction.

B. It is unlawful and an infraction for a minor to possess any aerosol paint container or wide tipped marker pen as described herein in violation of Section 9.16.040.

C. Any person convicted of an misdemeanor under this chapter shall be punished by:
(1) a fine not exceeding five hundred dollars ($500.00) and/or thirty (30) days in the county jail for a first violation; (2) a fine not exceeding one thousand dollars ($1000.00) and/or ninety (90) days in the county jail for a second violation of this chapter within one year; and (3) a fine not exceeding two thousand five hundred dollars ($2,500.00) and/or six months in the county jail for each additional violation of the chapter within one year.

D. Any person convicted of an infraction under this chapter shall be punished by: (1) a fine not exceeding fifty dollars ($50.00) for a first violation; (2) a fine not exceeding one hundred dollars ($100.00) for the second violation of this chapter within one year; and (3) a fine not exceeding two hundred fifty dollars ($250.00) for each additional violation o f this chapter within one year. Each day that a violation continues shall be regarded as a new and separate offense.
(Prior code § 5509)

9.16.110 Alternatives.

Nothing in Sections 9.16.010 through 9.16.100 shall be deemed to prevent the city from commencing a civil or criminal proceeding to abate a public nuisance under applicable Civil or Penal Code provisions as an alternative to the proceedings set forth in this chapter. (Prior code § 5510)

9.16.120 Reward.

The city may provide rewards of up to five hundred dollars ($500.00) for information which leads to the arrest and conviction of graffiti vandals. As part of this incentive, the police department may establish, publicize, and maintain a “graffiti hotline” for citizens to utilize to report this nuisance. (Prior code § 5511)

39 9.16.120130 Severability.

It is declared to be the intention of the city council that the subsections, paragraphs, sentences, clauses and phrases of this chapter form an interrelated program for dealing with the problem of graffiti and vandalism within the city, but that such subsections, paragraphs, sentences, clauses and phrases are distinct and severable and, in the event that any subsections, paragraphs, clauses and phrases are declared unconstitutional, invalid or unenforceable by any court of compe tent jurisdiction, such unconstitutionality, invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any of the remaining subsections, paragraphs, clauses or phrases of this chapter.
40 GRAFFITI

PROPOSED CHANGES

VISALIA MUNICIPAL
CODE 9.16
41 9.16.070

REMOVAL
• Removal requirements
reduced from 15 days
to 7 days
• Removal requirements
for personal notification
remains at 3 days
2 42
Undue Hardship Removed
• Replaced with alternative to
abatement
• Property OWNER may enter into
agreement for city staff to complete
abatement
• Includes process for
reimbursement or
qualification requirements for fee
waiver
43 APPEAL OF COST REMOVAL 9.16.080
• Appeal timeframe changed from
15 days to 10 days.
• Appeal process changed to
match other appeal timelines as
outlined in Chapter 1.13.
4 44

RESPONSIBILIT
Y 9.16.090
Sections that referenced City filed
liens and/or assisting in collection of
cost recovery for property owners
removed.
5 45

QUESTIONS
46 Visalia City Council
Staff Report
Visalia City Council
707 W. Acequia
Visalia, CA 93291
File #: 24-0187 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 3.

Agenda Item Wording:

Presentation of Solid Waste Divisions - Presentation of all Solid Waste Divisions pertaining to historical background, service and logistics, and new laws and technology.

Deadline for Action: 5/20/2024
Submitting Department: Public Works
Contact Name and Phone Number: Jason Serpa, Public Works Manager, [email protected], 713-4533; Nick Bartsch, Public Works Director, [email protected], 713-4052 Department Recommendation:

Staff recommends that Council receive the presentation on the City of Visalia Solid Waste Department.

Background Discussion:

The City of Visalia has delivered Solid Waste service to residents since 1969. Starting with only 4 residential and 3 commercial routes, it has grown to 44 residential, 18 commercial, and 4 roll-off bin routes. In that same amount of time, the City population has grown from an estimated 40,000 to 146,073 residents. The service, in accordance with State regulation, has also added recycling and organics routes, growing the department by the number of pickups that must be completed per week.

With recent adds to the technology of each truck, this increased workload has been met and balanced by the efficiencies realized from the routing software implemented to the commercial division.

Historically, the City has used many sites for the dumping of waste, but most recently the contract for the landfill has been with Tulare County for the use of their County-wide landfills. For blue recycling (e.g., plastic, aluminum, glass), the City currently has a contract with Pena’sDisposal, Inc., the only operator of a Material Recovery Facility (MRF) for efficient disposal. Pena’sutilizes a transfer station at the Tulare County Landfill so that City trucks have one destination for dumping. For green recycling (e.g., yard waste, food scraps), the City splits the contracted green waste between Waste Management and West Coast, Inc, which are located on opposite ends of the City for efficient transport.

Employing a total of almost 80 employees, including hourlies, the Solid Waste Department has a dedicated staff that completes all the daily scheduled work. With the growth of the City, a continuous factor, the Solid Waste divisions must always adapt and continue to deliver the service that the residents depend on.

Being an Enterprise Fund and completely funded by rate payer funds, the Solid Waste department recognizes the importance of maintaining the level of delivery the customer base expects. With an annual operating budget of approximately $23 million, this enterprise is one of the largest the City Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 1 of 2
powered by Legistar™
47 File #: 24-0187 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 3.
annual operating budget of approximately $23 million, this enterprise is one of the largest the City operates. With over 70 trucks and vehicles, and hundreds of pieces of equipment, it is important to maintain expenses while ensuring that the annual revenue is not exceeded. Due to this complexity, a solid waste rate study is budgeted for FY 24/25 to ensure that rates are in line with operation needs.

The rates for the Solid Waste department have held steady since 2012, since Council approved a multi-year rate increase in 2007.

Technology:

As mentioned above, the commercial solid waste trucks have had a recent upgrade that incorporates tablets in the cab and communicates real time customer lift data to office personnel. Even though this technology is new, staff has already seen efficiencies, accountability, and data improvements in a short term. Because this upgrade required staff to build a large database of all bin serial number and RFID tags, and create routes within the software, it helps staff extract data that was a chore in the past with the help of IT or thecontracted utility billing servicer.

Fiscal Impact:

N/A
Prior Council Action: N/A
Other: N/A
Alternatives: N/A
Recommended Motion (and Alternative Motions if expected):

No motion is necessary.

Environmental Assessment Status: N/A
CEQA Review: N/A
Attachments: Solid Waste Department Presentation
Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 2 of 2
powered by Legistar™
48 Solid Waste DepartmentPresentation5/20/2024
49 Agenda•Visalia Solid Waste History•Department Structure and Logistics•Dump On Us/Eco-Program/HHW•Current Legislation•Operations and Technology 50 Visalia Solid Waste History1969 – City purchases Sequoia Disposal•4 Residential Routes/ 3 Commercial Routes (2 workers per truck)•All rear loader trucks with pack barrels and evening commercial collection 51 Visalia Solid Waste History1970-74 – Change to manual side load and front load begins•Commercial goes to early morning collection•Curbside collection established (pack barrels eliminated–one worker per truck)•9 residential routes (350-380 homes per route)•1stRoll Off vehicle acquired1980 – Commercial and Residential become separate divisions 52 Visalia Solid Waste History1982 – Commercial has grown to a 5-day workweek•11 Residential Routes/ 6 Commercial Routes/ 2 Roll-Off Routes•500 homes per residential route1986 – Roll Off Division extended to 3 routes due to extent of construction within the City of Visalia1986 – Residential Division starts “pilot” program with fully automated residential side load trucks1987 – City begins conversion to fully automated residential1994 – City converts to the split can 53 Visalia Solid Waste History2019 – City changes to 3-container system•40 Residential Routes/ 14 Commercial Routes/ 3 Roll-Off Routes•900 homes per residential route2024 – Commercial Trucks equipped with Routing Software•44 Residential Routes/ 18 Commercial Routes/ 4 Roll-Off Routes•960 homes per residential route 54 Department Structure and Logistics•Department Employees•Day to Day Operations•Residential •Commercial •Roll Off•Maintenance 55 Residential Operation Overview•44 routes, serviced 4 days per week (Mon – Thurs)•29 Drivers and 2 Leads•126,291 residential containers in service•43,082 trash containers•40,891 recycle containers•42,318 green waste containers•40,164 customers 56 Residential Operation Routes
57 Commercial Operation Overview•20 routes, serviced 5-6 days per week (Mon – Sat)•18 Drivers and 2 Leads•5,526 commercial bins in service•4,871 trash bin services•3,344 recycle bin services•1,445 green waste bin services•2,918 customers •Routing Hardware/Software Upgrade 58 Roll-Off Operation Overview•4 routes, serviced 5 days per week •4 Drivers •Each route services 8-9 bins per day•Permanent vs. On-Call Accounts 59 Maintenance Division Overview2 Maintenance Workers with 1 Lead Residential and Commercial bin maintenanceInventoryOver 1,000 residential cans ready for assembly and deploymentOver 300 commercial bins ready for assembly and deploymentDelivery, Exchange, Repair, RemoveBilling versus Service TimingOverfill Driver 60 Conservation Division•1 Conservation Technician, 8 HHW hourlies•Assessments•Outreach and Education•Site Plan Review•Household Hazardous Waste 61 Dump On Us•Every other month starting February of each year (6 events)•Average 50 employees/volunteers per event•700-850 vehicles/units per event served•100-120 tons of material•30-50 tons of material diverted from landfill 62 Eco-Program•Homeless Individual Referrals:Homeless Individuals FY22/23 FY23/24Referred to Eco-Program226 307Attended Orientation69 71Completed Job Readiness42 47Level 1 FY22/23 FY23/24Participants40 33Hours Worked5,133 4,323Total Wages Earned$86,955 $87,941Avg Wage Earned$2,174 $2,665Level 2 FY22/23 FY23/24Participants13 14Hours Worked1,998 2,557Total Wages Earned$39,697 $50,176Avg Wage Earned$3,054 $3,584Level 1 - Material Count FY22/23 FY23/24Total pounds of debris removed194,155 194,850 63 Short Lived Climate Pollutants (SB-1383)Statewide Goals and MandatesPLANNING2014 – AB 1826 required local jurisdictions to provide organic waste recycling to businesses by 20202016 – SB 1383 codifies organic waste disposal targets of 75% by 2025 as part of the SLCP strategy to phase in requirements by 2022.ACTION2016-2017 – large businesses required to recycle organic waste2019 – medium businesses required to recycle organic waste2020 – small businesses required to recycle organic waste2022 – Residential Organic Waste Recycling and Commercial Food Recovery Requirements take effect 64 Short Lived Climate Pollutants (SB-1383)Statewide Goals and MandatesRESULTS2025 – 75% organic waste reduction target (Reduce landfill disposal to no more than 5.7 million tons of organic waste)2030 – Greenhouse Gas Emissions reduced to 40% below 1990 levelsWhat has this meant for Visalia?•Ensuring residential and commercial recycling included organics •Enforcement•Commercial blue/green bin purchases to meet mandates (SB 1383 grants)•Reporting/Recordkeeping 65 Operations and Technology
66 Commercial Service TechnologyDaily Route Dispatch
67 Commercial Service On-Board Technology
68 Commercial Service On-Board Technology
69 Commercial Service TechnologyRoute Review
70 AMCSDisposal Tracking
71 Future Technology Considerations•Risk Prevention DVR, with 360 degree view•Already approved for 5 new residential trucks•Delivery expected October 2024•Electric/ Hydrogen Fleet•Ongoing analysis of feasibility•Hydrogen trucks expected to market around 2027•Zero Emission standards for Group 3 Vehicles start in 2030 (10%) and must be fully implemented by 2042.•Note: Group 2 vehicles (smaller fleet) must be compliant by 2027 (10%) and fully implemented by 2039. 72 QuestionsJason [email protected]/depts/public_works 73 Visalia City Council
Staff Report
Visalia City Council
707 W. Acequia
Visalia, CA 93291
File #: 24-0147 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 1.

Agenda Item Wording:

Proclaim May 19 - 25, 2024 as National Public Works Week in the City of Visalia.

Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 1 of 1
powered by Legistar™
74 Visalia City Council
Staff Report
Visalia City Council
707 W. Acequia
Visalia, CA 93291
File #: 24-0110 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 1.

Agenda Item Wording:

Authorization to read ordinances by title only.

Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 1 of 1
powered by Legistar™
75 Visalia City Council
Staff Report
Visalia City Council
707 W. Acequia
Visalia, CA 93291
File #: 24-0114 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 2.

Agenda Item Wording:

Award Landscape Contract - Authorize the City Manager to award the Landscape & Irrigation Construction contract, to Quality Landscape Construction Inc., in the amount of $672,656.45 for Groundwater Recharge Basin G at the East Side Regional Park.

Deadline for Action: 5/20/2024
Submitting Department: Community Development
Contact Name and Phone Number:

Rebecca Keenan, Senior Civil Engineer, [email protected], 713-4541 Lupe Garcia, Acting City Engineer, [email protected], 713-4197 Jason Huckleberry, Engineering & Building Department Director, [email protected], 713-4495
Department Recommendation:

Staff recommends that the City Council authorize the City Manager to award the construction contract for RFB 23-24-16 to Quality Landscape Construction Inc. (QLC) in the amount of $672,656.45 for the Landscape & Irrigation of Groundwater Recharge Basin G at the East Side Regional Park.

Summary:

On February 26, 2024, the City Purchasing Division issued RFB 23-24-16 to obtain bids for the construction of the landscape & irrigation related to Groundwater Recharge Basin G at the East Side Regional Park (ESRP) Site. On April 11, 2024, the City received and opened five (5) bid packages.

Quality Landscape Construction, Inc. submitted the apparent low bid of $672,656.45. This low bid is over the 2023 Architect’sEstimate of $542,631.26 by 24%, however there are sufficient funds in the overall project budget to cover the bid amount. (See the Background Discussion section of this report for a more detailed Bid Analysis.) Staff will return to the City Council upon completion of the project with a final budget summary, and to request any additional allocations that may be required due to the changes during construction. Staff recommends award of the contract to Quality Landscape Construction (QLC) Inc. in the amount of $672,656.45.

Background Discussion:

Several years ago, City leaders began proactively planning a project to develop solutions to the area’s receding groundwater table. One of those projects includes the Eastside Regional Park (ESRP) & Groundwater Recharge Project. The master planned Eastside Regional Park & Groundwater Recharge Project consists of approximately 286 acres, including 40 acres of planned street & infrastructure improvements. The project will include Road 148 (Tower Street) as a new arterial roadway; and improvements to Houston Avenue, Road 152, and E. Mineral King Avenue. The project will also allocate approximately 148 acres for park uses, while the dedicated groundwater recharge elements will encompass approximately 100 acres. The basins are planned to receive Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 1 of 6
powered by Legistar™
76 File #: 24-0114 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 2.
recharge elements will encompass approximately 100 acres. The basins are planned to receive allotted water deliveries to help replenish the area’sgroundwater. Construction of Basin G is the first step to help manage the area’slocal groundwater resource, and it is especially important during these times of unprecedented, continuing drought in the region.

On October 17, 2016, City Council approved Resolution 2016-61 affirming submission of a Proposition 1 Urban Rivers Grant (URG) application for Basin G at the East Side Regional Park to construct a groundwater recharge basin with habitat improvements. The scope of work for the URG grant includes a contoured 20-acre recharge basin, swales along Mineral King Avenue and Road 152, approximately 50,732 square feet of granite trail, native, low water use trees and shrubs, a point source irrigation system, a thick layer of landscape mulch, and two funding acknowledgement signs.

The City was awarded a Proposition 1 grant from the State for this project in the amount of $1,568,708. On September 23, 2022.

The following Construction Contract Description explains the items involved with the Quality Landscape Construction Inc. (QLC) contract, including the Construction Bid Solicitation, Bid Cost Analysis, and the recommended Construction Award.

Construction Contract:

A. Construction Bid Solicitation
1) Establishment of Low Bidder:

On February 26, 2024, the City Purchasing Division issued RFB 23-24-16 to obtain bids for the construction of the landscape & irrigation related to Groundwater Recharge Basin G at the East Side Regional Park (ESRP) Site. On April 11, 2024, the City received and opened five (5) bid packages. For this project, Quality Landscape Construction Inc. was determined to be the Low Bidder. The total bid amounts for each bid received are shown below:

Table 1:

Establishment of Low Bidder
No. Contractor Location Total Sum Bid

1. Quality Landscape Construction
Inc.

Visalia, CA $672,656.45

2. Westscapes Inc. Hanford, CA $695,733.75

3. Truxell & Valentino Landscape
Development, Inc.

Fresno, CA $746,175.22

4. WABO Landscape &
Construction, Inc.

Hercules, CA $799,998.88

5. Elite Landscape Construction,
Inc.

Clovis, CA $849,975.05
Staff reviewed the bid submittals and found mathematical inconsistencies in the packages submitted by Quality Landscape, Truxell & Valentino, and Elite Landscape. Since the City’s procurement process stipulates that the unit bid price prevails, the total amounts shown in Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 2 of 6
powered by Legistar™
77 File #: 24-0114 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 2.
procurement process stipulates that the unit bid price prevails, the total amounts shown in Table 1 reflect the corrected totals using the given unit bid price. The corrections did not change the placement of the bidder’sranking. The QLC bid package was reviewed and found to be in compliance with the City’srequirements. Staff also contacted QLC listed references at San Joaquin Valley Homes and Lennar Homes. Both expressed satisfaction with the contractor’s past performance, and highly recommended them. They reported that the contractor did a good job and completed the work on time and within budget. QLC also worked on the City of Visalia’sGoshen Basin Landscape Project, which was recently completed in February of this year. City staff reports that the contractor performed well on that project.

Based on the reviews, Quality Landscape Construction Inc. is the Low Bidder for the project. 2) Construction Scope of Work:

Following is additional background & information regarding the Scope of Work that was included in the Construction Bid Solicitation:

The Bid includes construction of landscape & irrigation for the area around the new Basin G, which is situated at the northeast corner of the intersection of E. Mineral King Avenue and Road 152, in the City of Visalia. The work will include installation of a new irrigation system, connection to the water source, irrigation controller, and tree and shrub planting. There will also be mulch and hydroseed installed throughout the area. The work also includes a twelve (12) month maintenance and repair period.

This project is located at the easterly periphery of the City’sboundary. Traffic impacts are expected to be minimal, since most of the construction will occur on the City’s parcel.

B. Bid Cost Analysis
The lowest responsive bid, from Quality Landscape Construction is $672,656.45, which is 24% over the Architect’sEstimate of $542,631.26. The Architect’sEstimate (which was not provided to the bidders during the RFB process) and QLC Bid are shown in the following table:

Table 2:

Comparison with Architect’s Estimate
Bid Architect’s Estimate Quality Landscape
Construction Inc.

Bid $542,631.26 $672,656.45
Staff reviewed the submitted unit costs for the individual bid items and found that the largest differences were between the irrigation system, the tree planting & staking, and the hydroseed. The hydroseed was not included in the original L&I scope of work but was in the civil construction portion of the project. That work was moved to the L&I contract because the time of the installation was delayed by last year’s storms, pushing the hydroseed into the warmer months. The hydroseed will now be installed in the Fall of 2024, allowing the seed to Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 3 of 6
powered by Legistar™
78 File #: 24-0114 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 2.
warmer months. The hydroseed will now be installed in the Fall of 2024, allowing the seed to germinate prior to the winter freeze. In addition, the original estimate did not include a bid item for a maintenance & establishment period. These additions increased the overall cost of the landscape & irrigation bids.

It should also be noted that originally, the project was planned to have the Community Services Employment Training (CSET) non-profit agency install the landscape & irrigation portion of the project. CSET is the Community Action Agency for Tulare County. Unfortunately, last fall, CSET notified the City that they would not be able to provide the services due to their ongoing commitments. This has impacted the project budget because the L&I portion had to be converted to be installed by a private contractor, resulting in higher prices versus the non- profit costs.

Therefore, based on the review of the bid unit costs, consideration of the addition of the hydroseed, and the impact from the change in participation by CSET, the bids received appear to be appropriate.

Fiscal Impact:

Award of the Landscape & Irrigation to Quality Landscape Construction will not have a fiscal impact at this time. The work is included in the original project budget, and there are sufficient funds available in the CIP (CP0185).

Table 3:

BASIN G - PROJECT BUDGET

FUNDING SOURCE AMOUNT
Prop 1 Grant Funding $ 1,568,708.00
132 Measure R Trails $ 517,937.00
211 Rec Facilities Park Impact Fund $ 2,072,158.00 224 Groundwater Recharge Fund $ 2,913,347.00 261 Waterways Capital Fund $ 54,383.00 TOTAL $ 7,126,533.00
Table 4:

BASIN G - PROJECT ESTIMATE AMOUNT
PRE-CONSTRUCTION COSTS $ 90,255.00
TOTAL DESIGN COSTS $ 574,984.00

CIVIL CONSTRUCTION COSTS
CIVIL CONTRACT AMOUNT AT AWARD $ 5,150,913.50 COV Construction Management $ 148,083.00 Civil Construction Management (Vanir) $ 147,190.00 Staff Inspection $ 60,000.00
Geotech Testing $ 55,350.00
Survey Staking $ 85,000.00
Utility Relocations (SCE) $ 25,000.00 Approved to Date Change Orders $ (176,778.69) CIVIL CON CONTINGENCY BALANCE $ 232,342.13 CIVIL CONSTRUCTION TOTAL $ 5,727,100.00

LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION COSTS
Landscape Construction $ 672,656.45
UTF Construction Management $ 11,200.00 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION CONTINGENCY $ 50,338.00 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION TOTAL $ 734,194.45 TOTAL PROJECT COSTS $ 7,126,533.00
Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 4 of 6
powered by Legistar™
79 File #: 24-0114 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 2.

BASIN G - PROJECT ESTIMATE AMOUNT
PRE-CONSTRUCTION COSTS $ 90,255.00
TOTAL DESIGN COSTS $ 574,984.00

CIVIL CONSTRUCTION COSTS
CIVIL CONTRACT AMOUNT AT AWARD $ 5,150,913.50 COV Construction Management $ 148,083.00 Civil Construction Management (Vanir) $ 147,190.00 Staff Inspection $ 60,000.00
Geotech Testing $ 55,350.00
Survey Staking $ 85,000.00
Utility Relocations (SCE) $ 25,000.00 Approved to Date Change Orders $ (176,778.69) CIVIL CON CONTINGENCY BALANCE $ 232,342.13 CIVIL CONSTRUCTION TOTAL $ 5,727,100.00

LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION COSTS
Landscape Construction $ 672,656.45
UTF Construction Management $ 11,200.00 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION CONTINGENCY $ 50,338.00 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION TOTAL $ 734,194.45 TOTAL PROJECT COSTS $ 7,126,533.00
Prior Council Action:
· March 4, 2024 - Council voted to authorize the filing of a Partial Notice of Completion for RFB 20-21- 38, Groundwater Recharge Basin G at the East Side Regional Park (ESRP) site. · February 20, 2024 - Council voted to approve Change Order No. 8 for and HDPE Bore related to Landscape & Irrigation Improvements, in the amount of $188,228 for the Basin G project at the East Side Regional Park (ESRP) Site.
· February 5, 2024 - Council voted to approve Change Order No. 6 for Well Improvements in the amount of $265,065.00 and appropriate $175,707.00 from Fund 211, for the Basin G at the East Side Regional Park (ESRP) Site Project.
· December 19, 2022 - City Council voted to award the construction contract for RFB 20-21-38 to Emmett’sExcavation, Inc. in the amount of $5,150,913.50; approve Change Order Number One for miscellaneous scope changes in the reduction amount of ($582,069.00); award the construction management services to Vanir Construction Management, Inc. in the amount of $122,190; award the material testing services to Moore Twining Associates, Inc. in the amount of $48,129.50; and appropriate $958,100 from the funds identified within the report, for the Basin G at the East Side Regional Park (ESRP) Site Project.
· May 2, 2022 - City Council received an update of Groundwater Recharge Basins G & F at the East Side Regional Park, and voted to appropriate $3,350,00 for groundwater Basin G (CP0185) from the City funds identified in the staff report; decline and release a 2019 grant offer from the National Park Service (NPS) Land & Water Conservation Fund (LWCF) in the amount of approximately $2.4 million for the construction of Basin F (CP0371); and authorize staff to pursue appropriate grant funding for the construction of groundwater recharge Basin F. · December 16, 2019 - City Council voted to award RFB 19-20-24 and authorize the City Manager to execute construction agreements related to RFB 19-20-24 for the removal of various orchards to the lowest responsible bidder, HD Matthews Demolition & Excavation, Inc., in the following amounts: 1. $85,000 for Basin G (CP0185); 2. $240,000 for Basin F (CP0371); located in the area surrounded by the future Tower Street, Mineral King, and Road 152. · September 16, 2019 - City Council voted to appropriate funds for Basin G and F, as identified in that staff report, and to authorize the City Manager to execute an agreement from the Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 5 of 6
powered by Legistar™
80 File #: 24-0114 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 2.
in that staff report, and to authorize the City Manager to execute an agreement from the Federal Land & Water Conservation Fund (LWCF).
· December 18, 2017 - City Council voted to authorize staff to submit a grant application for a Land and Water Conservation Fund Grant and approved Resolution 2017-83 for the East Side Regional Park Project.
· October 17, 2016 - City Council affirmed submission of a Proposition 1 Urban Rivers Grant application for a first phase project at the East Side Regional Park to construct groundwater recharge basin with habitat improvements for $1,743,420 and appropriate $1,568,708 of grant funding, if awarded, and advance appropriation of $174,712 from 2017/18 project CP0185 “East Side Regional Park Basins” if awarded (Resolution 2016-61 required).

Alternatives:

Reject the Bids and Re-Bid the project. This alternative would delay the start of construction approximately 4 months and the bids could potentially come in higher than the bids received as a part of this RFB 23-24-16.

Recommended Motion (and Alternative Motions if expected):

I move to authorize the City Manager to award the construction contract for RFB 23-24-16 to Quality Landscape Construction, Inc. in the amount of $672,656.45 for the Landscape & Irrigation of Basin G at the East Side Regional Park (ESRP) Site Project.

CEQA Review:

Initial Study and Notice of Determination (NOD) for a Mitigated Negative Declaration (MND) N. 2018-

05. Attachments:

1. Ownership Disclosure Statement

2. Vicinity Map

3. Project Location Map

4. Site Master Plan B1
Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 6 of 6
powered by Legistar™
81 82
83 84
85 Visalia City Council
Staff Report
Visalia City Council
707 W. Acequia
Visalia, CA 93291
File #: 24-0158 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 3.

Agenda Item Wording:

Consider appointments to the Parks and Recreation Commission: Appointment of two candidates, Nancy Hawkins and Kaitlyn Lusk, as recommended by the Parks and Recreation Commission.

Deadline for Action: 5/20/2024
Submitting Department: Community Services
Contact Name and Phone Number: Laurissa Roggenkamp, 713-4336 and Michelle Speer, Administrative Services Director 713-4053
Department Recommendation:

It is recommended that the City Council appoint the two candidates, Nancy Hawkins and Kaitlyn Lusk, as recommended by the Parks and Recreation Commission, to fill the two vacant positions on the Parks and Recreation Commission
Background Discussion:

Pursuant to Article VII of the Visalia City Charter, the Council, may provide for appointment of the Parks and Recreation Commission five members to serve without compensation, and to act in an advisory capacity to the Council and City Manager in all matters pertaining to parks, playgrounds, and recreation centers.

In accordance with the City Charter, the Parks and Recreation Commission is comprised of five voting members. Pursuant to Visalia Municipal Code 2.12.010 vacancies from any cause on the Parks and Recreation Commission shall be filled by the Council.

Two Commission seats are currently vacant:
- Lisa Walsh - resigned November 2023
- Zachary Boudreaux - resigned February 2024
Evaluation and Recommendation from Council sub-committee:

Upon notice in November 2023 of the vacancy for the Parks and Recreation Commission seat the Council directed for a recruitment to be conducted. The recruitment was advertised on November 7, 2023, and on January 11, 2024.

Seven new applicants were received, as applications are kept on file for a period of two years a total of nine applications were considered by the City Council sub-committee, Vice-Mayor Brett Taylor and Councilmember Steve Nelsen. The Council sub-committee reviewed applications, selected, and forwarded eight candidates to the Parks and Recreation Commission sub-committee to interview and recommend to City Council.

Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 1 of 2
powered by Legistar™
86 File #: 24-0158 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 3.

Recruitment, Evaluation, and Recommendation from Commission:

The Parks and Recreation Commission developed a sub-committee to serve as the interview and recommendation panel to City Council, Commission Chair, Samantha Wagner and Commissioner Janelle Hickey.

Staff contacted the eight candidates that were recommended by the Council sub-committee. Four of the eight candidates were still interested in moving forward in the recruitment process, however only three were eligible as one applicant is currently serving on another City of Visalia commission/committee.

Interviews of the three remaining candidates were scheduled to be held on Thursday, April 25th and Wednesday, May 8th. One candidate ultimately declined the interview due to changes in their work schedule. In addition to the interviews, applications were reviewed.

The recommended candidates to the Parks and Recreation Committee from the sub-committee are:

1. Nancy Hawkins, who resides in Northeast quadrant, demonstrated a passion for parks and trails. She is long-time Visalia resident and community volunteer. Ms. Hawkins is a Master Gardener and past President of the Tulare/Kings Master Gardeners.

2. Kaitlyn Lusk, who resides in Northwest quadrant, and is a long-time resident of Visalia has an extensive background in recreation. She volunteers for the Miracle Leage of Visalia and has served with several recreation groups as paid staff and as a volunteer. Ms. Lusk is eager to make a difference in the community where she lives.

Fiscal Impact:

N/A
Prior Council Action: 5/15/2023 Council
appointed Edgardo Monroy and Samantha Wagner to their second terms to the Parks and Recreation Commission. 8/7/2023 Council appointed Zachary Boudreaux and Janelle Hickey to serve their first terms to the Parks and Recreation Commission.

Other: N/A
Alternatives: Select to not appoint any of the recommended candidates and direct staff to readvertise and go through recruitment process for additional applicants.

Recommended Motion (and Alternative Motions if expected):

Motion to approve the appointment of Nancy Hawkins and Kaitlyn Lusk to their first-terms to the Parks and Recreation Commission
Environmental Assessment Status: N/A
CEQA Review: N/A
Attachments: Applications for candidates Nancy Hawkins and Kaitlyn Lusk.

Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 2 of 2
powered by Legistar™
87 88
89 90
91 Visalia City Council
Staff Report
Visalia City Council
707 W. Acequia
Visalia, CA 93291
File #: 24-0165 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 4.

Agenda Item Wording:

Amendment to Caltrans Clean California Agreement - Authorize the City Manager to execute an amendment to extend the current Clean California State Initiative Grant agreement with Caltrans by one (1) year through June 30, 2025, to allow for the expenditure of remaining funds available in the amount of $220,944.50.

Deadline for Action: 5/20/2024
Submitting Department: Public Works
Contact Name and Phone Number: Jason Serpa, Public Works Manager, [email protected] <mailto:[email protected]>, 713-4533; Nick Bartsch, Public Works Director, [email protected], 713-4052
Department Recommendation:

Staff recommends that Council authorize the City Manager to execute an amendment to extend the current Clean California State Initiative Grant agreement with Caltrans by one (1) year through June 30, 2025, to allow for the expenditure of funds available in the amount of $220,944.50.

Background Discussion:

The Clean California Program is a transformative initiative to remove litter, create jobs, and beautify California. This 3-year program which began in 2021 delivered $1 billion in statewide dollars for litter abatement, public education, and other beatification projects.

Through the litter abatement portion of the Clean California Initiative, Caltrans developed the Clean California Local Maintenance Agreement. On October 4, 2021, Council approved authorization for the City Manager to execute a contract with Caltrans for the maintenance and litter removal of state right of ways within the City limits. The City then subcontracted the primary work to CSET, Inc. so that local jobs may be created through the Local Conservation Corps. Dedicated local conservation crews are assigned daily to clean the state routes with the supervision of Caltrans personnel.

With the project and funding set to expire on June 30, 2024, Caltrans has indicated that their agency is able to release some disencumbered funds from the first year of the project and allow any unexpended funds from this fiscal year continue into the next FY24/25. With these funds, staff projects that the project would be able to continue for approximately six months longer than June 30, 2024, ending in December of 2024. Even though the extension amendment offers no new funding, it will allow the City to utilize all the funds that were allocated in 2021.

Fiscal Impact:

Due to the Clean California Initiative’s late start in FY21/22, an amount of $73,816 was disencumbered as it was unspent within that fiscal year. The new Caltrans amendment allows the City to use those unspent grant funds along with any funds left within the current FY23/24. All funds Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 1 of 2
powered by Legistar™
92 File #: 24-0165 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 4.

City to use those unspent grant funds along with any funds left within the current FY23/24. All funds budgeted for FY22/23 were spent. In the figure below, the amount unspent to date is as follows:

Clean California Mtc Agreement FY21/22 FY22/23 FY23/24 Totals Project Budget $152,630 $192,020 $211,280 $555,930
Expenditures $78,814 $192,020 $64,152 $334,986
Amount Unspent $73,816 $0 $147,129 $220,945
Note: The expenditures in the current FY23/24 only reflect through December of 2023 and staff estimates that another $100,000 will be spent by June 30, 2024. This will leave approximately $120K for the extension period of FY24/25, enough for an estimated 6 months of operation.

The Solid Waste draft budget already accounts for the project to be completed, so no additional dollars need to be appropriated. This project is paid from the Solid Waste Enterprise Fund (441).

Prior Council Action: October 4, 2021 - Authorization for the City Manager to execute a 3-year agreement with Caltrans to receive $555,930 through the Clean California Initiative.

Other: N/A
Alternatives: To not authorize the City Manager to execute an additional extension of one year for the complete expense of funds. Staff does not recommend this as it would end the program 6 months earlier than needed and would restrict the grant dollars from being brought into the community.

Recommended Motion (and Alternative Motions if expected):

I move that Council authorize the City Manager to execute an amendment to extend the current Clean California State Initiative Grant agreement with Caltrans by one (1) year through June 30, 2025, to allow for the expenditure of remaining funds available in the amount of $220,944.50.

Environmental Assessment Status: N/A
CEQA Review: N/A
Attachments: Amendment No. 1 to Clean California Maintenance Agreement with City of Visalia Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 2 of 2
powered by Legistar™
93 Amendment No. 1 to CCMA with the City of Visalia

1 AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CLEAN CALIFORNIA MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT

WITH CITY OF VISALIA

This AMENDMENT NO. 1 to the Clean California Maintenance Agreement identified below (AMENDMENT), entered into and effective on ______________________, 2024, is between the State of California, acting by and through its Department of Transportation, referred to herein as “STATE”, and the City of Visalia, hereinafter referred to as “CITY.” RECITALS:

1. STATE and CITY, collectively referred to herein as “PARTIES”, entered into an agreement on November 23, 2021, entitled “Clean California Maintenance Agreement with City of Visalia” (AGREEMENT). AGREEMENT defined the terms and conditions applicable to CITY’s maintenance responsibilities within the State’s right of way.

2. Article no. 24 titled “Term of Agreement” in the AGREEMENT states that the AGREEMENT shall expire on June 30, 2024, unless terminated or amended.

PARTIES desire to amend this AGREEMENT to extend the expiration date from June 30, 2024, to June 30, 2025. By extending the duration of this AGREEMENT by twelve months, PARTIES agree that there will not be any additional funding available to allocate for the said operations under this AGREEMENT. This AGREEMENT is extended to June 30, 2025, to provide an opportunity for the PARTIES to expend the approved encumbered but not expended portion of the money for the operations under this AGREEMENT.

3. The following table indicates the amount of money available to expend for the maintenance operations under this AGREEMENT through June 30, 2025.

Route
No.

Existing
Authorized
Total
Expenditure
Expended
Amount
Through
4/10/2024
Balance Amount
Available through
June 30, 2025
198
$555,930.00 $334,985.50 $220,944.50 216
63 99

4. The purpose of this AMENDMENT is to extend the duration of this AGREEMENT from June 30, 2024, to June 30, 2025, for performing maintenance operations under this AGREEMENT without any additional funding but utilize the unexpended funds from the funds encumbered for the duration of this AGREEMENT.

94 Amendment No. 1 to CCMA with the City of Visalia

2 5. STATE and CITY desire to amend AGREEMENT as provided herein.

IT IS THEREFORE MUTUALLY AGREED:

6. Article 24 of the AGREEMENT is hereby replaced to read as follows:

24. Term of Agreement. This AGREEMENT shall become effective on the last of the dates each PARTY’s authorized representative has executed this AGREEMENT and shall expire on June 30, 2025, unless terminated or amended.

7. All other terms and conditions of AGREEMENT shall remain in full force and effect.

This AMENDMENT NO. 1 is deemed to be part of AGREEMENT.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment No. 1 to be duly executed and delivered as of the above date.

THE CITY OF VISALIA STATE OF CALIFORNIA

DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION

By: __________________________
Leslie Caviglia
City Manager

ATTEST:

By: ___________________________
Chief Deputy City Clerk

By: ___________________________
Deputy District Director of Maintenance
District 06

95 Amendment No. 1 to CCMA with the City of Visalia

3 APPROVED AS TO FORM:

By: __________________________
City Attorney

96 Visalia City Council
Staff Report
Visalia City Council
707 W. Acequia
Visalia, CA 93291
File #: 24-0166 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 5.

Agenda Item Wording:

ATP Grant Applications - Authorize the City Manager to submit funding applications for the Active Transportation Program Cycle 7 to the California Transportation Commission for multiple proposed capital improvement projects.

Deadline for Action: 6/17/2024 - Application Submission Deadline Submitting Department: Community Development
Contact Name and Phone Number:

Dolores Verduzco, Financial Analyst, [email protected], (559) 713-4540 Diego Corvera, Senior Civil Engineer, [email protected] , (559) 713-4209 Jason Huckleberry, Engineering & Building Director, [email protected], (559) 713-4495 Department Recommendation:

Staff recommends City Council authorize the City Manager to submit four (4) funding applications for the Active Transportation Program (ATP) Cycle 7. The following projects to improve safety and promote active modes of transportation will be submitted for funding to the California Transportation Commission (CTC), for a statewide selection.

1. Goshen-Visalia Corridor Connection Project (estimated cost $35M)

2. Beyond Bike Lanes - Elevating Santa Fe Street with Traffic Calming and Urban Beautification (estimated cost $9M)

3. Washington Elementary Community Connectivity Project (estimated cost $6.5M)

4. Highland Elementary Community Connectivity Project (estimated cost $6.5M) Background Discussion:

The ATP is a state grant program created to encourage increased use of active modes of transportation. The purpose of and goals of the ATP include the following:
· Increase the proportion of trips accomplished by biking and walking. · Increase the safety and mobility of nonmotorized users. · Advance the active transportation efforts of regional agencies to achieve greenhouse gas reduction.
· Enhance public health, including reduction of childhood obesity. · Ensure that disadvantaged communities fully share in the benefits of the program. · Provide a broad spectrum of projects to benefit many types of active transportation users.

Cycle 7 of the ATP is funded from various federal and state funding sources to include funds from the federal Transportation Alternative Program, the federal Highway Safety Improvement Program and Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 1 of 5
powered by Legistar™
97 File #: 24-0166 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 5.
federal Transportation Alternative Program, the federal Highway Safety Improvement Program and state funds from the State Highway Account and the SB 1 Road Maintenance and Rehabilitation Account. Approximately $569 million will be available for award to active transportation projects during this funding cycle. The ATP is a competitive statewide program with a funding application deadline of June 17th to the CTC for funding consideration in the statewide component of the program.

ATP funds will be distributed for award into three components: fifty percent (50%) to projects awarded by the Commission on a statewide basis, forty percent (40%) to Metropolitan Planning Organizations (MPO) in urban areas with populations greater than 200,000 (projects awarded by the MPO’s), and ten percent (10%) to small urban rural areas with populations of 200,000 or less awarded by the Commission. Project scores for the statewide component will be announced on November 1, 2024.

The City of Visalia along with the City of Tulare, Farmersville, Exeter, and several adjacent unincorporated communities in Tulare County were previously grouped into an urbanized area resulting in a combined population amount exceeding the threshold of 200,000. This meant in the previous ATP cycle, the city was able to resubmit ATP applications for funding consideration to the MPO for Tulare County. However, some projects had to be reduced in scope as there was less funding available; approximately $5 million in previous cycles, in the MPO component. A recent change redesignated the Tulare County MPO to the Small, Urban and Rural category of the ATP. This is a positive change as local agencies within Tulare County, including the City of Visalia, will qualify under the Small, Urban and Rural Category potentially gaining access to ten percent (10%) of ATP funds. Projects not selected for award under the first round of the statewide component have a second opportunity of receiving an award of ATP funds under the MPO component or the Small, Urban and Rural Category.

In preparation to submit projects to the ATP Cycle 7, staff referenced the City’sActive Transportation Plan, a plan identifying projects to improve non-motorized forms of transportation, which was previously adopted by City Council on March 3, 2017. This plan identifies the Goshen Trail and Santa Fe project. Two safe routes to school projects were also developed to follow in the successful application of the Houston Community Connectivity Project which received a score of 98 during the last cycle. Highland elementary school was selected as it’slocated within a severely disadvantaged part of Visalia with a high community need. Washington elementary was also selected as it, too, represents a disadvantage community with high need. Other elementary schools were evaluated, but based on the grant criterium, these two schools were the next most competitive schools with Houston Elementary being the most competitive (Awarded funding in Cycle 6).

Staff conducted an extensive public outreach campaign to gather input and feedback from the community which included outreach meetings for each project, the mailing of surveys to residents within the surrounding project areas, made available surveys on the City’swebpage, and engaged with the Washington and Highland elementary schools to include parents, students, and staff member feedback. Conducting public outreach and engaging with the community is required as part of developing the project to demonstrate the proposed project improvements meet the needs of the community based on the feedback received.

Staff is currently developing the applications to make them as competitive as possible and the cost for each project may be further refined. For projects with a total cost of $3.5 million or more, points will be awarded based on the percentage of funds being leveraged. Projects that provide a local Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 2 of 5
powered by Legistar™
98 File #: 24-0166 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 5.
will be awarded based on the percentage of funds being leveraged. Projects that provide a local match exceeding twenty percent (20%) of the total cost of the project will be awarded the maximum amount of points in the leveraging category. For projects successfully awarded for funding, staff will return to Council to request authorization to appropriate awarded ATP and appropriate local matching funds necessary to complete the project(s).

The following is a summary of the projects recommended by staff for submittal to the ATP.

1. Goshen-Visalia Corridor Connection Project, Estimated Cost $35 million The proposed project will reconstruct the existing Class 1 multi-use trail from Mooney Blvd. to Miller Park Ct. and extend the trail from Miller Park Ct. to Camp Drive. The existing trail from Giddings to Akers was constructed in 1996 and the segment from Akers St. to Miller Park Ct. in 1998. The existing 8’wide deteriorated asphalt trail will be reconstructed and elevated from street grade to prevent future flooding and for additional safety. This project will include improvements to the intersection and railroad crossings, installation of curb and gutter where none exists, and additional landscaping and lighting to further improve the safety for users of this trail..

The Goshen-Visalia Corridor Connection Project had been submitted in previous ATP cycles.

During the last ATP cycle, Cycle 6, the City received an application score of 87 out of 100 with a successful application score cutoff at 89 points at the statewide selection component of the grant program. Staff resubmitted the funding application to the MPO/countywide component. As there is less funding available in the MPO component, the project was reduced in scope and funding was requested for the segment from Giddings St. to Mooney Blvd., project referred to as Goshen-Visalia Corridor Phase 1 Project. The estimated cost for this segment is $3,536,000 and a total of $795,000 of ATP grant funds were awarded from the MPO component. Staff is resubmitting the funding application to request ATP funding for the remaining portion of the project.

In addition, the City is partnering with the County of Tulare to include improvements within the Goshen Community as part of the proposed project scope to provide the residents of the Goshen Community safe access to the corridor. The estimated project cost of $35 million includes the cost of improvements within the Goshen Community. This project will provide a regional benefit to non- motorized users connecting residents to employment, transit, shopping centers, several public schools surrounding the project area, and to downtown Visalia.

2. Beyond Bike Lanes - Elevating Santa Fe Street with Traffic Calming and Urban Beautification, Estimated Cost $9 million
The proposed project will construct a class IV bike route spanning 1.5 mile long along the Santa Fe St. alignment from Tulare Ave. to Houston Ave. A Class IV bike route fully separates the bike route from vehicular traffic that combines the user experience of a separated path with the on- street infrastructure of a conventional bike lane. Improvements will include striping improvements, installation of concrete sidewalk to fill in missing gaps, asphalt improvements, curb & gutter installation to improve safety, landscaping, amenities and pedestrian sidewalk for complete corridor improvements to benefit all users.

3. Washington Elementary Community Connectivity Project, Estimated Cost $6.5 million The proposed project will benefit not only the students that attend Washington Elementary but the neighboring residents as well by improving the safety and accessibility of non-motorized modes of transportation to the school and key neighborhood destinations. The project will consist of Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 3 of 5
powered by Legistar™
99 File #: 24-0166 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 5.
transportation to the school and key neighborhood destinations. The project will consist of incorporating protected bike lanes where feasible and incorporating traffic calming measures to various intersections identified by the community.

4. Highland Elementary Community Connectivity Project, Estimated Cost $6.5 million The proposed project will benefit not only the students that attend Highland Elementary but the neighboring residents as well by improving the safety and accessibility of non-motorized modes of transportation to the school and key neighborhood destinations. The project will consist of incorporating protected bike lanes where feasible and incorporating traffic calming measures to various intersections identified by the community.

Fiscal Impact:

The total project cost for the four proposed projects outlined in this report are more than $3.5 million, requiring a local match of more than twenty percent (20%) of the total project cost to achieve the maximum amount of points that may be awarded in the leveraging category. These grants are known for being very competitive and by leveraging funds towards each project, the City is eligible for increased scores.

Below is a summary of the amounts to be leveraged for each project based on the estimated total cost of the project.

Project Title Total Estimated
Project Cost
Local Match
Amount
(20.1%)
Fund Source for
Matching Amount
Goshen - Visalia Corridor
Connection Project
$35M ($20M City
Project & $15M
County)
$7.04M ($4.04M
City Match &
$3M County)
Measure R Trailways
(Fund 132) and
County Matching
Funds
Beyond Bike Lanes -Santa Fe
Street
$9M $1.81M Measure R Trailways
(Fund 132)
Washington Elementary
Community Connectivity Project
$6.5M $1.307M Measure R Local
(Fund 131)
Highland Elementary Community
Connectivity Project
$6.5M $1.307M Measure R Local
(Fund 131)
The Goshen Trail and Santa Fe Trail are both approved projects identified in the Visalia Bike/Pedestrian projects list within the Measure R Expenditure Plan. Funds for design have been previously approved by City Council and will be utilized to contribute to the local match amounts listed in the table.

If awarded, staff will return to City Council to request authorization of final award amounts and City local funds necessary to complete the project(s). Amounts may still vary based on the final project estimate and funding levels offered by the awarding agencies.

In addition, if the Goshen-Visalia Corridor Connection project is awarded, staff will return to City Council for approval of an agreement between the City and the County detailing responsibilities for Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 4 of 5
powered by Legistar™
100
File #: 24-0166 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 5.

Council for approval of an agreement between the City and the County detailing responsibilities for project implementation, financial commitments and the responsibility for the ongoing operations and maintenance of the facilities upon completion.

Prior Council Action:

June 21, 2021
Authorized the appropriation of $400,000 from the Measure R Trails (132) fund for the Santa Fe Class IV Bike Lane from Tulare Ave. to Houston Ave. Project.

May 2, 2022
Authorized a contract with 4 Creeks to prepare professional consulting services for the Goshen Trail Reconstruction Project in the amount not to exceed $1,269,306 and authorized a total of $1,661,630 of Measure R Trails (132) funds.

Alternatives:

Not submit application(s) to the Cycle 7 Active Transportation Program.

Recommended Motion (and Alternative Motions if expected):

I move to authorize the submission of funding applications for the four (4) projects outlined in this report to the ATP Cycle 7 to the CTC for statewide selection.

Environmental Assessment Status:

To be completed prior to construction
CEQA Review:

To be completed prior to construction
Attachments:

1. Goshen - Visalia Corridor Connection, Project Location Map

2. Beyond Bike Lanes - Santa Fe St., Project Location Map

3. Washington Elementary Community Connectivity, Project Location Map

4. Highland Elementary Community Connectivity, Project Location Map Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 5 of 5
powered by Legistar™
101
102
103
S Santa Fe St
E N o b l e A v e
E T u l a r e A v e
S Bridge St
E W a l n u t A v e
Hwy 198
W T u l a r e A v e
W N o b l e A v e
W W a l n u t A v e
S Court St
S Locust St
Church
Watson
Encina
West
Garden
Church
Locust
Encina
Rose
Bridge
Kaweah
Myrtle
Cambridge
Iris
Watson
Paradise
Howard
Feemster
Paradise
Court
Sequoia
Cypress
Myrtle
Kaweah
Laurel
Myrtle
Cypress
Watson
Sequoia
Laurel
Cambridge
Myrtle
Olive
Cypress
Tammy
Garden
Bridge
Kaweah
Sequoia
Church
Bardo
Washington
Elementary
School
Mt Whitney
High School
Visalia
Recovery
Center
Visalia
Cardiovascular and
Medical Center
Kaweah Health
Urgent Care
Riverway
Medical Care
St George and St
Pishoy Coptic
Orthodox Church
Visalia Women's
Specialty Group
Walgreens
Visalia
Re-Entry
Center
Visalia Boys
& Girls Club
Charter
Home School
Academy
Jefferson
Park
South Court
Pharmacy
Nearmap US
Legend
Ped Access Point
Grocery/Convenience
Stores
School Sites
Health Care Facility
Community Center
Housing/Employment
Center
Park
Pharmacy
Washington Elementary
School Boundary
Tulare Ave Separate
Project
Highway
Minor Arterial
Collector
Parcels
Neighborhood
Commercial
Service Commercial
Mixed Use Commercial
Light Industrial
Professional /
Administrative Office
Office Conversion
Quasi-Public
Residential High Density
Residential Medium
Density
School: Elementary
School: High School
Washington Elementary Attendance Area
0 200 400100 Feet
²
104
105
Visalia City Council
Staff Report
Visalia City Council
707 W. Acequia
Visalia, CA 93291
File #: 24-0172 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 6.

Agenda Item Wording:

Amendment to CSET Clean California Contract - Authorize the City Manager to execute an amendment to extend the current subcontracted Clean California State Initiative Grant agreement with CSET by one (1) year through June 30, 2025, to allow for the expenditure of remaining funds available in the amount of $220,944.50.

Deadline for Action: 5/20/2024
Submitting Department: Public Works
Contact Name and Phone Number: Jason Serpa, Public Works Manager, [email protected] <mailto:[email protected]>, 713-4533; Nick Bartsch, Public Works Director, [email protected], 713-4052
Department Recommendation:

Staff recommends that Council authorize the City Manager to execute an amendment to extend the current subcontracted Clean California State Initiative Grant agreement with CSET, Inc. by one (1) year through June 30, 2025, to allow for the expenditure of remaining funds available in the amount of $220,944.50.

Background Discussion:

The Clean California Program is a transformative initiative to remove litter, create jobs, and beautify California. This 3-year program which began in 2021 delivered $1 billion in statewide dollars for litter abatement, public education, and other beatification projects.

Through the litter abatement portion of the Clean California Initiative, Caltrans developed the Clean California Local Maintenance Agreement. On October 4, 2021, Council approved the authorization for the City Manager to execute a contract with Caltrans for the maintenance and litter removal of state right of ways within the City limits. The City then subcontracted the primary work to CSET, Inc. so that local jobs may be created through the Local Conservation Corps. Dedicated local conservation crews are assigned daily to clean the state routes with the supervision of Caltrans personnel.

With the project and funding set to expire on June 30, 2024, Caltrans has indicated that their agency is able to release some disencumbered funds from the first year of the project and allow any unexpended funds from this fiscal year continue into the next FY24/25. With these funds, staff projects that the project would be able to continue for approximately six months longer than June 30, 2024, ending in December of 2024. Even though the extension amendment offers no new funding, it will allow the City and CSET, Inc. to utilize all the funds that were allocated in 2021.

Fiscal Impact:

Due to the Clean California Initiative’s late start in FY21/22, an amount of $73,816 was disencumbered as it was unspent within that fiscal year. The CSET, Inc. amendment allows the City Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 1 of 2
powered by Legistar™
106
File #: 24-0172 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 6.
disencumbered as it was unspent within that fiscal year. The CSET, Inc. amendment allows the City to subcontract the use of these unspent grant funds along with any funds left within the current FY23/24. All funds budgeted for FY22/23 were spent. In the figure below, the amount unspent to date is as follows:

Clean California Mtc Agreement FY21/22 FY22/23 FY23/24 Totals Project Budget $152,630 $192,020 $211,280 $555,930
Expenditures $78,814 $192,020 $64,152 $334,986
Amount Unspent $73,816 $0 $147,129 $220,945
Note: The expenditures in the current FY23/24 only reflect through December of 2023 and staff estimates that another $100,000 will be spent by June 30, 2024. This will leave approximately $120K for the extension period of FY24/25, enough for an estimated 6 months of operation.

The Solid Waste draft budget already accounts for the project to be completed, so no additional dollars need to be appropriated. This project is paid from the Solid Waste Enterprise Fund (441).

Prior Council Action: October 4, 2021 - Authorization for the City Manager to execute a 3-year agreement with Caltrans to receive $555,930 through the Clean California Initiative and sign a sole source contract with CSET, Inc. to remove litter in the state right of ways.

Other: N/A
Alternatives: To not authorize the City Manager to execute an additional extension of one year for the complete expense of funds. Staff does not recommend this as it would end the program 6 months earlier than needed and would restrict the grant dollars from being brought into the community.

Recommended Motion (and Alternative Motions if expected):

I move that Council authorize the City Manager to execute an amendment to extend the current subcontracted Clean California State Initiative Grant agreement with CSET, Inc. by one (1) year through June 30, 2025, to allow for the expenditure of remaining funds available in the amount of $220,944.50.

Environmental Assessment Status: N/A
CEQA Review: N/A
Attachments: Amendment No. 1 to CSET Annual Contract to Provide State Route Litter Removal Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 2 of 2
powered by Legistar™
107

ANNUAL CONTRACT TO PROVIDE STATE ROUTE LITTER REMOVAL
Amendment No. 1

This Amendment No. 1, entered into and effective this ____day of _________, by and between the City of Visalia, hereinafter referred to as the “CITY”, and Community Services and Employment Training, Inc. hereinafter referred to as the “CSET”, “VENDOR”, “CONTRACTOR”, or “SUBRECIPIENT”.

R E C I T A L S

WHEREAS, VENDOR is a Non-Profit Local Agency with a primary business address of 312 NW 3rd Ave, Visalia CA 93291 and SSN or EIN: 94-1701352; and

WHEREAS, CITY is a municipal corporation and Charter Law City; and

WHEREAS, CITY desires services for state route litter removal, which is a sole source contract agreement; and

WHEREAS, VENDOR represents it is licensed, qualified and willing to complete the Project pursuant to terms and conditions of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, CITY and VENDOR agree as follows:

1. TERM:

The term of the agreement shall be extended until June 30th, 2025 or until funds are expended. The original term is set to expire on June 30, 2024.

2. ATTACHMENTS INCORPORATED:

The following are attachments for this Amendment. Said attachments are incorporated into this Amendment as if included in full in the body:

ATTACHMENT NO. DESCRIPTION OF ATTACHMENT
Attachment 1 General Contract Provisions
Attachment 2 Insurance Requirements

3. VENDOR SCOPE OF SERVICES and COMMITMENTS*:

CONTRACTOR shall provide the following services for the stated compensation (“Scope of Services”):

A. The CONTRACTOR agrees to perform all work necessary to complete in a manner satisfactory to the CITY those tasks described in the originally submitted Scope of Work, including final pricing, to extend for the remainder of the contract.

4. COMPENSATION:

CITY shall pay VENDOR compensation for services requested; however, CITY shall pay not more than the following amount under the original Agreement, unless otherwise agreed in writing. Such sum shall be expended and paid by CITY on a reimbursement basis for services actually performed based on the monthly report and similar documents presented by VENDOR to CITY. The CONTRACTOR shall be paid no later than thirty (30) days following submission of a written, verified billing to the CITY. Said billing shall include the percentage of each task completed to date and since the date of the preceding billing, if any.

108
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this amendment is executed on the day and year first above written.

VENDOR

Dated: ___________________ By:______________________________________________________ Authorized Officer: I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that I am fully authorized to execute this Agreement for VENDOR in the capacity I have stated, and that such execution is sufficient to bind the CONTRACTOR.

CITY OF VISALIA

Dated: ____________________ By:______________________________________________________ City Manager

Dated: ____________________ By:______________________________________________________ City Attorney

Dated: ____________________ By:______________________________________________________ City of Visalia Risk Manager

Dated: ____________________ By:______________________________________________________ City of Visalia Project Manager

109
Attachment 1

GENERAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS

A. Successors and Assigns: This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successors to or assigns of the parties.

B. Prohibition of Assignment: Neither party shall assign, delegate or transfer their rights and duties in this Agreement without the written consent of the other party.

C. Notices : Notice shall be sufficient hereunder if personally served upon the City Clerk of the CITY or an officer or principal of the CONTRACTOR, or if sent via the United States Postal Service, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

CITY OF VISALIA CSET
707 W. Acequia Ave. 312 NW 3rd Ave
Visalia, CA 93291 Visalia, CA 93291
Attention: City Clerk Attention: Mary Alice Escarcega-Fechner

D. Independent Contractor: It is understood and agreed by the parties herein that CONTRACTOR, in the performance of this Agreement, shall act as an independent contractor, and therefore shall obtain no rights to any fringe benefits that accrue to regular full-time CITY employees.

E. Jurisdiction/Venue/Waiver Of Removal: This Agreement shall be administered and interpreted under the laws of the State of California. Jurisdiction of litigation arising from this Agreement shall be in California. Any action brought to interpret or enforce this Agreement, or any of the terms or conditions hereof, shall be brought in Tulare County, California. The CONTRACTOR hereby expressly waives any right to remove any action to a county other than Tulare County as permitted pursuant to Section 394 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

F. Integration/Modification: This Agreement and each of the documents and exhibits or attachments referenced herein, which are incorporated by reference, represents the entire understanding of the parties as to those matters contained herein. No prior oral or written understanding shall be of any force or effect with respect to those matters covered hereunder. This Agreement may not be modified or altered except in writing signed by the parties, unless otherwise explicitly authorized.

G. Conflict With Law: If any part of this Agreement is found to be in conflict with applicable laws, such part shall be inoperative, null and void insofar as it is in conflict with said law, but the remainder of the Agreement shall be in full force and effect.

H. Indemnification: The CONTRACTOR waives any and all claims and recourse against the CITY, including the right of contribution of loss or damage to person or property arising from, growing out of, or in any way connected with or incidental to the CONTRACTOR’s performance of this Agreement, except claims arising from the concurrent or sole negligence of the CITY or its officers, agents or employees. The CONTRACTOR will indemnify, hold harmless, and defend (at CITY’s option) the CITY against any and all claims, demands, damages, costs, expenses, or liability arising out of the CONTRACTOR’s performance of this Agreement except for liability arising out of the concurrent or sole negligence of the CITY or its officers, agents, or employees.

I. Guarantees and Warranties:

1. IN GENERAL: All guarantees, and warranties specifically called for by the specifications and/or this Agreement shall expressly run to the benefit of the CITY.

2. ONE YEAR GUARANTEE: Besides guarantees required elsewhere, CONTRACTOR shall and hereby does guarantee the project work for a period of one year after the date of acceptance by CITY.

3. WARRANTIES: Warranties required by the Invitation to Bid or this Agreement shall commence on the date of acceptance of the work by CITY, unless otherwise provided in a Certificate of Substantial Completion.

CONTRACTOR warrants that the materials and equipment furnished under the Agreement will be new and of recent manufacturer unless otherwise specified, and that all work will be of good quality, free from faults

110
Attachment 2

INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

1. CONTRACTOR Insurance. CONTRACTOR, at its sole cost and expense, for the full term of this Agreement (and any extensions thereof), shall obtain and maintain at a minimum compliance with all of the following insurance coverage(s) and requirements. Such insurance coverage shall be primary coverage as respects CITY and any insurance or self-insurance maintained by CITY shall be in excess of CONTRACTOR’s insurance coverage and shall not contribute to it.

2. Subcontractor(s’) Insurance. If CONTRACTOR utilizes one or more subcontractors in the performance of this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and maintain independent insurance as to each subcontractor or otherwise provide evidence of insurance coverage for each subcontractor equivalent to that required of CONTRACTOR.

3. Types of Insurance and Minimum Limits. The following types of insurance and minimum limits are required providing at least the following minimum coverage and limits of liability:

a. Worker’s Compensation written in accordance with the laws of the State of California providing coverage for any and all employees of CONTRACTOR in the minimum statutorily required coverage amounts;

b. Automobile Liability Insurance for each of CONTRACTOR’s vehicles used in the performance of this Agreement, including owned, non-owned (e.g. owned by CONTRACTOR’s employees or contractors), leased or hired vehicles, in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage.

c. Comprehensive or Commercial General Liability Insurance coverage in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 combined single limit, including coverage for:

(1) bodily injury;
(2) personal injury;
(3) broad form property damage;
(4) contractual liability;
(5) cross-liability;
(6) products and completed operations liability

4. Other Insurance Provisions.

If any insurance coverage required in this Agreement is provided on a “Claims Made” rather than “Occurrence” form, CONTRACTOR agrees to maintain the required coverage for a period of three (3) years after the expiration of this Agreement (hereinafter “post agreement coverage”) and any extensions thereof.

CONTRACTOR may maintain the required post agreement coverage by renewal or purchase of prior acts or tail coverage. This provision is contingent upon post agreement coverage being both available and reasonably affordable in relation to the coverage provided during the term of this Agreement. For purposes of interpreting this requirement, a cost not exceeding 100% of the last annual policy premium during the term of this Agreement in order to purchase prior acts or tail coverage for post agreement coverage shall be deemed to be reasonable.

5. Endorsements.

All required Automobile and Comprehensive or Commercial General Liability Insurance shall be endorsed to contain the following clauses:

a. The City of Visalia, its officers, agents, employees, representatives, and volunteers are added as additional insureds as respects operations and activities of, or on behalf of the named insured, performed under contract with the City of Visalia.

b. It is agreed that any insurance maintained by the City of Visalia shall apply in excess of and not contribute with insurance provided by this policy.

c. This insurance shall not be canceled, limited in scope or coverage, or non-renewed until after thirty (30) days prior written notice has been given to the City Clerk, City of Visalia, 707 W. Acequia, Visalia, CA, 93291

6. Proof of Coverage.
111
CONTRACTOR agrees to provide its insurance broker(s) with a full copy of these insurance provisions and provide CITY on or before the effective date of this Agreement with Certificate(s) of Insurance for all required coverages. Copies of all the required Endorsements shall be attached to the Certificate(s) of Insurance or other evidence of insurance acceptable to the City of Visalia, which shall be provided by CONTRACTOR’s insurance company as evidence of the stipulated coverages. This Proof of Coverage shall then be mailed to the City of Visalia at the following address:

City of Visalia
707 W. Acequia
Visalia, CA 93291
Attn: Purchasing Division

112
Visalia City Council
Staff Report
Visalia City Council
707 W. Acequia
Visalia, CA 93291
File #: 24-0176 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 7.

Agenda Item Wording:

Lisendra Heights Landscape and Lighting District - Authorize the City Manager to appropriate funding and award a landscape enhancement project to Brightview Landscape for an amount not to exceed of $125,309.

Deadline for Action: 5/20/2024
Submitting Department: Community Services
Contact Name and Phone Number: Zach Huff, Urban Forestry Supervisor 713-4295; [email protected] <mailto:[email protected]> Alvin Dias, Parks and Facilities Manager 713-4564; [email protected] <mailto:[email protected]> John Lollis, Assistant City Manager 713-4323; [email protected] <mailto:[email protected]> Department Recommendation:

Staff recommends that the City Council authorize the appropriation of $125,309 and award a landscape enhancement project for the installation of new irrigation and drought tolerant plant material at the 93-02 Lisendra Heights Landscape and Lighting District to Brightview Landscape Services of Fresno, CA, in the amount of and not to exceed $125,309, per the attached specifications.

Background Discussion:

The Urban Forestry Division manages the landscape maintenance for the City’s Landscape and Lighting Districts, the Northeast District, Open Space District, City Facilities, and City-owned parking lots, trails, and medians. Within the Landscape and Lighting Districts, staff has identified districts with sufficient funding to perform landscape enhancement projects. Many of these enhancement projects have been on a smaller scale, such as entryway landscape replacement, tree replacement, and low voltage landscape lighting restoration.

One of the Landscape and Lighting Districts where staff have received several calls from concerned residents is the Lisendra Heights District. The Lisendra Heights District is approximately thirty (30) years old and was built over seven phases of construction. Much of the landscape and irrigation has reached its expected life cycle. The landscape, predominately the trees and larger shrubs were especially affected by the several years of drought conditions and State-imposed water restrictions. Many of the trees have been removed over the years and staff have been slowly replacing them with more drought tolerant varieties over the last few months.

Over the last year, Urban Forestry staff have explored options on how best to complete an enhancement project for the Lisendra Heights District. Staff reached out to the maintenance contractor that is currently maintaining the District and requested a cost for installation of new shrubs. These costs were extremely high and did not include any irrigation improvements. Staff then reached out to the Urban Tree Foundation to assist designing an irrigation rehabilitation and landscape replacement plan. This plan will restore irrigation function and install drought tolerant shrubs and trees, while keeping the landscape attractive for residents.

On February 12, 2024, staff solicited bids from three landscape contractors, Quality Landscape Construction Inc., of Visalia, CA, Brightview Landscape Services, of Fresno, CA, and Clean Cut Landscape Management, of Clovis, CA.

Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 1 of 3
powered by Legistar™
113
File #: 24-0176 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 7.

On Wednesday, February 21, 2024, a mandatory onsite pre-bid meeting was held at the Lisendra Heights Landscape District. Contractors that did not attend the meeting were ineligible to submit bids for this project.

During the pre-bid meeting, staff reviewed the bid specifications, reviewed the mandatory requirements imposed by the State of California Department of Industrial Relations and answered questions.

Staff received several questions from contractors where staff carefully reviewed and answered them in a separate addendum.

On Thursday, March 14, 2024, the City received bids from two contractors: Quality Landscape Construction Inc. and Brightview Landscape Services. After careful review of the bid results and the Lisendra Heights fund balance, it was determined the enhancement project was over the District’savailable funding and the scope of work would need to be reduced to complete the project.

On Tuesday, March 26, 2024, a second addendum was sent out to the two submitting contractors with a reduced scope of work, eliminating the turf removal and relandscaping of the parkway. Staff was hopeful that by reducing the scope of the project, a phase of the landscape enhancement project could be completed. On Thursday, April 11, 2024, staff received revised bids from the two contractors. After reviewing the submitted bids, Brightview Landscape Services, of Fresno, CA was the qualified low bidder. The bid amounts were also within the Lisendra Heights available funding to complete the first phase of the landscape enhancement project.

Original Bid Reduced Scope Bid
· Brightview Landscape Services, Fresno, CA $237,401.54 $125,308.57 · Quality Landscape Construction Inc, Visalia, CA $240,000.00 $146,500.00 The complete Lisendra Heights landscape enhancement project will need to be completed in phases as funding is available within the District’s cash balance. This may take several years to complete due to funding limitations, but Urban Forestry Staff does not want to draw the District’s fund balance down to zero or a deficit balance.

Fiscal Impact:

The fiscal impact for the Lisendra Heights Landscape Enhancement Project will be funded by the 93-02 Lisendra Heights Landscape and Lighting Districts cash balance Fund 273, of which there are sufficient funds for the project.

Prior Council Action: None
Other: None
Alternatives: Reject staff’s recommendation and not complete the landscape enhancement project.

Recommended Motion (and Alternative Motions if expected):

I move to appropriate $125,309 from the 93-02 Lisendra Heights Landscape and Lighting District fund balance and award a contract for the 93-02 Lisendra Heights Phase 1 Landscape Enhancement Project, to Brightview Landscape Services, for a not to exceed amount of $128,309.

Environmental Assessment Status: N/A
Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 2 of 3
powered by Legistar™
114
File #: 24-0176 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 7.

CEQA Review: N/A
Attachments: Original Scope of Work, Site Map, Addendum 1, Addendum 2, Scope of Work with Parkway Removed, Landscape Plans, Brightview Landscape Services Cost Sheet.

Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 3 of 3
powered by Legistar™
115
V. SCOPE OF WORK/PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS

The successful contractor shall provide all labor, equipment, tools, and materials necessary to install new irrigation, shrubs, trees, and mulch, located at Lisendra Heights Landscape & Lighting District, 5300 Block of West Whitendale Ave, Visalia. The work will consist of:

 Removal of existing shrubs, drip irrigation, and grading of landscape area.  Removal of existing turf within parkway area and grading for installation of new landscape.
 Installation of new irrigation per landscape plan. (see attached landscape plans).  Installation of new groundcover, shrubs, and trees per landscape plan. (see attached landscape plans for size and quantity).
 Installation of five (5) inches recycled landscape mulch of per landscape plan. ( see attached landscape plans).
 Installation of new irrigation controller, flow sensor, and master valve per landscape plans. (see attached landscape plans).
 Existing water service, backflow device, mainline, and electrical service to protected in place and reused.
 Contractor is responsible for having the area marked for utilities (811 Before You Dig) before the project begins.
 Any damage to existing irrigation, concrete sidewalks or block wall shall be repaired at the expense of the contractor.
 Contractor shall be responsible for clean-up and disposal of all waste materials.  Work to be performed for the Lisendra Heights Landscape and Lighting District Landscape Enhancement Project shall be compensated at the contract lump sum price and shall include mobilization, and furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work of completing the installation of new irrigation components and plant material , in accordance with this bid request and as directed by the City’s Project Manager, and per the City Standard Specifications to provide fully completed improvements. No additional payment will be made therefor.

116
Lisendra Heights Site Map Phase 1

117
118
119
120
V. SCOPE OF WORK/PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS

The successful contractor shall provide all labor, equipment, tools, and materials necessary to install new irrigation, shrubs, trees, and mulch, located at Lisendra Heights Landscape & Lighting District, 5300 Block of West Whitendale Ave, Visalia. The work will consist of:

 Removal of existing shrubs, drip irrigation, and grading of landscape area.  Removal of existing turf within parkway area and grading for installation of new landscape. Delete parkway turf removal and landscaping.  Installation of new irrigation per landscape plan. (see attached landscape plans). Delete parkway irrigation and relandscaping.
 Installation of new groundcover, shrubs, and trees per landscape plan. (see attached landscape plans for size and quantity). Delete parkway irrigation and relandscaping.  Installation of five (5) inches recycled landscape mulch of per landscape plan. ( see attached landscape plans). Delete parkway irrigation and relandscaping.  Installation of new irrigation controller, flow sensor, and master valve per landscape plans. (see attached landscape plans). Delete parkway irrigation and relandscaping.  Existing water service, backflow device, mainline, and electrical service to protected in place and reused.
 Contractor is responsible for having the area marked for utilities (811 Before You Dig) before the project begins.
 Any damage to existing irrigation, concrete sidewalks or block wall shall be repaired at the expense of the contractor.
 Contractor shall be responsible for clean-up and disposal of all waste materials.  Work to be performed for the Lisendra Heights Landscape and Lighting District Landscape Enhancement Project shall be compensated at the contract unit cost and shall include mobilization, and furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all work of completing the installation of new irrigation components and plant material , in accordance with this bid request and as directed by the City’s Project Manager, and per the City Standard Specifications to provide fully completed improvements. No additional payment will be made therefor.

121
L&L Landscape UpdatesSheet of Date: Scale: Project:Urban Tree Foundation1512 W. Mineral KingAve. Visalia, Ca 93291559-713-0631www.urbantree.orgDrawing DescriptionDate xx.xx.xx1st City Submittal
23005.110.31.202322
U:\23\23005 - lisendra heights\Land\CD's\CD_01\Phase_01\23005.1_24x36_TS.dwg31.10.2023bygregmendonsa 1" = 20'City of VisaliaLisendra Heights Phase 01
Lisendra Heights Phase 1Visalia, CA
SHEET INDEXT-1TITLE SHEETL-1PLANTING SOILS PLANL-2PLANTING SOILS PLANL-3PLANTING SOILS PLANL-4IRRIGATION PLANL-5IRRIGATION PLANL-6IRRIGATION PLANL-7IRRIGATION DETAILS AND NOTESL-8IRRIGATION DETAILSL-9IRRIGATION DETAILSL-10TREE & GROUNDCOVER PLANL-11TREE & GROUNDCOVER PLANL-12TREE & GROUNDCOVER PLANL-13SHRUB LAYOUT PLANL-14SHRUB LAYOUT PLANL-15SHRUB LAYOUT PLANL-16PLANTING DETAILS AND NOTESL-17SPECIFICATIONSL-18SPECIFICATIONSL-19SPECIFICATIONSL-20SPECIFICATIONSL-21SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT APPLICANT:URBAN TREE FOUNDATIONPROJECT TYPE: PUBLICWATER SUPPLY: POTABLEWATER SUPPLIER:CALIFORNIA WATER DISTRICT(559) 624-1700TOTAL LANDSCAPED AREA: 25,636 SF"I AGREE TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE WATEREFFICIENT LANDSCAPE ORDINANCE AND SUBMIT A COMPLETELANDSCAPE DOCUMENTATION PACKAGE." SITE VICINITY MAPN.T.S.

CONTACT INFOGREG MENDONSAURBAN TREE FOUNDATIONLANDSCAPE ARCHITECT1512 W MINERAL KING AVE.VISALIA, CA 93291805.798.1585ALVIN DIASCITY OF VISALIAPARKS AND URBAN FORESTRY MANAGER336 N. BEN MADDOX WAYVISALIA, CA 93292559.904.0658 "I have complied with the criteria of the ordinance and appliedthem accordingly for the efficient use of water in the irrigation& planting design plans."SignatureSignatureSignature CITY SIGNATURES DATE Title SheetT-11
(4.) Landscape Design Plan Landscape Document Package checklist: (1.) Project information (2.) Water Efficient Landscape Worksheet (5.) Irrigation Design Plan (3.) *Soil Management Report (6.) *Grading Design Plan *When a project involves mass grading of a site, the Contractor shall submit the soil managementreport with the Certificate of Completion package.*See Civil Engineer's plans for the Grading Design.** It is the responsibility of the Contractor to submit a Certficifate of Completion package and allthe associated information to the governing jurisdiction prior to the end of the maintenance(warranty) period. Copies of that submittal package shall be provided by the Contractor to theOwner and Owner's Representative for their records.

X X X X
MWELO Calculations
122

W H I T E N D A L E A V E N U E
A S P E N S T.PS-101PS-102EXISTING TREE TO BEPROTECTED IN PLACE, TYPICAL.

W H I T E N D A L E A V E N U EPS-102PS-101EXISTING TREE TO BEPROTECTED IN PLACE, TYPICAL.

SYMBOLDESCRIPTIONQTYModified Existing Soil - Compacted sub soil: Fracturing12,194 sfFor planting areas less than eight feet with soil compaction greater than85% of Standard Proctor Method. See detail and specifications for furtherinformation.Modified Existing Soil - Compacted sub soil: Trenching19,088 sfFor planting areas greater than eight feet with soil compaction greaterthan 85% of Standard Proctor Method. See detail and specifications forfurther information.Certified Compost: 2" thick layer of compost shall be applied in all 118.56 cyplanting areas. Compost shall be certifed by the U.S. CompostingCouncil`s STA Program. See specifications for further information.

PS-101PS-102PS-104
Planting Soils Legend
Notes:1 - All quantities and amounts shown on the plans are best estimates forthe benefit of the contractor. In field conditions may vary compared to whatis shown on the plans. Therefore, it is the contractor 's responsibility toverify all lengths, square footages, and amounts prior to bidding the project.2- Contractor shall verify site compaction using the Standard ProctorMethod prior to the beginning of work. If compaction rates are between75% - 85% only minimal modification shall occur. See soil modification -compacted surface soil detail.

ALL PLANTING AREAS
L&L Landscape UpdatesSheet of Date: Scale: Project:Urban Tree Foundation1512 W. Mineral KingAve. Visalia, Ca 93291559-713-0631www.urbantree.orgDrawing DescriptionDate xx.xx.xx1st City Submittal
23005.110.31.20230feet401" = 20'20608022
U:\23\23005 - lisendra heights\Land\CD's\CD_01\Phase_01\23005.1-s.dwg31.10.2023bygregmendonsa 1" = 20'City of Visalia

N O R T H
Lisendra Heights Phase 01

MATCHLINE BELOW
MATCHLINE ABOVEMATCHLINE SHEET L-2
Planting Soils PlanL-12
123

A K E R S S T R E E T

W H I T E N D A L E A V E N U E
PS-101PS-102
EXISTING TREE TO BEPROTECTED IN PLACE, TYPICAL.

A K E R S S T R E E T
PS-101PS-102
EXISTING TREE TO BEPROTECTED IN PLACE, TYPICAL.

A K E R S S T R E E T
C H E R R Y A V E.

PS-102PS-101
SYMBOLDESCRIPTIONQTYModified Existing Soil - Compacted sub soil: Fracturing12,194 sfFor planting areas less than eight feet with soil compaction greater than85% of Standard Proctor Method. See detail and specifications for furtherinformation.Modified Existing Soil - Compacted sub soil: Trenching19,088 sfFor planting areas greater than eight feet with soil compaction greaterthan 85% of Standard Proctor Method. See detail and specifications forfurther information.Certified Compost: 2" thick layer of compost shall be applied in all 118.56 cyplanting areas. Compost shall be certifed by the U.S. CompostingCouncil`s STA Program. See specifications for further information.

PS-101PS-102PS-104
Planting Soils Legend
Notes:1 - All quantities and amounts shown on the plans are best estimates forthe benefit of the contractor. In field conditions may vary compared to whatis shown on the plans. Therefore, it is the contractor 's responsibility toverify all lengths, square footages, and amounts prior to bidding the project.2- Contractor shall verify site compaction using the Standard ProctorMethod prior to the beginning of work. If compaction rates are between75% - 85% only minimal modification shall occur. See soil modification -compacted surface soil detail.

ALL PLANTING AREAS
MATCHLINE SHEET L-1

MATCHLINE BELOW RIGHT

MATCHLINE ABOVE LEFT
MATCHLINE SHEET L-3MATCHLINE BELOW RIGHT

MATCHLINE ABOVE LEFT
L&L Landscape UpdatesSheet of Date: Scale: Project:Urban Tree Foundation1512 W. Mineral KingAve. Visalia, Ca 93291559-713-0631www.urbantree.orgDrawing DescriptionDate xx.xx.xx1st City Submittal
23005.110.31.20230feet401" = 20'20608022
U:\23\23005 - lisendra heights\Land\CD's\CD_01\Phase_01\23005.1-s.dwg31.10.2023bygregmendonsa 1" = 20'City of Visalia

N O R T H
Lisendra Heights Phase 01Planting Soils PlanL-23
124

A K E R S S T R E E T
C H E R R Y A V E.

PS-102PS-101EXISTING TREE TO BEPROTECTED IN PLACE, TYPICAL.

SYMBOLDESCRIPTIONQTYModified Existing Soil - Compacted sub soil: Fracturing12,194 sfFor planting areas less than eight feet with soil compaction greater than85% of Standard Proctor Method. See detail and specifications for furtherinformation.Modified Existing Soil - Compacted sub soil: Trenching19,088 sfFor planting areas greater than eight feet with soil compaction greaterthan 85% of Standard Proctor Method. See detail and specifications forfurther information.Certified Compost: 2" thick layer of compost shall be applied in all 118.56 cyplanting areas. Compost shall be certifed by the U.S. CompostingCouncil`s STA Program. See specifications for further information.

PS-101PS-102PS-104
Planting Soils Legend
Notes:1 - All quantities and amounts shown on the plans are best estimates forthe benefit of the contractor. In field conditions may vary compared to whatis shown on the plans. Therefore, it is the contractor 's responsibility toverify all lengths, square footages, and amounts prior to bidding the project.2- Contractor shall verify site compaction using the Standard ProctorMethod prior to the beginning of work. If compaction rates are between75% - 85% only minimal modification shall occur. See soil modification -compacted surface soil detail.

ALL PLANTING AREAS
MATCHLINE SHEET L-2
L&L Landscape UpdatesSheet of Date: Scale: Project:Urban Tree Foundation1512 W. Mineral KingAve. Visalia, Ca 93291559-713-0631www.urbantree.orgDrawing DescriptionDate xx.xx.xx1st City Submittal
23005.110.31.20230feet401" = 20'20608022
U:\23\23005 - lisendra heights\Land\CD's\CD_01\Phase_01\23005.1-s.dwg31.10.2023bygregmendonsa 1" = 20'City of Visalia

N O R T H
Lisendra Heights Phase 01Planting Soils PlanL-34
4'-0"Min.
8'-0"8'-0"

PLAN VIEW
Curb, pavement, wall or other hardscape.Eighteen inch (18") deeplinear root barrier (See specifications).

Pavement.Tamp soil adjacent to root barriers to stabilizethem.Notes:1- Root barriers shall be installed permanufacturer's specifications andrecommendations.2- Root barriers shall be installed when rootball is located within 8' of curb, pavement,wall or other hardscape.

Finished grade2" below adjacentpavement.
1' - 6" 18" deep linear root barrier(See specifications).Curb, pavement, wall or other hardscape.SECTION VIEWTop of root barrier 1" above finished grade.8'-0" or less Existing soil.3" Max
LINEAR ROOT BARRIERS1P-OP-23005.1-08
18 - 24"18-24"2'± Before starting soil fracturingapply 2 - 3" of compost overexisting grade.Existing gradeafter rough grading.Pavement. Donot fracturesoil adjacentto pavement.

Notes:1- For planting areas narrower than 8' reduce the distance betweenpaving and soil fracturing from 2' to 1'.2- See planting soil specification for additional requirements.

Apply 3 - 4" of compost andrequired chemical adjustmentprior to final tilling.Proposed finishedgrade aftersettling.Finish gradeadjacent to pavingshall be 1 - 2"below pavementsurface.STEP ONE

STEP TWO
Fracture soil using abackhoe. Dig into thesoil and the compost.Lift the soil and dropin place to fracturecompaction. Repeatover entire plantingarea.

URBAN TREE FOUNDATION ©2014OPEN SOURCE FREE TO USESOIL MODIFICATION - FRACTURING2P-OP-23005.1-09 12 - 24" O.C.

STEP ONE

STEP TWO
3 - 4" of compost andrequired chemicaladjustments.
24"4"+Existing soil.Finished grade after tillingand settling.

Notes:1- See planting soil specifications foradditional requirements.

Till compost intotop 6" of soil.
4"+ wide trench.

Existing soil.

Backfill trench withcompost.

SOIL MODIFICATION - TRENCHING3P-OP-23005.1-10
125

W H I T E N D A L E A V E N U E
A S P E N S T.1"1"1"1171" 12101"132.511"10111"1"112" 112"Bi BiBiBiF FFFExisting Mainline to be protected in place.Contractor to field verify routing and locationsof all valves and existing irrigation equipment.

W H I T E N D A L E A V E N U EExisting Valves to be abandoned / removed, typical.Remove valve at this location and maintain mainline in place.

88.061" 9141"1"112"1"FF112"Vine irrigation show behind wallfor clarity. All irrigation to beinstalled in planting areas onstreet side of wall.BiBi SYMBOLMANUFACTURER/MODEL/DESCRIPTIONQTYPSI Hunter PCBFlood Bubbler, 1/2in. FIPT.14115 SYMBOLMANUFACTURER/MODEL/DESCRIPTIONQTYArea to Receive Drip EmittersSalco Drip Emitter- Model # SLV-PST-CV-2Threaded pressure compensating drip emitter with 1/2" (1.27cm)FIPT inlet and Diffuser Cap Outlet in Mulch Camo Color. SpringCheck Valve Technology.See irrigation detail.25,636 s.f.Emitter Notes:2.0 GPH emitters (1 assigned to each 5 gal plant)2.0 GPH emitters (1 assigned to each 1 gal plant)Emitter Notes:2.0 GPH emitters (1 assigned to each 5 gal plant)2.0 GPH emitters (1 assigned to each 1 gal plant)SYMBOLMANUFACTURER/MODEL/DESCRIPTIONQTYExisting Valve to be abandoned 1"Contractor to remove valve and cap mainlie stubout in place.6 Hunter ICV-G 1"1in., 1-1/2in., 2in., and 3in. Plastic Electric Remote ControlValves, Globe Configuration, with NPT Threaded Inlet/Outlet, forCommercial/Municipal Use.13 LASCO Fittings TUBV 101 N Series1", 1-1/2", 2", and 3" Plastic Full Block True Union Ball Valve.Shut Off/Isolation Valve to Eliminate Water Hammer. Install samesize as mainline. See irrigation detail.2 Watts Surge ArrestorWatts 1" lead free water hammer arrestor model # LF15M2-FInstall per manufacturer`s specifications and recommendations.See irrigation detail.1 Zurn 375 XLB 1-1/4"Reduced Pressure Principle Assembly. Sizes 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2”. Install per manufacturer`s specifications andrecommendations. See irrigation detail.1 Baseline BL-1000XTwo-wire controller in large 16 gauge powder-coated wall mountcabinet, base model 50 stations, expandable to 75 or 100stations. Install per manufacturer`s specifications andrecommendations. See irrigation detail.1 Baseline BL-5201Single station direct burial biCoder. Install per manufacturer`sspecifications and recommendations. See irrigation detail.13 Baseline BL-5315biSensor Soil Moisture Sensor. Install per manufacturer`sspecifications and recommendations. See irrigation detail.1 Baseline BL-CM-CCell module for BL-1000 and BL-3200 controllers in metal wallmount cabinet with one year data service included.1 Baseline BL-LA01Baseline two-wire surge arrestor. Install per manufacturer`sspecifications and recommendations. See irrigation detail.1 Baseline BL-BMW2-PLUSBaseManager, LiveView & Mobile Access Advanced. Contractorshall provide a five (5) year subscription prior to the end ofconstruction and beginning of the maintenance period.1 Baseline BL-BHM150-NO 1-1/2"Baseline 1-1/2" Metal Hydrometer with with Integrated Flow andMaster Valve Decoder, Normally Open, Male Threaded. Install permanufacturer`s specifications and recommendations. Seeirrigation detail.1 Rain Bird PRB-100 1"1in. Basket Filter with built-in Pressure Regulator 40 psi and 200mesh (75 micron) stainless steel screen.13 V.I.T. Products SBBC-30SSLow profile, tube and wire construction smooth touch surface,stainless steel backflow enclosure. 31.5"L, 28"H, 17.75"W(80.01cm L, 71.12cm H, 45.085cm W). See irrigation detail.1 Grounding Rod8` x 1/2" copper grounding rod. Install per controllermanufacturer`s specifications and recommendations. Seeirrigation detail.2 Water Meter 1-1/2"1 Irrigation Lateral Line: PVC Class 200 SDR 21 (Shrubs) 1"See irrigation detail.3,776 l.f.Irrigation Lateral Line: PVC Class 200 SDR 21 (Trees) 1"See irrigation detail.3,011 l.f.Irrigation Lateral Line: PVC Class 200 SDR 21 (Trees) 1 1/2"See irrigation detail.101.2 l.f.Irrigation Lateral Line: PVC Class 200 SDR 21 (Overhead)See irrigation detail.427.8 l.f.Irrigation Lateral Line: PVC Class 200 SDR 21 (Overhead) 1"See irrigation detail.636.3 l.f.Irrigation Lateral Line: PVC Class 200 SDR 21 (Overhead) 1 1/2"See irrigation detail.29.8 l.f.Irrigation Mainline: PVC Schedule 40 (Mainline) 1 1/2"See irrigation detial.1,619 l.f.

BFCBiMSCMLA
FBEGRM1
IRRIGATION SCHEDULE POC 1
Notes:1- The system indicated on the drawing is diagrammatic. All equipment shown in paved areas is diagrammatic.All equipment shall be located in planting areas. Avoid any conflicts between the irrigation system, planting, orarchitectural features.2- All quantities and amounts shown on the plans are best estimates for the benefit of the Contractor. In fieldconditions may vary compared to what is shown on the plans. Therefore, it is the Contractor's responsibility toverify all lengths, square footages, and amounts prior to bidding the project.3- Contractor shall verify point of connection and minimum static pressure prior to commencing of work. Anydiscrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Owner and Landscape Architect prior to starting work.4- All irrigation wire shall be installed in a minimum 1-1/2" Sch. 40 electrical conduit.5- Baseline Controllersa. Certificate of Installation (Certified Start Up) shall be required for the irrigation controller system. It isthe responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate the certification and inspections with EwingIrrigation.Contractor is responsible for any and all fees necessary to receive a Certificate of Installation. Copiesof the Certificate of Installation shall be provided to the Owner's Representative and the Owner.b. Contractor shall provide as a part of the project five (5) years of cell service to be purchased by theContractor prior to the beginning of the maintenance period.c. Contractor shall provide as a part of the project five (5) years of Base Manager Mobile Plus Access tobe purchased by the Contractor prior to the beginning of the maintenance period.d. The Contractor shall program the irrigation schedule to run off of the moisture sensors prior to theending of the maintenance period and receiving the Notice of Completion by the Owner. Each valve shall beassigned to the respective moisture sensor. For example, tree valves shall be assigned to the tree moisturesensor, shrub valves shall be assigned to the shrub moisture sensor, and turf valves shall be assigned to theturf moisture sensor. Irrigation scheduling for valves shall occur before the moisture level in the soil reacheswilting point at the lower limit and stop prior to the soil reaching field capacity.e. The Contractor shall be responsible for gpsing each remote control irrigation valve, ball valve,controller quick coupler valve, mainline sleeving under pavement, irrigation controller, backflow preventiondevice, booster pump and moisture sensors.f. The Contractor shall label each valve in Base Manager indicating the valve type, emitter type andlocation on the site. For instance a tree valve in parkway would be labeled as Tree Bubbler Valve in Parkway(Bubblers).g. The Contractor shall label each program in Base Manager indicating the specific program and zone.For instance the vine valves on drip emitters would be labeled as Vine Drip Program.h. The Contractor shall label each moisture sensor in Base Manager indicating the valve it is connectedto and what that valve is responsible for watering. For instance, the moisture sensor that is connected to theturf valve in the middle of a park would be labeled Turf Moisture Sensor (Valve 33).6- Irrigation plans were designed in accordance with CA AB 1881; the Model Water Efficient LandscapeOrdinance. It is the responsibility of the Irrigation Contractor to adhere to that ordinance. Any portion of theirrigation systems installation that comes into conflict with the state ordinance shall be immediately brought tothe attention of the Owner and Landscape Architect. In the event that notification does not occur, the IrrigationContractor assumes any and all responsibility for changes to the work which must be done in order to meetcompliance.

NUMBERMODELSIZETYPEGPMWIREPSIPSI @ POCPRECIP1Hunter ICV-G1"Bubbler20149.119.733.23.4 in/h 2Hunter ICV-G1"Bubbler20156.320.233.83.4 in/h 3Hunter ICV-G1"Area for Drip Emitters6.16310.413.225.60.17 in/h4Hunter ICV-G1"Bubbler24362.421.639.53.4 in/h 5Hunter ICV-G1"Bubbler524.512.1Unknown6Hunter ICV-G1"Area for Drip Emitters5.86695.812.825.70.25 in/h7Hunter ICV-G1"Bubbler18712.318.837.93.4 in/h 8Hunter ICV-G1"Area for Drip Emitters8.06504.613.10.26 in/h9Hunter ICV-G1"Bubbler14519.418.634.33.4 in/h 10Hunter ICV-G1"Bubbler11757.418.333.63.4 in/h 11Hunter ICV-G1"Bubbler7938.518.232.03.4 in/h 12Hunter ICV-G1"Bubbler10951.318.734.13.4 in/h 13Hunter ICV-G1"Area for Drip Emitters2.51962.912.224.60.22 in/hUnknownExisting Valve to be abandoned1"UnknownUnknownExisting Valve to be abandoned1"UnknownUnknownExisting Valve to be abandoned1"UnknownUnknownExisting Valve to be abandoned1"UnknownUnknownExisting Valve to be abandoned1"UnknownUnknownExisting Valve to be abandoned1"UnknownCommon Wire1,619

VALVE SCHEDULE
NUMBERMODELTYPEPRECIPIN./WEEKMIN./WEEKGAL./WEEKGAL./DAY1Hunter ICV-GBubbler3.4 in/h0.5918090 2Hunter ICV-GBubbler3.4 in/h0.5918090 3Hunter ICV-GArea for Drip Emitters0.17 in/h0.2588542181 4Hunter ICV-GBubbler3.4 in/h0.59216108 5Hunter ICV-GBubblerUnknown0.5 6Hunter ICV-GArea for Drip Emitters0.25 in/h0.2562363121 7Hunter ICV-GBubbler3.4 in/h0.5916281 8Hunter ICV-GArea for Drip Emitters0.26 in/h0.2558467156 9Hunter ICV-GBubbler3.4 in/h0.5912663 10Hunter ICV-GBubbler3.4 in/h0.599949.5 11Hunter ICV-GBubbler3.4 in/h0.596331.5 12Hunter ICV-GBubbler3.4 in/h0.599045 13Hunter ICV-GArea for Drip Emitters0.22 in/h0.256917357.6 UnknownExisting Valve to be abandonedUnknownUnknownExisting Valve to be abandonedUnknownUnknownExisting Valve to be abandonedUnknownUnknownExisting Valve to be abandonedUnknownUnknownExisting Valve to be abandonedUnknownUnknownExisting Valve to be abandonedUnknownTOTALS:3492,6621,073

WATERING SCHEDULE
Generated:2023-09-11 11:22P.O.C. NUMBER: 01Water Source Information:FLOW AVAILABLEWater Meter Size:1-1/2"Flow Available75 GPMPRESSURE AVAILABLEStatic Pressure at POC:45 PSIElevation Change:5.00 ftService Line Size:3"Length of Service Line:20 ftPressure Available:43 PSIDESIGN ANALYSISMaximum Station Flow:24 GPMFlow Available at POC:75 GPMResidual Flow Available:51 GPMCritical Station:4 Design Pressure:15 PSI Friction Loss:1.08 PSI Fittings Loss:0.11 PSI Elevation Loss:0 PSI Loss through Valve:5.4 PSIPressure Req. at Critical Station:21.6 PSILoss for Fittings:0.43 PSILoss for Main Line:4.29 PSILoss for POC to Valve Elevation:0 PSILoss for Backflow:12 PSILoss for Water Meter:1.2 PSICritical Station Pressure at POC:39.5 PSIPressure Available:43 PSIResidual Pressure Available:3.5 PSI CRITICAL ANALYSIS252015105000:0000:1500:3000:4501:0001:1501:3001:4502:0002:1502:3002:4503:0003:1503:3003:4504:0004:1504:3004:4505:0005:1505:3005:4506:0006:1506:3006:4507:0007:15Program: (1)Total Time: 07:00Total Water Use: 3,795 gallonsMax Allowed GPM: 24RUNTIME SUMMARYTime L&L Landscape UpdatesSheet of Date: Scale: Project:Urban Tree Foundation1512 W. Mineral KingAve. Visalia, Ca 93291559-713-0631www.urbantree.orgDrawing DescriptionDate xx.xx.xx1st City Submittal
23005.110.31.20230feet401" = 20'20608022
U:\23\23005 - lisendra heights\Land\CD's\CD_01\Phase_01\23005.1-i.dwg31.10.2023bygregmendonsa 1" = 20'City of Visalia

N O R T H
Lisendra Heights Phase 01

MATCHLINE BELOW
MATCHLINE ABOVEMATCHLINE SHEET L-2Irrigation PlanL-45
126

A K E R S S T R E E T

W H I T E N D A L E A V E N U E
M1CMCLA
BiMS

GRGRBEBF
112"

36.161"1"
F
F
F
112"1201"2201"112"BiF
4241"112"Bi
Bi
112"112"
112"
Vine irrigation show behind wallfor clarity. All irrigation to beinstalled in planting areas onstreet side of wall.Controller 01- Baseline BL-1000x metal wall mounted decodercontroller. Contractor shall verify controllerlocation and general power prior to beginning ofwork. General contractor shall provide 120 voltpower to this point Note to Contractor- Contractor to locate point of connection prior tocommencement of work. A PSI of 45 has beengiven but the contractor needs to verify the givenpressure before the beginning of construction.

A K E R S S T R E E TBiF5-1"
7181"112"BiFBi1"65.861"F
112"
Vine irrigation show behind wallfor clarity. All irrigation to beinstalled in planting areas onstreet side of wall.

Existing Mainline to be protected in place.Contractor to field verify routing and locationsof all valves and existing irrigation equipment.

Existing Valves to beabandoned / removed, typical.Remove valve at this locationand maintain mainline in place.and maintain mainline in place.

A K E R S S T R E E TVine irrigation show behind wallfor clarity. All irrigation to beinstalled in planting areas onstreet side of wall.Existing Valves to beabandoned / removed, typical.Remove valve at this locationand maintain mainline in place.

SYMBOLMANUFACTURER/MODEL/DESCRIPTIONQTYPSI Hunter PCBFlood Bubbler, 1/2in. FIPT.14115 SYMBOLMANUFACTURER/MODEL/DESCRIPTIONQTYArea to Receive Drip EmittersSalco Drip Emitter- Model # SLV-PST-CV-2Threaded pressure compensating drip emitter with 1/2" (1.27cm)FIPT inlet and Diffuser Cap Outlet in Mulch Camo Color. SpringCheck Valve Technology.See irrigation detail.25,636 s.f.Emitter Notes:2.0 GPH emitters (1 assigned to each 5 gal plant)2.0 GPH emitters (1 assigned to each 1 gal plant)Emitter Notes:2.0 GPH emitters (1 assigned to each 5 gal plant)2.0 GPH emitters (1 assigned to each 1 gal plant)SYMBOLMANUFACTURER/MODEL/DESCRIPTIONQTYExisting Valve to be abandoned 1"Contractor to remove valve and cap mainlie stubout in place.6 Hunter ICV-G 1"1in., 1-1/2in., 2in., and 3in. Plastic Electric Remote ControlValves, Globe Configuration, with NPT Threaded Inlet/Outlet, forCommercial/Municipal Use.13 LASCO Fittings TUBV 101 N Series1", 1-1/2", 2", and 3" Plastic Full Block True Union Ball Valve.Shut Off/Isolation Valve to Eliminate Water Hammer. Install samesize as mainline. See irrigation detail.2 Watts Surge ArrestorWatts 1" lead free water hammer arrestor model # LF15M2-FInstall per manufacturer`s specifications and recommendations.See irrigation detail.1 Zurn 375 XLB 1-1/4"Reduced Pressure Principle Assembly. Sizes 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2”. Install per manufacturer`s specifications andrecommendations. See irrigation detail.1 Baseline BL-1000XTwo-wire controller in large 16 gauge powder-coated wall mountcabinet, base model 50 stations, expandable to 75 or 100stations. Install per manufacturer`s specifications andrecommendations. See irrigation detail.1 Baseline BL-5201Single station direct burial biCoder. Install per manufacturer`sspecifications and recommendations. See irrigation detail.13 Baseline BL-5315biSensor Soil Moisture Sensor. Install per manufacturer`sspecifications and recommendations. See irrigation detail.1 Baseline BL-CM-CCell module for BL-1000 and BL-3200 controllers in metal wallmount cabinet with one year data service included.1 Baseline BL-LA01Baseline two-wire surge arrestor. Install per manufacturer`sspecifications and recommendations. See irrigation detail.1 Baseline BL-BMW2-PLUSBaseManager, LiveView & Mobile Access Advanced. Contractorshall provide a five (5) year subscription prior to the end ofconstruction and beginning of the maintenance period.1 Baseline BL-BHM150-NO 1-1/2"Baseline 1-1/2" Metal Hydrometer with with Integrated Flow andMaster Valve Decoder, Normally Open, Male Threaded. Install permanufacturer`s specifications and recommendations. Seeirrigation detail.1 Rain Bird PRB-100 1"1in. Basket Filter with built-in Pressure Regulator 40 psi and 200mesh (75 micron) stainless steel screen.13 V.I.T. Products SBBC-30SSLow profile, tube and wire construction smooth touch surface,stainless steel backflow enclosure. 31.5"L, 28"H, 17.75"W(80.01cm L, 71.12cm H, 45.085cm W). See irrigation detail.1 Grounding Rod8` x 1/2" copper grounding rod. Install per controllermanufacturer`s specifications and recommendations. Seeirrigation detail.2 Water Meter 1-1/2"1 Irrigation Lateral Line: PVC Class 200 SDR 21 (Shrubs) 1"See irrigation detail.3,776 l.f.Irrigation Lateral Line: PVC Class 200 SDR 21 (Trees) 1"See irrigation detail.3,011 l.f.Irrigation Lateral Line: PVC Class 200 SDR 21 (Trees) 1 1/2"See irrigation detail.101.2 l.f.Irrigation Lateral Line: PVC Class 200 SDR 21 (Overhead)See irrigation detail.427.8 l.f.Irrigation Lateral Line: PVC Class 200 SDR 21 (Overhead) 1"See irrigation detail.636.3 l.f.Irrigation Lateral Line: PVC Class 200 SDR 21 (Overhead) 1 1/2"See irrigation detail.29.8 l.f.Irrigation Mainline: PVC Schedule 40 (Mainline) 1 1/2"See irrigation detial.1,619 l.f.

BFCBiMSCMLA
FBEGRM1
IRRIGATION SCHEDULE POC 1
Notes:1- The system indicated on the drawing is diagrammatic. All equipment shown in paved areas is diagrammatic.All equipment shall be located in planting areas. Avoid any conflicts between the irrigation system, planting, orarchitectural features.2- All quantities and amounts shown on the plans are best estimates for the benefit of the Contractor. In fieldconditions may vary compared to what is shown on the plans. Therefore, it is the Contractor's responsibility toverify all lengths, square footages, and amounts prior to bidding the project.3- Contractor shall verify point of connection and minimum static pressure prior to commencing of work. Anydiscrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Owner and Landscape Architect prior to starting work.4- All irrigation wire shall be installed in a minimum 1-1/2" Sch. 40 electrical conduit.5- Baseline Controllersa. Certificate of Installation (Certified Start Up) shall be required for the irrigation controller system. It isthe responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate the certification and inspections with EwingIrrigation.Contractor is responsible for any and all fees necessary to receive a Certificate of Installation. Copiesof the Certificate of Installation shall be provided to the Owner's Representative and the Owner.b. Contractor shall provide as a part of the project five (5) years of cell service to be purchased by theContractor prior to the beginning of the maintenance period.c. Contractor shall provide as a part of the project five (5) years of Base Manager Mobile Plus Access tobe purchased by the Contractor prior to the beginning of the maintenance period.d. The Contractor shall program the irrigation schedule to run off of the moisture sensors prior to theending of the maintenance period and receiving the Notice of Completion by the Owner. Each valve shall beassigned to the respective moisture sensor. For example, tree valves shall be assigned to the tree moisturesensor, shrub valves shall be assigned to the shrub moisture sensor, and turf valves shall be assigned to theturf moisture sensor. Irrigation scheduling for valves shall occur before the moisture level in the soil reacheswilting point at the lower limit and stop prior to the soil reaching field capacity.e. The Contractor shall be responsible for gpsing each remote control irrigation valve, ball valve,controller quick coupler valve, mainline sleeving under pavement, irrigation controller, backflow preventiondevice, booster pump and moisture sensors.f. The Contractor shall label each valve in Base Manager indicating the valve type, emitter type andlocation on the site. For instance a tree valve in parkway would be labeled as Tree Bubbler Valve in Parkway(Bubblers).g. The Contractor shall label each program in Base Manager indicating the specific program and zone.For instance the vine valves on drip emitters would be labeled as Vine Drip Program.h. The Contractor shall label each moisture sensor in Base Manager indicating the valve it is connectedto and what that valve is responsible for watering. For instance, the moisture sensor that is connected to theturf valve in the middle of a park would be labeled Turf Moisture Sensor (Valve 33).6- Irrigation plans were designed in accordance with CA AB 1881; the Model Water Efficient LandscapeOrdinance. It is the responsibility of the Irrigation Contractor to adhere to that ordinance. Any portion of theirrigation systems installation that comes into conflict with the state ordinance shall be immediately brought tothe attention of the Owner and Landscape Architect. In the event that notification does not occur, the IrrigationContractor assumes any and all responsibility for changes to the work which must be done in order to meetcompliance.

MATCHLINE SHEET L-1

MATCHLINE BELOW RIGHT

MATCHLINE ABOVE LEFT
MATCHLINE SHEET L-3MATCHLINE BELOW RIGHT

MATCHLINE ABOVE LEFT
L&L Landscape UpdatesSheet of Date: Scale: Project:Urban Tree Foundation1512 W. Mineral KingAve. Visalia, Ca 93291559-713-0631www.urbantree.orgDrawing DescriptionDate xx.xx.xx1st City Submittal
23005.110.31.20230feet401" = 20'20608022
U:\23\23005 - lisendra heights\Land\CD's\CD_01\Phase_01\23005.1-i.dwg31.10.2023bygregmendonsa 1" = 20'City of Visalia

N O R T H
Lisendra Heights Phase 01Irrigation PlanL-56
127
A K E R S S T R E E TM2BF2C2CMLAGRGR
F
F
F1"
1"
1B181"
2B121"3B4.261"Mainline is existing. Locateexisting valves in field andreplace valves as indicatedper plans and details. 112"112"
1"
112"
Vine irrigation show behind wallfor clarity. All irrigation to beinstalled in planting areas onstreet side of wall.

Controller 02- Baseline BL-1000x metal wall mounted decodercontroller. Contractor shall verify controllerlocation and general power prior to beginning ofwork. General contractor shall provide 120 voltpower to this pointNote to Contractor- Contractor to locate point of connection prior tocommencement of work. A PSI of 45 has beengiven but the contractor needs to verify the givenpressure before the beginning of construction.Bi BiBi
Existing Mainline to be protected in place.Contractor to field verify routing and locationsof all valves and existing irrigation equipment.Existing Valves to beabandoned / removed, typical.Remove valve at this locationand maintain mainline in place.

Existing Valves to beabandoned / removed, typical.Remove valve at this locationand maintain mainline in place.

SYMBOLMANUFACTURER/MODEL/DESCRIPTIONQTYPSI Hunter PCBFlood Bubbler, 1/2in. FIPT.3015 SYMBOLMANUFACTURER/MODEL/DESCRIPTIONQTYArea to Receive Drip EmittersSalco Drip Emitter- Model # SLV-PST-CV-2Threaded pressure compensating drip emitter with 1/2" (1.27cm)FIPT inlet and Diffuser Cap Outlet in Mulch Camo Color. SpringCheck Valve Technology.See irrigation detail.5,444 s.f.Emitter Notes:2.0 GPH emitters (1 assigned to each 5 gal plant)2.0 GPH emitters (1 assigned to each 1 gal plant)Emitter Notes:2.0 GPH emitters (1 assigned to each 5 gal plant)2.0 GPH emitters (1 assigned to each 1 gal plant)SYMBOLMANUFACTURER/MODEL/DESCRIPTIONQTYExisting Valve to be abandoned 1"Contractor to remove valve and cap mainlie stubout in place.2 Hunter ICV-G 1"1in., 1-1/2in., 2in., and 3in. Plastic Electric Remote ControlValves, Globe Configuration, with NPT Threaded Inlet/Outlet, forCommercial/Municipal Use.3 Watts Surge ArrestorWatts 1" lead free water hammer arrestor model # LF15M2-FInstall per manufacturer`s specifications and recommendations.See irrigation detail.1 Zurn 375 XLB 1-1/4"Reduced Pressure Principle Assembly. Sizes 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1-1/4", 1-1/2", 2”. Install per manufacturer`s specifications andrecommendations. See irrigation detail.1 Baseline BL-1000XTwo-wire controller in large 16 gauge powder-coated wall mountcabinet, base model 50 stations, expandable to 75 or 100stations. Install per manufacturer`s specifications andrecommendations. See irrigation detail.1 Baseline BL-5201Single station direct burial biCoder. Install per manufacturer`sspecifications and recommendations. See irrigation detail.3 Baseline BL-CM-CCell module for BL-1000 and BL-3200 controllers in metal wallmount cabinet with one year data service included.1 Baseline BL-LA01Baseline two-wire surge arrestor. Install per manufacturer`sspecifications and recommendations. See irrigation detail.1 Baseline BL-BMW2-PLUSBaseManager, LiveView & Mobile Access Advanced. Contractorshall provide a five (5) year subscription prior to the end ofconstruction and beginning of the maintenance period.1 Baseline BL-BHM150-NO 1-1/2"Baseline 1-1/2" Metal Hydrometer with with Integrated Flow andMaster Valve Decoder, Normally Open, Male Threaded. Install permanufacturer`s specifications and recommendations. Seeirrigation detail.1 Rain Bird PRB-100 1"1in. Basket Filter with built-in Pressure Regulator 40 psi and 200mesh (75 micron) stainless steel screen.3 Grounding Rod8` x 1/2" copper grounding rod. Install per controllermanufacturer`s specifications and recommendations. Seeirrigation detail.2 Water Meter 1-1/2"1 Irrigation Lateral Line: PVC Class 200 SDR 21 (Shrubs) 1"See irrigation detail.734.5 l.f.Irrigation Lateral Line: PVC Class 200 SDR 21 (Trees) 1"See irrigation detail.635.7 l.f.Irrigation Lateral Line: PVC Class 200 SDR 21 (Trees) 1 1/2"See irrigation detail.7.3 l.f.Irrigation Lateral Line: PVC Class 200 SDR 21 (Overhead) 1"See irrigation detail.306.5 l.f.Irrigation Mainline: PVC Schedule 40 (Mainline) 1 1/2"See irrigation detial.250.1 l.f.

BF2C2BiCMLA
FGRM2
IRRIGATION SCHEDULE POC 2
Notes:

NUMBERMODELTYPEPRECIPIN./WEEKMIN./WEEKGAL./WEEKGAL./DAY1BHunter ICV-GBubbler3.4 in/h0.5916281 2BHunter ICV-GBubbler3.4 in/h0.5910854 3BHunter ICV-GArea for Drip Emitters0.19 in/h0.2578332111 UnknownExisting Valve to be abandonedUnknownUnknownExisting Valve to be abandonedUnknownTOTALS:96602.5245.8 WATERING SCHEDULE NUMBERMODELSIZETYPEGPMWIREPSIPSI @ POCPRECIP1BHunter ICV-G1"Bubbler1898.019.032.53.4 in/h 2BHunter ICV-G1"Bubbler1270.019.131.63.4 in/h 3BHunter ICV-G1"Area for Drip Emitters4.26106.112.524.70.19 in/hUnknownExisting Valve to be abandoned1"UnknownUnknownExisting Valve to be abandoned1"UnknownCommon Wire250.1VALVE SCHEDULE Notes:1- The system indicated on the drawing is diagrammatic. All equipment shown in paved areas is diagrammatic.All equipment shall be located in planting areas. Avoid any conflicts between the irrigation system, planting, orarchitectural features.2- All quantities and amounts shown on the plans are best estimates for the benefit of the Contractor. In fieldconditions may vary compared to what is shown on the plans. Therefore, it is the Contractor's responsibility toverify all lengths, square footages, and amounts prior to bidding the project.3- Contractor shall verify point of connection and minimum static pressure prior to commencing of work. Anydiscrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Owner and Landscape Architect prior to starting work.4- All irrigation wire shall be installed in a minimum 1-1/2" Sch. 40 electrical conduit.5- Baseline Controllersa. Certificate of Installation (Certified Start Up) shall be required for the irrigation controller system. It isthe responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate the certification and inspections with EwingIrrigation.Contractor is responsible for any and all fees necessary to receive a Certificate of Installation. Copiesof the Certificate of Installation shall be provided to the Owner's Representative and the Owner.b. Contractor shall provide as a part of the project five (5) years of cell service to be purchased by theContractor prior to the beginning of the maintenance period.c. Contractor shall provide as a part of the project five (5) years of Base Manager Mobile Plus Access tobe purchased by the Contractor prior to the beginning of the maintenance period.d. The Contractor shall program the irrigation schedule to run off of the moisture sensors prior to theending of the maintenance period and receiving the Notice of Completion by the Owner. Each valve shall beassigned to the respective moisture sensor. For example, tree valves shall be assigned to the tree moisturesensor, shrub valves shall be assigned to the shrub moisture sensor, and turf valves shall be assigned to theturf moisture sensor. Irrigation scheduling for valves shall occur before the moisture level in the soil reacheswilting point at the lower limit and stop prior to the soil reaching field capacity.e. The Contractor shall be responsible for gpsing each remote control irrigation valve, ball valve,controller quick coupler valve, mainline sleeving under pavement, irrigation controller, backflow preventiondevice, booster pump and moisture sensors.f. The Contractor shall label each valve in Base Manager indicating the valve type, emitter type andlocation on the site. For instance a tree valve in parkway would be labeled as Tree Bubbler Valve in Parkway(Bubblers).g. The Contractor shall label each program in Base Manager indicating the specific program and zone.For instance the vine valves on drip emitters would be labeled as Vine Drip Program.h. The Contractor shall label each moisture sensor in Base Manager indicating the valve it is connectedto and what that valve is responsible for watering. For instance, the moisture sensor that is connected to theturf valve in the middle of a park would be labeled Turf Moisture Sensor (Valve 33).6- Irrigation plans were designed in accordance with CA AB 1881; the Model Water Efficient LandscapeOrdinance. It is the responsibility of the Irrigation Contractor to adhere to that ordinance. Any portion of theirrigation systems installation that comes into conflict with the state ordinance shall be immediately brought tothe attention of the Owner and Landscape Architect. In the event that notification does not occur, the IrrigationContractor assumes any and all responsibility for changes to the work which must be done in order to meetcompliance.

Generated:2023-09-11 11:22P.O.C. NUMBER: 02Water Source Information:FLOW AVAILABLEWater Meter Size:1-1/2"Flow Available75 GPMPRESSURE AVAILABLEStatic Pressure at POC:45 PSIElevation Change:5.00 ftService Line Size:3"Length of Service Line:20 ftPressure Available:43 PSIDESIGN ANALYSISMaximum Station Flow:18 GPMFlow Available at POC:75 GPMResidual Flow Available:57 GPMCritical Station:1B Design Pressure:15 PSI Friction Loss:0.93 PSI Fittings Loss:0.09 PSI Elevation Loss:0 PSI Loss through Valve:3 PSIPressure Req. at Critical Station:19.0 PSILoss for Fittings:0.08 PSILoss for Main Line:0.78 PSILoss for POC to Valve Elevation:0 PSILoss for Backflow:12 PSILoss for Water Meter:0.66 PSICritical Station Pressure at POC:32.5 PSIPressure Available:43 PSIResidual Pressure Available:10.5 PSI

CRITICAL ANALYSIS
2015105000:0000:0500:1000:1500:2000:2500:3000:3500:4000:4500:5000:5501:0001:0501:1001:1501:2001:2501:3001:3501:4001:45Program: (1)Total Time: 01:40Total Water Use: 856gallonsMax Allowed GPM: 18RUNTIME SUMMARYTimeGPM MATCHLINE SHEET L-2
L&L Landscape UpdatesSheet of Date: Scale: Project:Urban Tree Foundation1512 W. Mineral KingAve. Visalia, Ca 93291559-713-0631www.urbantree.orgDrawing DescriptionDate xx.xx.xx1st City Submittal
23005.110.31.20230feet401" = 20'20608022
U:\23\23005 - lisendra heights\Land\CD's\CD_01\Phase_01\23005.1-i.dwg31.10.2023bygregmendonsa 1" = 20'City of Visalia

N O R T H
Lisendra Heights Phase 01Irrigation PlanL-67
128
L&L Landscape UpdatesSheet of Date: Scale: Project:Urban Tree Foundation1512 W. Mineral KingAve. Visalia, Ca 93291559-713-0631www.urbantree.orgDrawing DescriptionDate xx.xx.xx1st City Submittal
23005.110.31.202322
U:\23\23005 - Lisendra Heights\Land\CD's\CD_01\Phase_01\23005.1_WA-id.dwg31.10.2023bygregmendonsa 1" = 20'City of VisaliaLisendra Heights Phase 01Irrigation DetailsL-78

1. Existing utilities- information on the drawings relating to existing utility lines and services from the best sources available. All such information is furnished only for information and is not guaranteed.The Contractor shall excavate test pits as required to determine the exact location of existing utilities.Call utility locating service for precise utility locations before beginning of any work. Under Ground Services Alert (800) 227 - 2600.2. Utility Requirements- The Contractor shall notify the following agencies at least 48 hours in advance of excavating around any of their structures. The utility companies listed below shall becontacted.- Gas Company- Telephone Company- Electrical Power Company- Cable Television Company- Water Supply CompanyThe California Public Utilities Commission mandates that in, in the interest of public safety, main line gas valves be maintained in a manner to be readily accessible and in good operating condition.The Contractor shall notify the gas company's headquarters planning office 48 hours prior to the start of construction.3. Contractor shall be responsible for making himself familiar with all underground utilities, pipes, and structures. Contractor shall take sole responsibility for any cost incurred due to damage of saidutilities.4. Irrigation piping and related equipment are drawn diagrammatically. Scaled dimensions are approximate only. Before proceeding with work, carefully check and verify dimensions and immediatelynotify the Owner's Representative of discrepancies between the drawings or specifications and the actual conditions. Although sites and locations of plants and or irrigation equipment are drawn toscale wherever possible, it is not within the scope of the drawings to show all necessary offsets, obstructions, or site conditions. The Contractor shall be responsible to install the work in such a mannerthat it will be in conformance to site conditions, complete, and in good working order.5. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits related to this section of the work unless previously excluded under provision of the contract or general conditions. The Contractor shall complywith all laws and ordinances bearing on the operation of conduct of the work as drawn and specified. If the contractor observes that a conflict exist between permit requirements and the work outlinedin the contract documents, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner's Representative in writing including a description of any necessary changes and changes to the contract price resulting fromchanges in the work.6. Wherever references are made to standards or coded in accordance with which works is to be performed or tested, the edition or revision of the standards and codes current on the effective date ofthis contract shall apply, unless expressly set forth.7. In case of conflict among any referenced standards or codes or between any referenced standards and codes and the specifications, the more restrictive standard shall apply or Owner'sRepresentative shall determine which shall govern.8. Comply with the requirements for the California code of Regulation title 23 waters, division 2 department of water resources chapter 2.7 model water efficient landscape ordinance, 492.3 waterefficient landscape worksheet, 492.7 irrigation design plan and irrigation scheduling.a. Where the requirements of specification section Irrigation are more stringent than the California code, the more stringent requirements shall prevail.9. The Contractor shall adequately protect the work, adjacent property, and the public, and shall be responsible for any damages or injury due to the Contractor's actions.10. The Contractor shall be responsible for any coordination with subcontractors as requiring to accomplish the irrigation installation operations.11. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to be aware of all surface and sub - surface conditions, and to notify the Owner's Representative, in writing, of any circumstances that would negativelyimpact the installation of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.12. Before final acceptance of work, the Contractor shall provide a record set of drawing showing the irrigation system works as built. The drawings shall be transmitted to the Owner's Representativein paper format and as a pdf file of each document on compact disk or flash drive. The drawing shall include all of the information on the original document and revised to reflect all changes in the work.See specification section Irrigation for further information.13. Contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Owner's Representative within ten calendar days prior to completion of construction, two 3 - ring binders, of Operation & Maintenance manuals. Seespecification section Irrigation for further information.14. Existing trees shall be protected and cared for as required in the details and specifications.15. The Owner's Representative shall be informed of the progress of the work so the work may be observed at the following key times in the construction process. The Owner's Representative shall beafforded sufficient time to schedule visit to the site. Failure of the Owner's Representative to make field observations shall not relive the Contractor from meeting all the requirements in the plans,details and specifications.a. Pre - Construction meeting.b. Trenching and sleeving review.c. Pressure mainline test.d. Adjustment and coverage test.e. Pre - maintenance observation.f. Final site observation and acceptance.16. If the work fails to pass inspection, any subsequent inspections must be rescheduled as required in the specifications. The cost to the Owner for additional inspections will be charged to theContractor at the prevailing hourly rate of the inspector.17. Contractor shall include in the bid continued maintenance (warranty) period of xxxxx after completion of construction and acceptance of the project by the Owner's Representative.18. Pipe sizes shall conform to those shown on the plans with no smaller substitutions. Larger size pipe substitutions may be approved.19. After completion and prior to the installation of any terminal fittings, the entire pipeline system shall be thoroughly flushed to remove dirt, debris, and other material.20. The irrigation design is based on a minimum operating pressure of xx PSI and a maximum demand of xx GPM on valve # xx for the point of connection on xxxxx. and xxxxx. The Contractor shallverify water pressure prior to installation. Any difference between the pressure indicated on the plans and that at the actual point of connection shall be brought to the attention of the Owner'sRepresentative immediately.21. A 120 volt electrical power outlet at the irrigation controller location shall be provided by the Contractor. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to make the final hook up from the electricaloutlet to the irrigation controller.22. Irrigation between the hours of 10:00 pm and 6:00 am only. Watering outside this time frame must be done manually with qualified supervisory personnel on-site. No system shall be left unattendedduring use outside the normal schedule.23.The irrigation plans have designed in accordance with the state model water efficient landscape ordinance (MWELO). It is the Contractors responsibility to adhere to the requirements andregulations of that ordinance during the installation of the landscape design plan. During the installation of the irrigation design plans, any portion which comes into conflict with MWELO shall bebrought to the attention of the Owner/Owner's Representative. In the event that notification does not take place, the Contractor assumes responsibility for all necessary changes and work in order tomeet compliance.

GENERAL IRRIGATION NOTESBackflowprevention device.(See theirrigation plans for make and model).Install the device per the local waterpurveyor's standards and specifications. 4"Galvanized union.Brass ball valve.Threaded galvanizednipple.Galvanized ninetydegree (90°) elbow.Wrap 20 mil tapetwice around allgalvanized pipe underfinished grade andthrough the concrete. 12" min.or per localcodes.Galvanized nipple.4" thick concrete pad, 1" above finishedgrade. See backflow cage detail.

Concrete thrustblocks required onbackflow devices 2.5"and larger.Galvanized coupling.Galvanized nipple.Note:1- All assembly parts (threaded nipples, fittings, etc.) shall be galvanized or brass per local codes and requirements.2- Galvanized nipple shall extend 12" past the edge of the concrete footing.3- Sch. 80 PVC male adapter shall be used in connection from galvanize to the mainline.4- Backflow prevention device shall be located as close as possible to the landscape meter.5- Backflow prevention device shall be located in planting area unless approved by Owner's Representative.6- See detail for backflow cage installation.7- All backflow prevention devices shall have freeze blanket included upon installation.8- All galvanized connections shall to be made using pipe thread sealant. All Sch. 80 PVC to galvanized connections to be made using teflon tape.

Sch. 80 PVC maleadapter.Flow
BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICE1P-OP-23005.1-11
FLOW
Notes:1- Install backflow cage per manufacturer's specifications and recommendations.2- See backflow prevention device detail for reference.2- Lock box shall be located above concrete footing3- Contractor shall provide a lock as approved by the Owner's Representative.

Backflow prevention device. (See irrigationlegend for make and model).Backflow cage. (See irrigation legend formake and model).Lock box.Finished grade.4" thick concretefooting 1" abovefinished grade.3" typ.6" typ.Backflow cage.4" thickconcrete footing.Backflow cage.Concrete footing.PLAN VIEWEND VIEW

SECTION VIEW
BACKFLOW CAGE2P-OP-23005.1-30
SURGE ARRESTORNotes:1- Locate valve boxes in planting areas.2- Wrap valve box with a minimum of 3 mil thick plastic and secure it using duct tape or electrical tape.3- All threaded connection to be made using teflon tape or pipe dope.

Rectangular valve boxwith locking lid.Rectangular valve boxwith locking lid.Surge arrestor (Seeirrigation legend for makeand model). 1" Sch. 80 PVC ball valveTxT.Sch. 40 PVC Tee SSS.Mainline.

Finished grade.

Four (4) 4" x 8"bricks.38" welded wiremesh.
3P-OP-23005.1-20
Rectangularvalve box with locking lid.Controller wires with twelve inch (12")minimum expansion coils.Sch. 80 PVC male adapter.Hydrometer. (See irrigation legend formake and model).Sch. 80 PVC threaded coupling.Sch. 80 PVC threadedunion.Sch. 40 PVC 45°elbows.Irrigation mainline.(See irrigation plansfor make andsize).

Finished grade.

Four (4) 4" x 8" bricks.38" welded wire mesh.Notes:1- Hydrometer shall be Reed Switch (RS) Register or Photo Diode High Frequency (PDH) Register.Check with controller manufacturer and install per their specifications and recommendations.2- Hydrometer shall be installed per manufacture's specifications and recommendations.3- Hydrometer wire shall be per the irrigation controller manufacturer's specifications.4- All wire runs shall be continuous without any splices. Wire connections shall be made using DBR-Y/6 or approved equal.5- Valve box shall be wrapped with a minimum 3 mil. thick plastic and secure it to the valve box using duct tape or electrical tape.6- Valve box shall be located in planting area. 4"-8"Flow
HYDROMETERThree inch (3") thick layer of peagravel.4P-OP-23005.1-21 NOTES:1- See irrigation legend for mainline and lateral line pipe size and type.2- Direct burial control wires shall be installed in Sch. 40 PVC electrical conduit if required.3- 2-wire irrigation wire shall be installed in Sch. 40 PVC electrical conduit.4- Detectable locator tape shall be located six inches (6") above the entire mainline run.Direct burial low voltagecontrol wires.

Pavement.24" min.1'-0"In planting area
1'-6" in planting area3'-0" underneath pavementNon-pressurized line (lateral line).Detectable locator tape.Pressurized line (mainline). 6"
Finished grade.

IRRIGATION TRENCHING5P-OP-23005.1-14Pavement.Base rock. 3'-0"
Notes:1- See irrigation legend for mainline size and type.2- All sleeves shall be Sch. 40 PVC pipe.3- All sleeves shall extend 12" beyond the edge of pavement.4- End of sleeves shall be located with a wooden stake or PVC pipe. Locators shall run continuously from the end of the sleeve to finished grade.

Clean backfill, 95% relative compactionunder paving or per civil engineer's plans.Control wires, sleeve under paving. Installadjacent to pressurized mainline. Bundleshall be no more than 50% of pipe diameter.Mainline, sleeve under paving to be twotimes the diameter of the pressurizedmainline pipe.Non-pressurized line, sleeve under paving tobe two times the diameter of the lateral line.

PIPE AT PAVEMENT6P-OP-23005.1-15
FLOWNotes:1- Hydrometer shall be of make and model as recommended by the controller manufacturer.2- Hydrometer wire shall be per manufacturer's specifications.3- All wire runs shall be continuous without any splices.4- All wire shall be placed in 1-1/2" Sch. 40 electrical conduit.5- See hydrometer detail for further information.6- Flow run pipe shall be reduced down one (1) pipe size as indicated.Example3" mainline = 2-1/2" flow run2-1/2" mainline = 2" flow run2" mainline = 1-1/2" flow run 5 x diameter of pipe.5 x diameter of pipe.Mainline pipe fromfrom backflowprevention device.Mainline pipe toirrigation system.Sch. 40 PVCcoupling.Sch. 40 PVCreducer.

Flow run. Pipe sizeshall be one sizeless than themainline.Hydrometer. Seeirrigation plans formake, model, andsize.

HYDROMETER LAYOUTP-OP-23005.1-297
129
L&L Landscape UpdatesSheet of Date: Scale: Project:Urban Tree Foundation1512 W. Mineral KingAve. Visalia, Ca 93291559-713-0631www.urbantree.orgDrawing DescriptionDate xx.xx.xx1st City Submittal
23005.110.31.202322
U:\23\23005 - Lisendra Heights\Land\CD's\CD_01\Phase_01\23005.1_WA-id.dwg31.10.2023bygregmendonsa 1" = 20'City of VisaliaLisendra Heights Phase 01Irrigation DetailsL-89 MINIMUM BEARING SURFACE AREAPIPE SIZETEE AND PLUG90° BEND45° BEND1-1/2"0.45 FEET ²0.63 FEET ²0.34 FEET ²2"0.69 FEET ²2-1/2"1.0 FEET ²3"1.48 FEET ²4"2.43 FEET ²6"5.25 FEET ² 8"9.08 FEET ²10"14.93 FEET ²0.97 FEET ²1.41 FEET ²2.10 FEET ²3.45 FEET ²7.41 FEET ²12.83 FEET ²21.07 FEET ²0.53 FEET ²0.77 FEET ²1.14 FEET ²1.87 FEET ²4.02 FEET ²6.96 FEET ²11.44 FEET ² Notes:1- Size thrust blocks shall be specified as show in the table above.2- Control wires shall not be encased in concrete.3- All fittings shall be wrapped with polyethylene to prevent concrete from adhering to pipe, fittings or bolts.4- Joints and bolts shall be accessible for repairs.5- Thrust blocks shall be a minimum of 6" thick.6- One 80 lbs. sack of concrete shall cover .6 ft.³ Bearing surface.

Bearing surface.Existing or modified soil. (See specifications forsoil modification).

THRUST BLOCKS1P-OP-23005.1-16
Notes:1- All grounding requirements for controllers shall conform to local electric codes.2- Grounding rod shall not be located in the same trench as the irrigation mainlines or lateral lines.3- Valve box shall be wrapped with a minimum 3 mil thick plastic and secured to the valve box using duct tape or electrical tape.4- Install grounding rod per the controller manufacturer's specifications and recommendations. 4 -8"
8' - 0" to 12'- 0"
Pavement.Finished grade.58" x 8' - 0" coppergrounding rod.Grounding rod clamp.# 6 AWG bare copperwire.8'-0" 1" PVCelectricalconduit andsweep forearth ground.
24" min. wire depth.Three (3) 4" x 8"bricks.

GROUNDING ROD2P-OP-23005.1-1924" min.

Note:1- Valve boxes shall be located in planting areas.2- Splices shall only be made at electrical pull boxes.3- Low voltage wires under roadways must be in continuous conduit with 90° Sch. 40 PVC sweeps terminating in pull boxes.4- All wire connections shall be made using DBR/Y-6 connectors or approved equal.5- Valve box shall be wrapped with minimum 3 mil. thick plastic and secure it using duct tape or electrical tape.

Pavement.Rectangular valvebox with locking lid.Water proof wire connectors.Controller wires with 24" min. expansioncurls.Finished grade.38" welded wire mesh.Four (4) 4" x 8" bricks.Direct burial (low voltage)irrigation controller wires.

SPLICE BOX3P-OP-23005.1-24
Threaded ball valve. (Seeirrigation legend for make and model).Sch. 80 PVC male adapter.Finished grade.

Notes:1- Locate valve boxes in planting areas.2- Wrap valve box with a minimum of 3 mil thick plastic and secure it using duct tape or electrical tape.3- All threaded connection to be made using teflon tape.4- All changes in elevation shall be made using Sch. 40 PVC 45° elbows. 6" min12" max.Sch. 40 PVC 45° elbow.Four (4) 4" x 8" bricks.

Pavement.

Sch. 80 PVC union SxS.Sch. 80 PVC nipple TxS.Mainline.38" welded wire mesh.

Rectangular valve box withlocking lid.

BALL VALVE 3" OR SMALLER
Three inch (3") layerof pea gravel.
4P-OP-23005.1-23
Notes:1- Common and controller wire to be bundled using electrical tape at 10'-0" on center.2- Grounding rods shall be located between 8"- 0" to 12'- 0" away from the controller. Grounding rods shall be 38" in diameter x 8' in length. Connect the groundingrod to the controller using 6 gauge bare copper wire or per the manufacturer's specifications.See grounding rod detail.3- ET Station shall be installed no further than 90' away from the controller and a minimum of 15' off of the ground, out from under any overhead obstructions suchas, but not limited to, building overhangs, trees, or utilities.

Wall, fence, or building.Wall mounted controller. Install permanufacturer's specifications andrecommendations. (See irrigation legendfor controller make and model number).34" knockout for earth ground wire.2" PVC electrical conduit for irrigationvalves, master valve, and flow sensor wires.Optional 3" knockout if more wires are needed.Secure conduit to wall using stainless steelclamp.1" PVC electrical conduit for electrical power perlocal and national electrical codes.1" PVC electrical conduit for ET sensor.(optional).SIDE VIEWSECTION VIEWFinished grade.18" Min.5'-0" WALL MOUNTED CONTROLLER5P-OP-23005.1-13
1'-0"1'-0"1'-0"1'-0"
BV
ICV
SA
QCV
GR
Jumbo rectangularvalve box(22" x 16" x 12")Standardrectangularvalve box(18" x 12" x 12") 1'- 0"Typ.Water typeControllerDesignationBox sizeLid Color # 1# 2# 3# 4# 5
Identification GuidePWPWPWPWPWPWPWPWPWPWPWPWPW

AAAAAAAAAAAAA

MVFSHMBVBVGVARVQCVRCVMSGRSBFC
# 2# 2# 2# 2# 1# 2# 2# 4# 2# 2# 5# 4# 2
GreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreenGreen Master valveFlow sensorHydrometerBall valve 3" or lessBall valve 4" or moreGate valveAir release valveQuick coupler valveRemote control valveMoisture sensorGrounding rodSplice boxFuture connection EXAMPLEPotable water system on Controller 'A', Remote control valvestation # 3.

PLAN VIEWPavement,wall, orbuilding.

Notes:1- Valve box # 1 thru # 4 shall have stainless steel lockinghardware.2- Valve boxes shall be labeled by hot iron branding or aluminumasphaltic base water proof paint.3- Locate valve assemblies in planting area.4- Valve locations shall be approved by the Owner's Representativeprior to installation.5- Valve boxes shall be centered above valve assemblies tofacilitate access and maintenance.6- Valve boxes shall be flush with finished grade.7- Valve boxes shall be set parallel to each other and perpendicularto the edge of pavement.8- See other irrigation details for further information.

Standardrectangularvalve box(18" x 12" x 24")Circularvalve box(10" D)Circularvalve box(6" D) PWASA# 3GreenSurge ArrestorVALVE BOX LAYOUT6P-OP-23005.1-17 2-WIRE IRRIGATION CONNECTIONS1 234
45 8672359
819
See detail for irrigation valve. See irrigation plans for piping.1Waterproof connections to valve. 3M DBR-Y/6 grease packs orapproved equal.2Waterproof connection for common wire to valve. 3M DBR-Y/6grease packs or approved equal.3Two-wire irrigation wire. (See specifications for furtherinformation.)4Irrigation mainline. See irrigation plans for further information.5Two-wire red wire to red biCoder wire with a waterproofconnector. 3M DBR-Y/6 grease packs or approved equal.6Black two-wire irrigation wire to waterproof connector. 3MDBR-Y/6 grease packs or approved equal.7Two-wire irrigation decoder. See irrigation plans for make and model.Attach to the valve box using a stainless steel self tapping screw.81-1/2" Sch. 40 electrical conduit.9 PLAN VIEW

SECTION VIEWSECTION VIEW
Note1- Contractor shall provide five (5') additional feet of 2-wire at eachvalve location and coil it underneath the irrigation valve and secure itwith black zip ties. 7P-OP-23005.1-27
Note:1- Common wire and controller wire shall be direct burial 14 AWG or larger controller manufacturer approved 2-wire irrigation wire .2- All wire runs shall be continuous without any splices unless approved by the Owner's Representative. See splice box detail. Wire connections shall be madeusing DBR/Y-6 connectors or approved equal.3- Contractor shall coil and additional five feet (5') of 2-wire irrigation wire at each valve for future use and secure it below the valve using black zip ties.4-Valve box shall be wrapped with min. 3 mil thick plastic and secured using duct tape or electrical tape.5- All Sch. 80 PVC to Sch. 40 PVC threaded connections shall be made using teflon tape.6- Valve boxes shall be located in planting areas.

Rectangular valvebox with locking lid.Remote control irrigation valve. (Seeirrigation plans for size and model).Finished grade.

Four (4) 4" x 8" bricks.Sch. 80 PVC male adapter.Sch. 80 PVC tru-unionball valve.HDPE 90° elbow with 2"HDPE to stainless steelnipple.38" welded wire mesh.HDPE pipe.HDPE tee or elbow. (Seeirrigation plan mainline size and type).

Plastic tag with valve station number ID.

Sch. 80 PVC male union.Mainline. (See irrigation plans for size and type).

Pavement.24" min.4"- 8"
2- WIRE REMOTE CONTROL VALVE
Three inch (3") thick layer of pea gravel.
2-wire irrigation wires. (See 2-wireirrigation connection detail). 8P-OP-23005.1-288
1" BASKET DRIP FILTER/PRESSURE REGULATOR
Round lockingvalve box.Finished grade.1" Basket filter/pressureregulator. See irrigationlegend for make andmodel #.1" Sch. 80 threadedunion.1" Sch. 80 maleadapter.Lateral line pipeto the remote controlirrigation valve.See irrigation plans forpipe size.4" x 8" bricks.14" stainless steel mesh. Three inch thick(3") pea gravel.Notes:1- Contractor shall threaded fittings with no more than two (2) wraps of teflon tape or monster tape.2- Prior to the installation of the drip filter/pressure regulator, the Contractor shall flush the lines a minimum of two (2) times to remove all glue, tapeand/or debris from the mainline and lateral lines.3- After the installation of the drip filter/pressure regulator, the Contractor shall cap all lateral lines downstream of the filter and pressurize the irrigationsystem and verify there are no leaks or breaks. 3" - 4" typ.
9P-OP-23005.1-25
130
L&L Landscape UpdatesSheet of Date: Scale: Project:Urban Tree Foundation1512 W. Mineral KingAve. Visalia, Ca 93291559-713-0631www.urbantree.orgDrawing DescriptionDate xx.xx.xx1st City Submittal
23005.110.31.202322
U:\23\23005 - Lisendra Heights\Land\CD's\CD_01\Phase_01\23005.1_WA-id.dwg31.10.2023bygregmendonsa 1" = 20'City of VisaliaLisendra Heights Phase 01Irrigation DetailsL-910

PLAN VIEW

SECTION VIEW

MOISTURE SENSOR WITH SINGLE EMITTER
Pavement.Finished grade.Connect red to red wire and black to black wire witha water proof splice connector as approved by theController manufacturer.

Round valve box with locking lid.

Round valve box with locking lid.Connect red to red wire and black to black wire witha water proof splice connector as approved by theController manufacturer.Moisture sensor shall be located on the oppositeside of the root ball from the irrigation emitter.Set length at a 45° angle and blade in the verticalposition with wires at the bottom. Locate sensor atinner edge of plant berm. Sensor depth shall varydepending on plant species and size of root ball.

Moisture sensor shall be located on the oppositeside of the root ball from the irrigation emitter. Setlength at a 45° angle and blade in the vertical positionwith wires at the bottom. Locate sensor at inner edgeof plant berm. Sensor depth shall vary depending onplant species and size of root ball.Connect red to red wire and black to black wire witha water proof splice connector as approved by theController manufacturer.Three (3) 4" x 8" bricks.38" welded wire mesh.1-1/2" Sch. 40 electrical conduit.

Note:1- Common wire and controller wire shall be direct burial twisted #14 AWG or larger with a color coded polyethylene jacket or per the controller manufacturer approved 2-wire irrigation wire .2- All wire runs shall be continuous without any splices unless approved by the Owner's Representative. See splice box detail. Wire connections shall be made using DBR/Y-6 connectors or approved equal.3- All 2-wire irrigation wire shall be in sleeved in 1-1/2" Sch. 40 electrical conduit.4- See 2-wire irrigation valve detail and 2-wire irrigation connection detail for further information.5- 2-wire shall be stripped using Gorilla 2-wire wire strippers or approved equal.5- Moisture sensor is provided with fifty feet (50') of wire attached. The sensor is to be installed within this limits of this wire. In no circumstances shall a splice box be used to extend the wire distance without writtenapproval from the Owner's Representative.6- Moisture sensor shall be placed in the location as shown on the plans and connected to the remote control irrigation valves that irrigates that area. In no circumstances shall a moisture sensor be connected to avalve that does not irrigate in that location without written approval from the Owner's Representative. If approval is given the sensor location, valve it is connected to and valve that irrigates its location shall be noted onthe as-builts.7- Sensor location shall be reviewed and approved by the Owner's Representative prior to backilling. Contractor shall test the connectivity of the sensor to the controller through the irrigation controller or controller'sonline management software.

Seal each end of the conduit run using aerosol foam orapproved equal.

Seal each end of the conduit run using aerosol foam orapproved equal.

Contractor shall leave three feet (3') of extra moisturesensor wire and coil it into a one foot (1') diameterbundle and secure it underneath the irrigation valvewith black zip ties. 12" min.

DepthVaries
1P-OP-23005.1-26
Note:1- All threaded connections from Sch. 40 PVC to Sch. 80 PVC shall be made using teflon tape.2- Hunter swing joints or approved equal shall be used per approval by the Owner's Representative.

Irrigation nozzle.Finished grade.Sch. 80 PVC nipple.Sch. 40 PVC 90° elbow.Sch. 40 PVC street elbow.Sch. 40 PVC tee or elbow.Lateral line.Sch. 40 PVC tee or elbow.Sch. 40 PVC street elbow.Sch. 80 PVC nipple.Sch. 40 PVC street elbow.Sch. 40 PVC 90° elbow.Sch. 80 PVC nipple.

SECTION
PLANSWING JOINT2P-OP-23005.1-18 Notes:1- All irrigation fittings shall be Sch. 40 PVC unless specified otherwise.2- All threaded connection from Sch. 40 to Sch. 80 PVC shall be made using teflon tape.3- Contractor shall settle soil around the bubbler and swing joint prior after installation.

Pressure compensating bubbler shallbe one inch (1") above finished grade.(See irrigation legend for make andmodel number).

Swing joint. See detail.Finished grade.

Sch. 40 PVC tee or elbow.Lateral line. (See irrigation plans forclass and size).BUBBLER ON SWING JOINT3P-OP-23005.1-12 131

W H I T E N D A L E A V E N U E
A S P E N S T.

W H I T E N D A L E A V E N U E
TREESBOTANICAL NAMECOMMON NAMESIZETYPEUSEWUCOLSSTYLECA NATIVEQTY Cercis canadensis `Oklahoma`Oklahoma Redbud15 galMediumDeciduousLowStandardNo3 Lagerstroemia `Dynamite`Dynamite Crape Myrtle15 galDeciduousAccent TreeLowMultiNo8 Laurus nobilis `Saratoga`Sweet Bay15 gal18 Pistacia chinensis `Keith Davey`Keith Davey Chinese Pistache15 galDeciduousParking Lot TreeLowStandardNo14 Tree LegendBARK MULCHSYMBOLDESCRIPTIONQTY5" thick layer or RECYCLED LANDSCAPE MULCH available from West 31,622 sfCoast Sand & Gravel. Contacto Kevin Oliver at 559. 801. 1150 for furtherinformation. See specifications for mulch.TG-01Materials Legend Notes:1 - Graphic quantities take precedence over written quantities2 - All trees shall be of quality as prescribed in the details and specifications.Any tree not meeting such requirements shall be removed from the site and replaced at no cost to the owner.3 - Trees shall not be planted within:a. 6'-0" of drive approachesb. 6'-0" of sewer linesc. 6'-0" of water linesd. 10'-0" of fire hydrantse. 10'-0" of light standards4 - All quantities and amounts shown on the plans are best estimates for the benefit of the contractor. In fieldconditions may vary compared to what is shown on the plans. Therefore, it is the Contractor 's responsibility toverify all lengths, square footages, and amounts prior to bidding the project.

L&L Landscape UpdatesSheet of Date: Scale: Project:Urban Tree Foundation1512 W. Mineral KingAve. Visalia, Ca 93291559-713-0631www.urbantree.orgDrawing DescriptionDate xx.xx.xx1st City Submittal
23005.110.31.20230feet401" = 20'20608022
U:\23\23005 - lisendra heights\Land\CD's\CD_01\Phase_01\23005.1-p1.dwg31.10.2023bygregmendonsa 1" = 20'City of Visalia

N O R T H
Lisendra Heights Phase 01

MATCHLINE BELOW
MATCHLINE ABOVEMATCHLINE SHEET L-11
Tree & Groundcover PlanL-1011
Existing Tree, typical.
132

A K E R S S T R E E T

W H I T E N D A L E A V E N U E

A K E R S S T R E E T

A K E R S S T R E E T
C H E R R Y A V E.

TREESBOTANICAL NAMECOMMON NAMESIZETYPEUSEWUCOLSSTYLECA NATIVEQTY Cercis canadensis `Oklahoma`Oklahoma Redbud15 galMediumDeciduousLowStandardNo3 Lagerstroemia `Dynamite`Dynamite Crape Myrtle15 galDeciduousAccent TreeLowMultiNo8 Laurus nobilis `Saratoga`Sweet Bay15 gal18 Pistacia chinensis `Keith Davey`Keith Davey Chinese Pistache15 galDeciduousParking Lot TreeLowStandardNo14 Tree Legend
BARK MULCHSYMBOLDESCRIPTIONQTY5" thick layer or RECYCLED LANDSCAPE MULCH available from West 31,622 sfCoast Sand & Gravel. Contacto Kevin Oliver at 559. 801. 1150 for furtherinformation. See specifications for mulch.TG-01Materials Legend Notes:1 - Graphic quantities take precedence over written quantities2 - All trees shall be of quality as prescribed in the details and specifications.Any tree not meeting such requirements shall be removed from the site and replaced at no cost to the owner.3 - Trees shall not be planted within:a. 6'-0" of drive approachesb. 6'-0" of sewer linesc. 6'-0" of water linesd. 10'-0" of fire hydrantse. 10'-0" of light standards4 - All quantities and amounts shown on the plans are best estimates for the benefit of the contractor. In fieldconditions may vary compared to what is shown on the plans. Therefore, it is the Contractor 's responsibility toverify all lengths, square footages, and amounts prior to bidding the project.

MATCHLINE SHEET L-10

MATCHLINE BELOW RIGHT

MATCHLINE ABOVE LEFT
MATCHLINE SHEET L-12MATCHLINE BELOW RIGHT

MATCHLINE ABOVE LEFT
L&L Landscape UpdatesSheet of Date: Scale: Project:Urban Tree Foundation1512 W. Mineral KingAve. Visalia, Ca 93291559-713-0631www.urbantree.orgDrawing DescriptionDate xx.xx.xx1st City Submittal
23005.110.31.20230feet401" = 20'20608022
U:\23\23005 - lisendra heights\Land\CD's\CD_01\Phase_01\23005.1-p1.dwg31.10.2023bygregmendonsa 1" = 20'City of Visalia

N O R T H
Lisendra Heights Phase 01Tree & Groundcover PlanL-1112
Existing Tree, typical.
133

A K E R S S T R E E T
C H E R R Y A V E.

TREESBOTANICAL NAMECOMMON NAMESIZETYPEUSEWUCOLSSTYLECA NATIVEQTY Cercis canadensis `Oklahoma`Oklahoma Redbud15 galMediumDeciduousLowStandardNo3 Lagerstroemia `Dynamite`Dynamite Crape Myrtle15 galDeciduousAccent TreeLowMultiNo8 Laurus nobilis `Saratoga`Sweet Bay15 gal18 Pistacia chinensis `Keith Davey`Keith Davey Chinese Pistache15 galDeciduousParking Lot TreeLowStandardNo14 Tree Legend
BARK MULCHSYMBOLDESCRIPTIONQTY5" thick layer or RECYCLED LANDSCAPE MULCH available from West 31,622 sfCoast Sand & Gravel. Contacto Kevin Oliver at 559. 801. 1150 for furtherinformation. See specifications for mulch.TG-01Materials Legend Notes:1 - Graphic quantities take precedence over written quantities2 - All trees shall be of quality as prescribed in the details and specifications.Any tree not meeting such requirements shall be removed from the site and replaced at no cost to the owner.3 - Trees shall not be planted within:a. 6'-0" of drive approachesb. 6'-0" of sewer linesc. 6'-0" of water linesd. 10'-0" of fire hydrantse. 10'-0" of light standards4 - All quantities and amounts shown on the plans are best estimates for the benefit of the contractor. In fieldconditions may vary compared to what is shown on the plans. Therefore, it is the Contractor 's responsibility toverify all lengths, square footages, and amounts prior to bidding the project.

MATCHLINE SHEET L-11
L&L Landscape UpdatesSheet of Date: Scale: Project:Urban Tree Foundation1512 W. Mineral KingAve. Visalia, Ca 93291559-713-0631www.urbantree.orgDrawing DescriptionDate xx.xx.xx1st City Submittal
23005.110.31.20230feet401" = 20'20608022
U:\23\23005 - lisendra heights\Land\CD's\CD_01\Phase_01\23005.1-p1.dwg31.10.2023bygregmendonsa 1" = 20'City of Visalia

N O R T H
Lisendra Heights Phase 01Tree & Groundcover PlanL-1213
Existing Tree, typical.
134

W H I T E N D A L E A V E N U E
A S P E N S T.W H I T E N D A L E A V E N U E
A S P E N S T.

W H I T E N D A L E A V E N U EW H I T E N D A L E A V E N U E SHRUBSBOTANICAL NAMECOMMON NAMESIZETYPEWUCOLSCA NATIVEQTY Agave x `Blue Flame`Blue Flame Agave1 galEvergreenVery LowNo80 Epilobium canum 'Calistoga'Calistoga California Fuchsia5 gal113 Hesperaloe parvifloraRed Yucca1 galEvergreenLowYes65 Laurus nobilisSweet Bay5 galEvergreenLowNo147 Myoporum parvifolium 'Putah Creek'Putah Creek Trailing Myoporum5 galEvergreenVery LowNo153 Olea europaea 'Montra' TMLittle Ollie Olive5 galEvergreenLowNo85 Parthenocissus tricuspidata `Veitchii`Boston Ivy1 galDeciduousMediumNo56 Salvia leucantha `Santa Barbara`Mexican Bush Sage1 galEvergreenLowNo110 Teucrium cossoniiCreeping Germander1 galEvergreenLowNo43 Shrub Legend
Notes:1- Graphic symbols take precedence over written quantities. Contractor to verify total quantities.2- Plant quality shall be as prescribed in the details and specifications. Any plant not meeting such requirement shall be removed fromthe site and replaced at no cost to the Owner or Landscape Architect.3- All quantities and amounts shown on the plans are best estimates for the benefit of the Contractor. In field conditions may varycompared to what is shown on the plans. Therefore, it is the Contractor 's responsibility to verify all lengths, square footages, andamounts prior to bidding the project.

L&L Landscape UpdatesSheet of Date: Scale: Project:Urban Tree Foundation1512 W. Mineral KingAve. Visalia, Ca 93291559-713-0631www.urbantree.orgDrawing DescriptionDate xx.xx.xx1st City Submittal
23005.110.31.20230feet401" = 20'20608022
U:\23\23005 - lisendra heights\Land\CD's\CD_01\Phase_01\23005.1-p2.dwg31.10.2023bygregmendonsa 1" = 20'City of Visalia

N O R T H
Lisendra Heights Phase 01

MATCHLINE BELOW
MATCHLINE ABOVEMATCHLINE SHEET L-14
Shrub Layout PlanL-1314
135

A K E R S S T R E E T

W H I T E N D A L E A V E N U E

A K E R S S T R E E T

W H I T E N D A L E A V E N U E

A K E R S S T R E E TA K E R S S T R E E T

A K E R S S T R E E T
C H E R R Y A V E.

A K E R S S T R E E T
C H E R R Y A V E.

SHRUBSBOTANICAL NAMECOMMON NAMESIZETYPEWUCOLSCA NATIVEQTY Agave x `Blue Flame`Blue Flame Agave1 galEvergreenVery LowNo80 Epilobium canum 'Calistoga'Calistoga California Fuchsia5 gal113 Hesperaloe parvifloraRed Yucca1 galEvergreenLowYes65 Laurus nobilisSweet Bay5 galEvergreenLowNo147 Myoporum parvifolium 'Putah Creek'Putah Creek Trailing Myoporum5 galEvergreenVery LowNo153 Olea europaea 'Montra' TMLittle Ollie Olive5 galEvergreenLowNo85 Parthenocissus tricuspidata `Veitchii`Boston Ivy1 galDeciduousMediumNo56 Salvia leucantha `Santa Barbara`Mexican Bush Sage1 galEvergreenLowNo110 Teucrium cossoniiCreeping Germander1 galEvergreenLowNo43 Shrub Legend
Notes:1- Graphic symbols take precedence over written quantities. Contractor to verify total quantities.2- Plant quality shall be as prescribed in the details and specifications. Any plant not meeting such requirement shall be removed fromthe site and replaced at no cost to the Owner or Landscape Architect.3- All quantities and amounts shown on the plans are best estimates for the benefit of the Contractor. In field conditions may varycompared to what is shown on the plans. Therefore, it is the Contractor 's responsibility to verify all lengths, square footages, andamounts prior to bidding the project.

MATCHLINE SHEET L-13

MATCHLINE BELOW RIGHT

MATCHLINE ABOVE LEFT
MATCHLINE SHEET L-15MATCHLINE BELOW RIGHT

MATCHLINE ABOVE LEFT
L&L Landscape UpdatesSheet of Date: Scale: Project:Urban Tree Foundation1512 W. Mineral KingAve. Visalia, Ca 93291559-713-0631www.urbantree.orgDrawing DescriptionDate xx.xx.xx1st City Submittal
23005.110.31.20230feet401" = 20'20608022
U:\23\23005 - lisendra heights\Land\CD's\CD_01\Phase_01\23005.1-p2.dwg31.10.2023bygregmendonsa 1" = 20'City of Visalia

N O R T H
Lisendra Heights Phase 01Shrub Layout PlanL-1415
136

A K E R S S T R E E TA K E R S S T R E E T
C H E R R Y A V E.

SHRUBSBOTANICAL NAMECOMMON NAMESIZETYPEWUCOLSCA NATIVEQTY Agave x `Blue Flame`Blue Flame Agave1 galEvergreenVery LowNo80 Epilobium canum 'Calistoga'Calistoga California Fuchsia5 gal113 Hesperaloe parvifloraRed Yucca1 galEvergreenLowYes65 Laurus nobilisSweet Bay5 galEvergreenLowNo147 Myoporum parvifolium 'Putah Creek'Putah Creek Trailing Myoporum5 galEvergreenVery LowNo153 Olea europaea 'Montra' TMLittle Ollie Olive5 galEvergreenLowNo85 Parthenocissus tricuspidata `Veitchii`Boston Ivy1 galDeciduousMediumNo56 Salvia leucantha `Santa Barbara`Mexican Bush Sage1 galEvergreenLowNo110 Teucrium cossoniiCreeping Germander1 galEvergreenLowNo43 Shrub Legend
Notes:1- Graphic symbols take precedence over written quantities. Contractor to verify total quantities.2- Plant quality shall be as prescribed in the details and specifications. Any plant not meeting such requirement shall be removed fromthe site and replaced at no cost to the Owner or Landscape Architect.3- All quantities and amounts shown on the plans are best estimates for the benefit of the Contractor. In field conditions may varycompared to what is shown on the plans. Therefore, it is the Contractor 's responsibility to verify all lengths, square footages, andamounts prior to bidding the project.

MATCHLINE SHEET L-14
L&L Landscape UpdatesSheet of Date: Scale: Project:Urban Tree Foundation1512 W. Mineral KingAve. Visalia, Ca 93291559-713-0631www.urbantree.orgDrawing DescriptionDate xx.xx.xx1st City Submittal
23005.110.31.20230feet401" = 20'20608022
U:\23\23005 - lisendra heights\Land\CD's\CD_01\Phase_01\23005.1-p2.dwg31.10.2023bygregmendonsa 1" = 20'City of Visalia

N O R T H
Lisendra Heights Phase 01Shrub Layout PlanL-1516
137
L&L Landscape UpdatesSheet of Date: Scale: Project:Urban Tree Foundation1512 W. Mineral KingAve. Visalia, Ca 93291559-713-0631www.urbantree.orgDrawing DescriptionDate xx.xx.xx1st City Submittal
23005.110.31.202322
U:\23\23005 - Lisendra Heights\Land\CD's\CD_01\Phase_01\23005.1_WA-pd.dwg31.10.2023bygregmendonsa 1" = 20'City of VisaliaLisendra Heights Phase 01Planting DetailsL-1617

1. Existing utilities- information on the drawings relating to existing utility lines and services from the best sources available. All such information is furnished only for information and is notguaranteed. The Contractor shall excavate test pits as required to determine the exact location of existing utilities.Call utility locating service for precise utility locations before beginning of any work. Under Ground Services Alert 800. 227. 2600.2. Utility Requirements- The Contractor shall notify the following agencies at least 48 hours in advance of excavating around any of their structures. The utility companies listed below shall becontacted.- Gas Company- Telephone Company- Electrical Power Company- Cable Television Company- Water Supply CompanyThe California Public Utilities Commission mandates that in, in the interest of public safety, main line gas valves be maintained in a manner to be readily accessible and in good operating condition.The Contractor shall notify the gas company's headquarters planning office 48 hours prior to the start of construction.3. Contractor shall be responsible for making himself familiar with all underground utilities, pipes, and structures. Contractor shall take sole responsibility for any cost incurred due to damage of saidutilities.4. All scaled dimensions on the drawings are approximate. Before proceeding with any work, the Contractor shall carefully check and verify all dimensions and quantities, and shall immediatelyinform the Owner's Representative of any discrepancies between the information on the drawings and the actual conditions refraining from doing any work in said areas until given approval to do soby the Owner's Representative.5. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits related to this section of the work unless previously excluded under provision of the contract or general conditions. The Contractor shall complywith all laws and ordinances bearing on the operation of conduct of the work as drawn and specified. If the contractor observes that a conflict exist between permit requirements and the work outlinedin the contract documents, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner's Representative in writing including a description of any necessary changes and changes to the contract price resultingfrom changes in the work.6. Wherever references are made to standards or coded in accordance with which works is to be performed or tested, the edition or revision of the standards and codes current on the effective dateof this contract shall apply, unless expressly set forth.7. In case of conflict among any referenced standards or codes or between any referenced standards and codes and the specifications, the more restrictive standard shall apply or Owner'sRepresentative shall determine which shall govern.8. The Contractor shall adequately protect the work, adjacent property, and the public, and shall be responsible for any damages or injury due to the Contractor's actions.9. The Contractor shall be responsible for any coordination with subcontractors as requiring to accomplish the planting operations.10. Contractor shall be aware of all surface and subsurface conditions, and to notify the Owner's Representative, in writing of any circumstances that would negatively impact the health of plantings.Contractor shall not proceed with work until corrected.a. Should subsurface drainage or soil conditions be encountered which would be detrimental to growth or survival of plant material, the Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative in writing, stating the conditions and submit a proposal covering the cost of corrections. If the contractor fails to notify the Owner's Representative of suchconditions, he/she shall remain responsible for the plant material under the warrantee clause of the specifications.11. Irrigation and site preparation work shall be completed and accepted prior to the installation of any plants.a. Planting operations shall not begin until such time that the irrigation system is completely operational for the areas to be planted, and the irrigation system for that area has been preliminarilyinspected and approved by the Owner's Representative.12. The Owner's Representative shall be informed of the progress of the work so the work may be observed at the following key times in the construction process. The Owner's Representative shallbe afforded sufficient time to schedule visit to the site. Failure of the Owner's Representative to make field observations shall not relive the Contractor from meeting all the requirements in the plans,details and specifications.a. Pre - Construction meeting.b. Site conditions prior to the start of planting.c. Plant quality.d. Completion of planting.13. If the work fails to pass inspection, any subsequent inspections must be rescheduled as required in the specifications. The cost to the Owner for additional inspections will be charged to theContractor at the prevailing hourly rate of the inspector.14. Contractor shall include in the bid continued maintenance (warranty) period of 01 year after completion of construction and acceptance of the project by the Owner's Representative.15. Submit to the Owner's representative, for approval, plant sources including the names and locations of nurseries proposed as sources of acceptable plants, and a list of the plants they willprovide. The plant list shall include the botanical and common name and the size at the time of selection. Inspect all nursery materials to determine that the materials meet the requirements of thespecification.16. Plant grower certificates: Submit plant growers certificates for all plants indicating that each plant meets the requirements of the specifications and details, including, the requirements tree quality,to the Owner's Representative for approval. Provide submittal eight weeks before the installation of plants.17. Any plant replacements shall be of the same type and quality as prescribed in these plans, details and specifications.18. Mulch shall be Recycled Wood Mulch.19. All vines shall be installed with the nursery stakes removed and runners espalieredto the adjacent wall.20. The landscape plans have designed in accordance with the state model water efficient landscape ordinance (MWELO). It is the Contractors responsibility to adhere to the requirements andregulations of that ordinance during the installation of the landscape design plan. During the installation of the landscape design plan, any portion which comes into conflict with MWELO shall bebrought to the attention of the Owner/Owner's Representative. In the even that notification does not take place, the Contractor assumes responsibility for all necessary changes and work in order tomeet compliance.

GENERAL PLANTING NOTES
Trunk caliper shallmeet ANSI Z60 currentedition for root ball size.

Modified soil. Depthvaries. (See soil preparationplan).Finished grade.Bottom of root ball rests onexisting or recompactedsoil.

Central leader. (See crownobservations detail).

SECTION VIEW
Root ball modified asrequired. Round-topped soil berm 4" high x 8" wideabove root ball surfaceshall be constructed aroundthe root ball. Berm shallbegin at root ball periphery.

Top of root ball shall be flush withfinished grade.Prior to mulching, lightly tamp soilaround the root ball in 6" lifts tobrace tree. Do not over compact.When the planting hole has beenbackfilled, pour water around theroot ball to settle the soil.4" layer of mulch.No more than 1" of mulch ontop of root ball. (Seespecifications for mulch).Notes:1- Trees shall be of qualityprescribed in crownobservations and rootobservations details andspecifications.2- See specifications forfurther requirements related tothis detail.Existing soil.TREE W/ BERM - MODIFIED SOIL1P-OP-23005.1-01 Notes:1- Shrubs shall be of quality prescribed in the root observations detail and specifications.2- See specifications for further requirements related to this detail.

Modified soil.Depth varies. (Seespecifications for soilmodification).

Root ball.4" high x 8" wide round - topped soilberm above root ball surface shall beconstructed around the root ball.Berm shall begin at root ball periphery.Prior to mulching, lightly tamp soilaround the root ball in 6" lifts to braceshrub. Do not over compact. When theplanting hole has been backfilled, pourwater around the root ball to settle thesoil. 4" layer of mulch.No more than 1" ofmulch on top ofroot ball. (Seespecifications formulch).

Root ball rests onexisting orrecompacted soil.Existing soil.Finished grade.

Shrub.

SECTION VIEW
SHRUB - MODIFIED SOIL2P-OP-23005.1-02
Notes:1- Vines shall be of quality as prescribed in the root observations detail and specifications.2- See specifications for further requirements related to this detail.

Face of wall or building.Lean nursery stake against the wall. Stake to beremoved at the end of the maintenance (warranty)period after the vine has attached to the wall.Root ball.Vine.4" x 8" wide round - topped soil berm above rootball surface shall be constructed around the rootball. Berm shall begin at root ball periphery.Prior to mulching, lightly tamp soil around the rootball in 6" lifts to brace shrub. Do not over compact.When the planting hole has been backfilled, pourwater around the root ball to settle the soil.4" layer of mulch. No more than 1" of mulch onthe top of the root ball. (See specifications formulch).Finished grade.Pavement.Modified soil. Depth varies. (See specifications forsoil modification).Root ball rests on existing or recompacted soil.Existing soil.VINE - MODIFIED SOIL3P-OP-23005.1-03

SECTION VIEW
7'2'
Height of arm bar shall vary pertree. Contractor to adjust asneeded to hold tree erect.PLAN VIEW 1" x 9' single metal stakewith metal arm barsecured to stake andrubber straparound trunk. 4 - 7'1" x 9" single metal stake. Installper manufacturer's specificationsand recommendations. Stakelocation shall not interfere withbranches.

Remove nursery stake. Ifcentral leader needs to bestraightened or held erect, it isacceptable to attach a 12" x 8'bamboo pole to the central leaderand trunk.Prevailingwind.

TREE STAKING - SINGLE METAL STAKE4P-OP-23005.1-04
ExampleABAspectRatio2.50"1.80"0.722.0"2.0"1.02.50"2.0"0.804.0"3.0"0.75 ABAB Notes:1- Aspect ratio shall be less than 0.66 on all branch unions. Aspect ratio is the diameter of branch(B) divided by the diameter of the trunk (A) as measured 1" above the top of the branch union.2- Any tree not meeting the crown observations detail may be rejected.

ExampleABAspectRatio1.50"0.50"0.332.50"0.90"0.362.0"1.00"0.502.50"1.60"0.64 One central leader(No codominantleaders)Aspect ratio is lessthan 0.66.

Aspect ratio isgreater than 0.66.

Multiple leaders(Several codominantleaders)

ACCEPTABLE

REJECTABLE
ABAB
ABB Aspect ratio of B:A less than 0.66as measured 1" above the top ofthe branch union.

Aspect ratio of B:A greater than or equal to 0.66 as measured1" above the top of the branch union.CROWN OBSERVATION DETAIL - HIGH BRANCHED5P-OP-23005.1-05ACCEPTABLEREJECTABLE Structural roots primarily grow to one side.Structural roots missing from one side,and/or grow tangent to trunk.

Root collar.Structural roots circle interior of root ball. Nostructural roots are horizontal and reach theroot ball periphery near the top of the rootball.Structural roots descend into root ball interior.No structural roots are horizontal and reach theroot ball periphery near the top of the root ball.Roots radiate from trunk and reach side of root ball withoutdeflecting down or around.

Root ball periphery.

Notes:1- Observations of roots shall occur prior to acceptance. Roots and substrate may be removed during the observation process; substrate/soil shall be replacedafter observation has been completed.2- Small roots (14" or less) that grow around, up, or down the root ball periphery are considered a normal condition in container production and are acceptablehowever they should be eliminated at the time of planting. Roots on the periperhy can be removed at the time of planting. (See root ball shaving container detail).3- See specifications for observation process and requirements.

Absorbing roots.Structuralroots.

Rootsgrowingtangent totrunk. Structural root.0-2"Top ofrootball.Pointwhere top-most rootemergesfrom trunk.Only absorbing roots reach the peripherynear the top of the root ball. Structuralroots mostly wrap or are deflected on theroot ball interior.The point where top-most root(s) emerges from the trunk (root collar)should be within the top 2" of substrate. The root collar and the rootball interior should be free of defects including circling, kinked,ascending, and stem girdling roots. Structural roots shall reach theperiphery near the top of the root ball.Structural roots circle and do not radiatefrom the trunk.

ROOT OBSERVATION DETAIL - CONTAINER6P-OP-23005.1-06
Crown drip line or other limit of Tree Protection area. Seetree preservation plan for fence alignment. 4'-0"Maintain existinggrade with the treeprotection fenceunless otherwiseindicated on theplans.2" x 6' steel postsor approved equal.Tree Protectionfence: High densitypolyethylene fencingwith 3.5" x 1.5"openings; Color-orange. Steel postsinstalled at 8' o.c.5" thicklayer of mulch.

Notes:1- See specifications for additional treeprotection requirements.2- If there is no existing irrigation, seespecifications for watering requirements.3- No pruning shall be performed exceptby approved arborist.4- No equipment shall operate inside theprotective fencing including during fenceinstallation and removal.5- See site preparation plan for anymodifications with the Tree Protectionarea.

SECTION VIEW
KEEP OUTTREEPROTECTIONAREA8.5" x 11"signlaminated inplastic spacedevery 50'along thefence.

TREE PROTECTION7P-OP-23005.1-07
138
L&L Landscape UpdatesSheet of Date: Scale: Project:Urban Tree Foundation1512 W. Mineral KingAve. Visalia, Ca 93291559-713-0631www.urbantree.orgDrawing DescriptionDate xx.xx.xx1st City Submittal
23005.110.31.202322
U:\23\23005 - Lisendra Heights\Land\CD's\CD_01\Phase_01\23005.1_specs_24x36.dwg31.10.2023bygregmendonsa 1" = 20'City of VisaliaLisendra Heights Phase 01
GENERAL CONDITIONSA.CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: Shall consist of specifications and its general conditions and the drawings. The intent of these documents is to include all labor, materials, and services necessary for the proper execution of the work. The documents are to be considered as one. Whatever is called for by any parts shall be as binding as if called for in all parts.B.VERIFICATION: The Contractor shall verify measurements on the drawings before beginning work. In case of error or discrepancy in the drawings or specifications or in the work of others affecting his/her work, he/she shall notify the Owner's Representative immediately. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any damages or loss due to his/her failure to observe these instructions.C.MATERIALS, MACHINERY, EMPLOYEES: Except as otherwise noted, the Contractorshall provide and pay for all materials, labor, tools, and other items necessary andincidental to the completion of his/her work.D.SURVEYS, PERMITS, REGULATIONS: The Owner shall furnish an adequate survey ofthe property. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits and comply with all lawsand ordinances bearing on the operation or conduct of the work as drawn and specified.If the Contractor observes that a variance exists therewith he/she shall promptly notifythe Owner's Representative in writing and any necessary changes shall be adjusted asprovided in the contract for changes in the work.E.PROTECTION OF WORK, PROPERTY AND PERSON: The Contractor shall adequatelyprotect the work, adjacent property, and the public, and shall be responsible for anydamages or injury due to his/her actions.F.CHANGES IN THE WORK: The owner may order changes in the work, and the contractsum being adjusted accordingly. All such orders and adjustments plus claims by theContractor for extras must be made in writing before executing the work involved.G.CORRECTION OF WORK: The Contractor shall re-execute any work that fails toconform to the requirements of the contract and shall remedy defects due to faultymaterials or workmanship upon written notice from the Owner's Representative for aperiod of ninety (90) days from the date of completion of the contract.H.Owner's Authorized Representative: The Owner's authorized representative acts as theauthorized representative of the Owner in conjunction with the project manager, and hasauthority to accept or reject materials or workmanship and to make minor changes in thework not involving extra cost. He will also interpret the meaning of the contractdocuments and may stop the work if necessary to ensure its proper execution.I.CLARIFICATION OF DRAWINGS BEFORE BIDDING: After reviewing the drawingsthoroughly it is the Contractor's responsibility to clarify with the Owner's Representativeany questions the Contractor may have regarding the method of construction, quantities,or quality of materials included or called out. If the Contractor cannot contact theOwner's Representative, the Contractor must qualify his/her bid or accept theinterpretation of the Owner's Representative on the questionable areas as they developduring construction.J.SAMPLES: The Owner's Representative reserves the right to take and analyze samplesof materials for conformity to specifications at any time. The Contractor shall furnishsamples upon request by the Owner's Representative. Rejected materials shall beimmediately removed from the site and replaced at the Contractor's expense. The cost oftesting materials not meeting specifications shall be paid by the Contractor.K.PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE: Schedule a pre-construction meeting with theOwner's Representative at least seven (7) days before beginning work. The purpose ofthis conference is to review any questions the Contractor may have regarding the work,administrative procedures during construction and project work schedule.L.PROTECTION: Protect the Tree and Plant Protection Area at all times from compaction of the soil;damage of any kind to trunks, bark, branches, leaves and roots of all plants; and contamination of thesoil, bark or leaves with construction materials, debris, silt, fuels, oils, and any chemicals substance.Notify the Owner's Representative of any spills, compaction or damage and take corrective actionimmediately using methods approved by the Owner's Representative.

SpecificationsL-1718
SECTION 32 9100PLANTING SOILPART 1 GENERAL1.1SUMMARYA.The scope of work includes all labor, materials, tools, supplies, equipment, facilities, transportation and servicesnecessary for, and incidental to performing all operations in connection with furnishing, delivery, and installation ofPlanting Soil and /or the modification of existing site soil for use as Planting Soil, complete as shown on the drawings andas specified herein.B.The scope of work in this section includes, but is not limited to, the following:1.Locate, purchase, deliver and install Imported Planting Soil and soil amendments.2.Harvest and stockpile existing site soils suitable for Planting Soil.3.Modify existing stockpiled site soil.a.Modify existing site soil in place for use as Planting Soil.b.Install existing or modified existing soil for use as Planting Soil.4.Locate, purchase, deliver and install subsurface Drain Lines.5.Fine grade Planting Soil.6.Install Compost into Planting Soil.7.Clean up and disposal of all excess and surplus material.1.2CONTRACT DOCUMENTSA.Shall consist of specifications, general conditions, and the drawings. The intent of these documents is to includeall labor, materials, and services necessary for the proper execution of the work. The documents are to be considered asone. Whatever is called for by any parts shall be as binding as if called for in all parts.1.3RELATED DOCUMENTS AND REFERENCESA.Related Documents:8.Drawings and general provisions of contract, including general and supplementary conditions and Division Ispecifications, apply to work of this section.9.Related Specification Sectiona.Section - Plantingb.Section - Irrigationc.Section - Lawnd.Section - Tree and Plant ProtectionB.References: The following specifications and standards of the organizations and documents listed in thisparagraph form a part of the Specification to the extent required by the references thereto. In the event that therequirements of the following referenced standards and specification conflict with this specification section therequirements of this specification shall prevail. In the event that the requirements of any of the following referencedstandards and specifications conflict with each other the more stringent requirement shall prevail.1.ASTM: American Society of Testing Materials cited section numbers.2.U.S. Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service, 2003. National Soil Survey Handbook,title 430-VI. Available Online.3.US Composting Council www.compostingcouncil.org andhttp://compostingcouncil.org/admin/wp-content/plugins/wp-pdfupload/pdf/191/LandscapeArch_Specs.pdf.4.Methods of Soil Analysis, as published by the Soil Science Society of America (http://www.soils.org/).5.Up by Roots: healthy soils and trees in the built environment. 2008. J. Urban. International Society ofArboriculture, Champaign, IL.1.4VERIFICATIONA.All scaled dimensions on the drawings are approximate. Before proceeding with any work, the Contractor shallcarefully check and verify all dimensions and quantities, and shall immediately inform the Owner's Representative of anydiscrepancies between the information on the drawings and the actual conditions, refraining from doing any work in saidareas until given approval to do so by the Owner's Representative.1.5PERMITS AND REGULATIONSA.The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits related to this section of the work unless previously excludedunder provision of the contract or general conditions. The Contractor shall comply with all laws and ordinances bearing onthe operation or conduct of the work as drawn and specified. If the Contractor observes that a conflict exists betweenpermit requirements and the work outlined in the contract documents, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner'sRepresentative in writing including a description of any necessary changes and changes to the contract price resultingfrom changes in the work.B.Wherever references are made to standards or codes in accordance with which work is to be performed ortested, the edition or revision of the standards and codes current on the effective date of this contract shall apply, unlessotherwise expressly set forth.C.In case of conflict among any referenced standards or codes or among any referenced standards and codes andthe specifications, the more restrictive standard shall apply or Owner's Representative shall determine which shall govern. D.Comply with the requirements of the California code of regulation title 23 waters, division 2 department of waterresources chapter 2.7 model water efficient landscape ordinance, 492.5 soil management report.1.Where requirements of specification section Planting Soil are more stringent than the California code, the morestringent requirements shall prevail.1.6PROTECTION OF WORK, PROPERTY AND PERSONA.The Contractor shall adequately protect the work, adjacent property, and the public, and shall be responsible forany damages or injury due to the Contractor's actions.1.7CHANGES IN WORKA.The Owner's Representative may order changes in the work, and the contract sum adjusted accordingly. All suchorders and adjustments plus claims by the Contractor for extra compensation must be made and approved in writingbefore executing the work involved.B.All changes in the work, notifications and contractor's request for information (RFI) shall conform to the contractgeneral condition requirements.1.8CORRECTION OF WORKA.The Contractor shall re - execute any work that fails to conform to the requirements of the contract and shallremedy defects due to faulty materials or workmanship upon written notice from the Owner's Representative, at thesoonest possible time that can be coordinated with other work and seasonal weather demands but not more than 180(one hundred and eighty) days after notification. 1.9DEFINITIONSB.Acceptable drainage: Drainage rate is sufficient for the plants to be grown. Not too fast and not too slow. Typicalrates for installed Planting Soil are between 1 - 5 inches per hour. Turf soils are often higher, but drainage rates above 2 -3 inches per hour will dry out very fast. In natural undisturbed soil a much lower drainage rate, as low as 1/8th inch perhour can still support good plant growth. Wetland plants can grow on top of perched water layers or even within seasonalperched water layers, but could become unstable in high wind events.C.Amendment: material added to Topsoil to produce Planting Soil Mix. Amendments are classified as general soilamendments, fertilizers, biological, and pH amendments.D.Biological Amendment: Amendments such as Mycorrhizal additives, compost tea or other products intended tochange the soil biology.E.Compacted soil: soil where the density of the soil is greater that the threshold for root limiting, and further definedin this specification.F.Compost: well decomposed stable organic material as defined by the US Composting Council and further definedin this specification.G.Drainage: The rate at which soil water moves through the soil transitioning the soil from saturated condition tofield capacity. Most often expressed as saturated hydraulic conductivity (Ksat; units are inches per hour).H.End of Warranty Acceptance: The date when the Owner's Representative accepts that the plants and work in thissection meet all the requirements of the warranty. It is intended that the materials and workmanship warranty for Planting,Planting Soil, and Irrigation (if applicable) work run concurrent with each other, and further defined in this specification.I.Existing Soil: Mineral soil existing at the locations of proposed planting after the majority of the construction withinand around the planting site is completed and just prior to the start of work to prepare the planting area for soilmodification and/or planting, and further defined in this specification.J.Fertilizer: amendment used for the purpose of adjusting soil nutrient composition and balance.K.Fine grading: The final grading of the soil to achieve exact contours and positive drainage, often accomplished byhand rakes or drag rakes other suitable devices, and further defined in this specification, and further defined in thisspecification.L.Finished grade: surface or elevation of Planting Soil after final grading and 12 months of settlement of the soil,and further defined in this specification.M.Graded soil: Soil where the A horizon has been stripped and relocated or re-spread; cuts and fills deeper than 12inches, and further defined in this specification.N.Installed soil: Planting soil and existing site soil that is spread and or graded to form a planting soil, and furtherdefined in this specification.O.Minor disturbance: Minor grading as part of agricultural work that only adjusts the A horizon soil, minor surfacecompaction in the top 6 inches of the soil, applications of fertilizers, installation of utility pipes smaller than 18 inches indiameter thru the soil zone.P.Owner's Representative: The person or entity, appointed by the Owner to represent their interest in the reviewand approval of the work and to serve as the contracting authority with the Contractor. The Owner's Representative mayappoint other persons to review and approve any aspects of the work.Q.Ped: a clump or clod of soil held together by a combination of clay, organic matter, and fungal hyphae, retainingthe original structure of the harvested soil.R.Planting Soil: Topsoil, or Planting Soil Mixes which are imported or existing at the site, or made from componentsthat exist at the site, or are imported to the site; and further defined in this specification.S. Poor drainage: Soil drainage that is slower than that to which the plants can adapt. This is a wide range of metrics, but generally if the soil is turning gray in color it is reasonable preferable to either to plant moistureadaptive plants at smaller sizes that are young in age with shallow root balls or look at options to improve thedrainageT.Scarify: Loosening and roughening the surface of soil and sub soil prior to adding additional soil on top, andfurther defined in this specification.U.Soil Fracturing: Deep loosening the soil to the depths specified by using a back hoe, and further defined in thisspecification.V.Soil Horizons: as defined in the USDA National Soil Survey Handbookhttp://www.nrcs.usda.gov/wps/portal/nrcs/detail/soils/scientists/?cid=nrcs142p2_054242.W.Soil Ripping: Loosening the soil by dragging a ripping shank or chisel thru the soil to the depths and spacingspecified, and further defined in this specification.X.Soil Tilling: Loosening the surface of the soil to the depths specified with a rotary tine tilling machine, rototiller, (or spade tiller), and further defined in this specification. Y.Soil trenching: Cutting narrow trenches thru the soil at the depths and spacing specified to loosen the soil profile,and further defined in this specification.Z.Subgrade: surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of a fill or backfill,before placing Planting Soil.AA.Substantial Completion Acceptance: The date at the end of the Planting, Planting Soil, and Irrigation installation(if applicable) where the Owner's Representative accepts that all work in these sections is complete and the Warrantyperiod has begun. This date may be different than the date of substantial completion for the other sections of the project,and further defined in this specification.AB.Topsoil: naturally produced and harvested soil from the A horizon or upper layers or the soil as further defined inthis specification.BB.Undisturbed soil: Soils with the original A horizon intact that have not been graded or compacted. Soils that havebeen farmed, subjected to fire or logged but not graded, and natural forested land will be considered as undisturbed.1.10SUBMITTALSA.See the contract General Conditions for policy and procedures related to submittals.B.Submit all product submittals eight weeks prior to the start of the soil work.C.Product data and certificates: For each type of manufactured product, submit data and certificates that theproduct meets the specification requirements, signed by the product manufacturer, and complying with the following:1.Submit manufacturers or supplier's product data and literature certified analysis for standard products and bulkmaterials, complying with testing requirements and referenced standards and specific requested testing.a.For each Compost product submit the following analysis by a recognized laboratory:1.)pH2.)Salt concentration (electrical conductivity)3.)Moisture content %, wet weight basis4.)Particle size % passing a selected mesh size, dry weight basis5.)Stability carbon dioxide evolution rate mg CO2-C per g OM per day6.)Solvita maturity test7.)Physical contaminants (inerts) %, dry weight basis8.)US EPA Class A standard, 40CFR § 503.13, Tables 1 and 3 levels Chemical Contaminants mg/kg(ppm)b.For Coarse Sand product submit the following analysis by a recognized laboratory:1.)pH2.)Particle size distribution (percent passing the following sieve sizes):3/8 inch (9.5 mm)No 4 (4.75 mm)No 8 (2.36 mm)No 16(1.18 mm)No 30 (.60 mm)No 50 (.30 mm)No 100 (.15 mm)No 200 (.075 mm)D.Samples: Submit samples of each product and material, where required by Part 2 of the specification, to theOwner's Representative for approval. Label samples to indicate product, characteristics, and locations in the work.Samples will be reviewed for appearance only.1.Submit samples a minimum of 8 weeks prior to the anticipated date of the start of soil installation.2.Samples of all Topsoil, Coarse Sand, Compost and Planting Soil shall be submitted at the same time as theparticle size and physical analysis of that material.E.Soil testing for Imported and Existing Topsoil, existing site soil to be modified as Planting Soil and Planting SoilMixes.1.Topsoil, existing site soil and Planting Soil Mix testing: Submit soil test analysis report for each sample of Topsoil,existing site soil and Planting Soil from an approved soil-testing laboratory and where indicated in Part 2 of thespecification as follows:a.Submit Topsoil, Planting Soil, Compost, and Coarse Sand for testing at least 8 weeks before scheduledinstallation of Planting Soil Mixes. Submit Planting Soil Mix test no more than 2 weeks after the approvalof the Topsoil, Compost and Coarse Sand. Do not submit to the testing laboratory, Planting Soil Mixes,for testing until all Topsoil, Compost and Coarse Sand have been approved.b.If tests fail to meet the specifications, obtain other sources of material, retest and resubmit until acceptedby the Owner's Representative.c.All soil testing will be at the expense of the Contractor.2.Submit all testing required by California Code of regulation Title 23 waters, Division 2 Department of Waterresources Chapter 2.7 Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance, 492.5 Soil Management Report.3.Provide a particle size analysis (% dry weight) and USDA soil texture analysis. Soil testing of Planting Soil Mixesshall also include USDA gradation (percentage) of gravel, coarse sand, medium sand, and fine sand in addition to silt andclay.4.Provide the following other soil properties:a.pH and buffer pH.b.Percent organic content by oven dried weight.c.Nutrient levels by parts per million including: phosphorus, potassium, magnesium, manganese, iron, zincand calcium. Nutrient test shall include the testing laboratory recommendations for supplementaladditions to the soil for optimum growth of the plantings specified.d.Soluble salt by electrical conductivity of a 1:2 soil water sample measured in Milliohm per cm.e.Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC).1.11SOIL INSTALLATION MOCKUPF.Prior to installation or modification of Topsoil, site soil, Planting Soil, or Planting Soil Mixes, construct at the site,a mockup of each soil type using the means and methods and equipment proposed by the Contractor to complete thework. Installation of the mockup shall be in the presence of the Owner's Representative. The purpose of the mockup is totest the methods of installation and compaction of the soil and to serve as a benchmark for completed soil compactionand serve to calibrate penetrometer readings to the known proctor density of the mockup. The mockup shall be asfollows:1.Following acceptance of the soil submittals, in areas that can be protected from disturbance and furthercompaction, install mockups of each soil type and soil modification, 20 foot X 20 foot X the full depth of the deepestinstallation, using the requirements of these specifications. Compaction methods, including the type of compactionequipment and number of passes required to achieve the required compaction, shall be evaluated and results measured.2.Compaction in the mockup soil shall be tested using the penetrometer. A minimum of four penetrometer readingsfrom each Planting Soil shall be taken at the specified depths of the soil profile. Record the soil moisture at eachpenetrometer test site. In the event that the penetrometer readings exceed the specified densities, reconstruct themockup, adjusting the soil density to achieve the desired results. Where the modification requires ripping, tilling orfracturing soils that are over compacted, start the procedure in a new location so that the process is working on soil that issimilar to the density of the expected soil.3.Submit a report of the final methods of soil installation, the penetrometer and soil moisture readings to theOwner's Representative.4.The mockup area may remain as part of the installed work at the end of the project if protected from furthercompaction, contamination or other disturbance.5.Provide a protective 4 foot high fence on metal posts around each mockup to keep all work and equipment fromentering the surface of the mockup area.1.12OBSERVATION OF THE WORKA.The Owner's Representative may observe the work at any time. They may remove samples of materials forconformity to specifications. Rejected materials shall be immediately removed from the site and replaced at theContractor's expense. The cost of testing materials not meeting specifications shall be paid by the Contractor.1.The Owner's Representative may utilize the Contractor's penetrometer and moisture meter at any time to checksoil compaction and moisture.B.The Owner's Representative shall be informed of the progress of the work so the work may be observed at thefollowing key times in the construction process. The Owner's Representative shall be afforded sufficient time to schedulevisit to the site. Failure of the Owner's Representative to make field observations shall not relieve the Contractor frommeeting all the requirements of this specification.1.SOIL MOCKUP REVIEW: At the time of construction of all soil mockups.2.EXISTING SOIL CONDITIONS REVIEW: Prior to the start of any soil modification that will utilize or modify theexisting soil.3.EXCAVATION REVIEW: Observe each area of excavation prior to the installation of any Planting Soil.4.DRAIN LINE INSTALLATION REVIEW: Upon completion of the installation of drain lines and prior to theinstallation of any Planting Soil5.COMPLETION of SOIL MODIFICATIONS REVIEW: Upon completion of all soil modification and installation ofplanting soil.

6.COMPLETION OF FINE GRADING AND SURFACE SOIL MODIFICATIONS REVIEW: Upon completion of allsurface soil modifications and fine grading but prior to the installation of shrubs, ground covers, or lawns.1.13PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCEA.Schedule a pre-construction meeting with the Owner's Representative at least seven (7) days before beginningwork to review any questions the Contractor may have regarding the work, administrative procedures during constructionand project work schedule.1.14QUALITY ASSURANCEA.Installer Qualifications: The installer shall be a firm having at least five (5) years of experience of a scope similarto that required for the work, including the preparation, mixing and installation of soil mixes to support planting. Theinstaller of the work in Section: Planting, shall be the same firm installing the work in this section.1.The bidders list for work under this section shall be approved by the Owner's Representative.2.Installer Field Supervision: When any Planting Soil work is in progress, installer shall maintain, on site, anexperienced full - time supervisor who can communicate in English with the Owner's Representative.3.Installer's field supervisor shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience as a field supervisor installing soil,shall be trained and proficient in the use of field surveying equipment to establish grades and can communicate in Englishwith the Owner's Representative.4.The installer's crew shall be experienced in the installation of Planting Soil, plantings, and irrigation (whereapplicable) and interpretation of planting plans, soil installation plans, and irrigation plans (where applicable).5.Submit references of past projects and employee training certifications that support that the Contractors meet allof the above installer qualifications and applicable licensures.B.Soil testing laboratory qualifications: an independent laboratory, with the experience and capability to conduct thetesting indicated and that specializes in USDA agricultural soil testing, Planting Soil Mixes, and the types of tests to beperformed. Geotechnical engineering testing labs shall not be used.C.All delivered and installed Planting Soil shall conform to the approved submittals sample color, texture andapproved test analysis.1.The Owner's Representative may request samples of the delivered or installed soil be tested for analysis toconfirm the Planting Soil conforms to the approved material.2.All testing shall be performed by the same soil lab that performed the original Planting Soil testing.3.Testing results shall be within 10% plus or minus of the values measured in the approved Planting Soil Mixes.4.Any Planting Soil that fails to meet the above criteria, if requested by the Owner's Representative, shall beremoved and new soil installed.D.Soil compaction testing: following installation or modification of soil, test soil compaction with a penetrometer.1.Maintain at the site at all times a soil cone penetrometer with pressure dial and a soil moisture meter to check soilcompaction and soil moisture.a.Penetrometer shall be AgraTronix Soil Compaction Meter distributed by Ben Meadows,www.benmeadows.com or approved equal.b.Moisture meter shall be “general digital soil moisture meter” distributed by Ben Meadows,www.benmeadows.com or approved equal.2.Prior to testing the soil with the penetrometer check the soil moisture and penetrometer readings in the mockupsoils. Penetrometer readings are impacted by soil moisture and excessively wet or dry soils will read significantly lower orhigher than soils at optimum moisture.3.The penetrometer readings shall be within 20% plus or minus of the readings in the approved mockup when atsimilar moisture levels.1.15SITE CONDITIONSA.It is the responsibility of the Contractor to be aware of all surface and subsurface conditions, and to notify theOwner's Representative, in writing, of any circumstances that would negatively impact the health of plantings. Do notproceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.1.Should subsurface drainage or soil conditions be encountered which would be detrimental to growth or survival ofplant material, the Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative in writing, stating the conditions and submit aproposal covering cost of corrections. If the Contractor fails to notify the Owner's Representative of such conditions, theyshall remain responsible for plant material under the warrantee clause of the specifications.2.This specification requires that all Planting Soil and Irrigation (if applicable) work be completed and accepted priorto the installation of any plants.1.16SOIL COMPACTION - GENERAL REQUIREMENTSA.Except where more stringent requirements are defined in this specification. The following parameters shall definethe general description of the threshold points of soil compaction in existing, modified or installed soil and subsoil.3.Standard Proctor Method ASTM D 698Units - % maximum dry bulk density as tested by the standard proctor method. Threshold results thatdetermine critical bulk density are the same for each soil texture. A proctor test will typically also provideresults as Bulk density lb./cf dry weight.Measurement Tool - DensitrometerPro/cons - Moderately slow 10 minutes per test, accurate, expensive, lab test required to determine everyspecific soil texture's Proctor density curve, readings are impacted by soil organic matter, must hire a soiltesting service.B.The following are threshold levels of compaction as determined by each method.1.Acceptable Compaction: Good rooting anticipated, but increasing settlement expected as compaction is reducedand/or in soil with a high organic matter content.a.Bulk Density Method - Varies by soil type see Chart on page 32 in Up By Roots. b.Standard Proctor Method - 75-85%; soil below 75% is unstable and will settle excessively.c.Penetration Resistance Method - about 75-250 psi, below 75 psi soil becomes increasingly unstable andwill settle excessively.2.Root limiting Compaction: Root growth is limited with fewer, shorter and slower growing roots.a.Bulk Density Method - Varies by soil type see Chart on page 32 in Up By Roots. b.Standard Proctor Method - above approximately 85%.c.Penetration Resistance Method - about 300 psi.3.Excessive Compaction: Roots not likely to grow but can penetrate soil when soil is above field capacity.a.Bulk Density Method - Varies by soil type see Chart on page 32 in Up By Roots. b.Standard Proctor Method - Above 90%.c.Penetration Resistance Method - Approximately above 400 psi1.17DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA.Weather: Do not mix, deliver, place or grade soils when frozen or with moisture above field capacity.B.Protect soil and soil stockpiles, including the stockpiles at the soil blender's yard, from wind, rain and washingthat can erode soil or separate fines and coarse material, and contamination by chemicals, dust and debris that may bedetrimental to plants or soil drainage. Cover stockpiles with plastic sheeting or fabric at the end of each workday.C.All manufactured packaged products and material shall be delivered to the site in unopened containers andstored in a dry enclosed space suitable for the material and meeting all environmental regulations. Biological additivesshall be protected from extreme cold and heat. All products shall be freshly manufactured and dated for the year in whichthe products are to be used.D.Deliver all chemical amendments in original, unopened containers with original labels intact and legible, whichstate the guaranteed chemical analysis. Store all chemicals in a weather protected enclosure.E.Bulk material: Coordinate delivery and storage with Owner's Representative and confine materials to neat piles inareas acceptable to Owner's Representative.1.18EXCAVATING AND GRADING AROUND UTILITIESA.Contractor shall carefully examine the civil, record, and survey drawings to become familiar with the existingunderground conditions before digging.B.Determine location of underground utilities and perform work in a manner that will avoid damage. Hand excavateas required. Maintain grade stakes set by others until parties concerned mutually agree upon removal.C.Notification of the local utility locator service, Insert PHONE NUMBER, is required for all planting areas. TheContractor is responsible for knowing the location and avoiding utilities that are not covered by the local utility locatorservice.PART 2 PRODUCTS2.1IMPORTED TOPSOILA.Imported Topsoil definition: Fertile, friable soil containing less than 5% total volume of the combination of subsoil,refuse, roots larger than 1 inch diameter, heavy, sticky or stiff clay, stones larger than 2 inches in diameter, noxiousseeds, sticks, brush, litter, or any substances deleterious to plant growth. The percent (%) of the above objects shall becontrolled by source selection not by screening the soil. Topsoil shall be suitable for the germination of seeds and thesupport of vegetative growth. Imported Topsoil shall not contain weed seeds in quantities that cause noticeable weedinfestations in the final planting beds. Imported Topsoil shall meet the following physical and chemical criteria:4.Soil texture: USDA loam, sandy clay loam or sandy loam with clay content between 15 and 25%. And a combinedclay/silt content of no more than 55%.5.pH value shall be between 5.5 and 7.0.6.Percent organic matter (OM): 2.0-5.0%, by dry weight.7.Soluble salt level: Less than 2 mmho/cm.8.Soil chemistry suitable for growing the plants specified.B.Imported Topsoil shall be a harvested soil from fields or development sites. The organic content and particle sizedistribution shall be the result of natural soil formation. Manufactured soils where Coarse Sand, Composted organicmaterial or chemical additives has been added to the soil to meet the requirements of this specification section shall notbe acceptable. Retained soil peds shall be the same color on the inside as is visible on the outside.C.Imported Topsoil for Planting Soil shall NOT have been screened and shall retain soil peds or clods larger than 2 inches in diameter throughout the stockpile after harvesting.D.Stockpiled Existing Topsoil at the site meeting the above criteria may be acceptable.E.Provide a two gallon sample from each Imported Topsoil source with required soil testing results. The sampleshall be a mixture of the random samples taken around the source stockpile or field. The soil sample shall be deliveredwith soil peds intact that represent the size and quantity of expected peds in the final delivered soil.2.2COMPOSTA.Compost: Blended and ground leaf, wood and other plant based material, composted for a minimum of 9 monthsand at temperatures sufficient to break down all woody fibers, seeds and leaf structures, free of toxic material at levelsthat are harmful to plants or humans. Source material shall be yard waste trimmings blended with other plant or manurebased material designed to produce Compost high in fungal material.1.Compost shall be commercially prepared Compost and meet US Compost Council STA/TMECC criteria or asmodified in this section for “Compost as a Landscape Backfill Mix Component”.http://compostingcouncil.org/admin/wp-content/plugins/wp-pdfupload/pdf/191/LandscapeArch_Specs.pdf2.Compost shall comply with the following parameters:a.pH: 5.5 - 8.0.b.Soil salt (electrical conductivity): maximum 5 dS/m (mmhos/cm).c.Moisture content %, wet weight basis: 30 - 60.d.Particle size, dry weight basis: 98% pass through 3/4 inch screen or smear.e.Stability carbon dioxide evolution rate: mg CO2-C/ g OM/ day < 2.f.Solvita maturity test: > 6.g.Physical contaminants (inerts), %, dry weight basis: <1%.h.Chemical contaminants, mg/kg (ppm): meet or exceed US EPA Class A standard, 40CFR § 503.13,Tables 1 and 3 levels.i.Biological contaminants select pathogens fecal coliform bacteria, or salmonella, meet or exceed US EPAClass A standard, 40 CFR § 503.32(a) level requirements.B.Provide a two gallon sample with manufacturer's literature and material certification that the product meets therequirements.2.3COARSE SANDA.Clean, washed, sand, free of toxic materials1.Coarse concrete sand, ASTM C-33 Fine Aggregate, with a Fines Modulus Index of 2.8 and 3.2.2.Coarse Sands shall be clean, sharp, natural Coarse Sands free of limestone, shale and slate particles.Manufactured Coarse Sand shall not be permitted.3.pH shall be lower than 7.0.4.Provide Coarse Sand with the following particle size distribution:Sieve Percent passing3/8 inch (9.5 mm)100No 4 (4.75 mm)95 - 100No 8 (2.36 mm)80 - 100No 16 (1.18 mm)50 - 85No 30 (.60 mm)25 - 60No 50 (.30 mm)10 - 30No 100 (.15 mm)2 - 10No 200 (0.75 mm2-5B.Provide a two gallon sample with manufacturer's literature and material certification that the product meets therequirements.2.4FERTILIZER, BIOLOGICAL AND OTHER AMENDMENTS2.5LIMEA.ASTM C 602, agricultural limestone containing a minimum 80 percent calcium carbonate equivalent and asfollows:1.Class: Class T, with a minimum 99 percent passing through No. 8 (2.36-mm) sieve and a minimum 75 percentpassing through No. 60 (0.25-mm) sieve.2.Provide lime in form of dolomitic limestone.B.Provide manufacturer's literature and material certification that the product meets the requirements.2.6EXISTING SOIL (ACCEPTABLE FOR PLANTING WITH MINIMUM MODIFICATIONS)A.General definition of existing soil: Surface soil in the areas designated on the soils plan as existing soil, that is notaltered, compacted to root limiting density, graded or contaminated before or during the construction process andconsidered acceptable for planting and long term health of the plants specified either as it exists or with only minormodification.1.The Owner's Representative shall verify that the soil in the designated areas is suitable at the beginning ofplanting bed preparation work in that area. In the event that the work of this project construction has damaged the existingsoil in areas designated for use as Planting Soil to the point where the soil is no longer suitable to support the plantsspecified, the Owner's Representative may require modification of the damaged soil up to and including removal andreplacement with soil of equal quality to the soil that existed prior to construction. Examples of damage include furthercompaction, contamination, grading, creation of hard pan or drainage problems, and loss of the O, and or A horizon.a.Do not begin work on additional modifications until changes to the contract price are approved byOwner's Representative.2.Soil testing results and soil observation notes that describe the pre - construction soil conditions in the existingsoil areas are included as an appendix to this specification:B.Protect existing soil from compaction, contamination, and degradation during the construction process.C.Unless otherwise instructed, remove all existing plants, root thatch, and non-soil debris from the surface of thesoil using equipment that does not increase compaction of soil to root limiting levels.D.Modifications:1.When results of soil tests recommend chemical adjustments, till surface soil to six inches or greater after chemicaladjustments have been are applied.2.Remove existing turf thatch, ground cover plants and weeds.3.Provide pre-emergent weed control if indicated.4.Make chemical adjustment as recommended by the soil test. 139
L&L Landscape UpdatesSheet of Date: Scale: Project:Urban Tree Foundation1512 W. Mineral KingAve. Visalia, Ca 93291559-713-0631www.urbantree.orgDrawing DescriptionDate xx.xx.xx1st City Submittal
23005.110.31.202322
U:\23\23005 - Lisendra Heights\Land\CD's\CD_01\Phase_01\23005.1_specs_24x36.dwg31.10.2023bygregmendonsa 1" = 20'City of VisaliaLisendra Heights Phase 01SpecificationsL-1819

2.7MODIFIED EXISTING SOIL (SOIL SUITABLE FOR PLANTING WITH INDICATED MODIFICATION)A.General definition: Surface soil in the areas designated on the soils plan as Modified Existing Soil has beenaltered and or graded before or during the construction process but is still considered acceptable for planting and longterm health of the plants specified with the proposed modifications. Modifications respond to the soil problems expectedor encountered. The Owner's Representative shall verify that the soil in the designated areas is suitable for modificationat the beginning of planting bed preparation work in that area.4.The Owner's Representative shall verify that the soil in the designated areas is suitable for the specifiedmodification at the beginning of planting bed preparation work in that area. In the event that the work of this projectconstruction has damaged the existing soil in areas designated for modification to the point where the soil is no longersuitable to support the plants specified with the specified modification, the Owner's Representative may require furthermodification of the damaged soil up to an including removal and replacement with soil of equal quality to the soil thatwould have resulted from the modification. Damage may include further compaction, contamination, grading, creation ofhard pan or drainage problem, and loss of the O, and or A horizon.5.General requirements for all soil modifications:a.Take soil samples, test for chemical properties, and make appropriate adjustments.b.Unless otherwise instructed, remove all existing plants, root thatch, and non-soil debris from the surfaceof the soil using equipment that does not add to the compaction in the soil.c.All soil grading, tilling and loosening must be completed at times when the soil moisture is below fieldcapacity. Allow soil to drain for at least two days after any rain event more than 1 inch in 24 hours, or longenough so that the soil does not make the hand muddy when squeezed.d.Provide pre-emergent weed control after the soil work is complete and plants planted but prior to addingmulch to the surface, if indicated by weed type and degree of threat.B.Modified existing soil - soil removed, stockpiled, and spread1.Description of condition to be modified: Existing soil that is suitable for reuse as Planting Soil but is in the wrongplace of elevation, or cannot be adequately protected during construction. Soil is to be harvested, stockpiled andre-spread with or without further modifications as indicated.2.Modifications:a.Excavate existing soil from the areas and to depths designated on the drawings. Stockpile in zones notedon the drawings or in areas proposed by the Contractor.1.)Prepare a soil stock pile plan for approval.b.Excavate soil using equipment and methods to preserve the clumps and peds in the soil. Generally thismeans using the largest piece of equipment that is practical for the project size and scope.c.Protect stock piles from erosion by compacting or tracking the soil surface, covering with breathablefabric or planting with annual grasses as appropriate for the season, location, and length of expected timeof storage.d.Re-spread soil as required in Part 3 of this specification.C.Modified existing soil - compacted surface soil (Tilling Option)3.Description of condition to be modified: Surface soil compaction to a maximum of 6 inches deep from traffic orlight grading. Original A horizon may be previously removed or graded but lower profile intact with acceptable compactionlevels and limited grading. The soil organic matter, pH and chemistry in the A horizon may not be suitable for theproposed plants and may need to be modified as required.4.Modifications:a.Till top 6 inches or deeper of the soil surface, with a roto tiller, spade tiller, ripper or agricultural plow.Spread 2 - 3 inches of Compost on the surface of the tilled soil and make any chemical adjustment asrecommended by the soil test.b.Till or disk the Compost into the loosened soil. Smooth out grades with a drag rake or drag slip.D.Modified existing soil - compacted surface soil (Radial Trenching Option)1.Description of condition to be modified: Surface soil compaction to a maximum of 24 inches deep from traffic orlight grading. Original A horizon may be previously removed or graded but lower profile below 24 inches intact withacceptable compaction levels and limited grading. The soil organic matter, pH and chemistry in the A horizon may not besuitable for the proposed plants and may need to be modified as required.2.Modifications:a.Using a trenching machine, dig trenches to the extent and depth shown on the plans and details.b.Backfill the trench with the soil removed from the trench. Add additional site soil if needed to fill the trenchto be flush to the existing grade after the soil settlement.E.Modified existing soil - compacted subsoil1.Description of condition to be modified: Deep soil compaction the result of previous grading, filling and dynamic orstatic compaction forces. Original A horizon likely removed or buried. The soil organic matter, pH and chemistry in the Ahorizon is likely not suitable for the proposed plants and should be modified as required.2.Soil Ripping:a.Step one: After grading and removing all plants and debris from the surface, using a tracked dozer orsimilar large grading equipment, loosen the soil by dragging a ripping shank or chisel thru the soil todepths of 24 inches with ripping shanks spaced 18 inches or less apart in two directions. The number ofshanks per pull is dependent on the degree of soil compaction and the size of the dozer.b.Step 2: Spread 3 - 4 inches of Compost over the ripped area and till into the top 6 inches of the soilsurface.3.Soil Fracturing:a.Step one: After grading and removing all plants and debris from the surface, spread 2 - 3 inches ofCompost over the surface of the soil. Loosen the soil to depth of 18 - 24 inches, using a backhoe to diginto the soil through the Compost. Lift and then drop the loosened soil immediately back into the hole.The bucket then moves to the adjacent soil and repeats the process until the entire area indicated hasbeen loosened.b.Step 2: Spread 3-4 inches of Compost over the ripped area and till into the top 6 inches of the soilsurface.4.Trenching:a.Step one: After grading and removing all plants and debris from the surface using a chain trenchingmachine, dig 24 inch deep trenches, 24 inches apart across the entire area. Maintain an 18 - inchstandoff from the edges of all curbs, paving and structures. Backfill the trenches with Compost.b.Step 2: Spread 3 - 4 inches of Compost over the trenches area and till into the top 6 inches of the soilsurface. Compost tilling treatment shall extend to the edges of curbs, paving and structures.5.Following soil ripping or fracturing the average penetration resistance should be less than 250 psi to the depth ofthe ripping or fracturing.6.Do not start planting into ripped or fractured soil until soil has been settled or leave grades sufficiently high toanticipate settlement of 10 - 15% of ripped soil depth.F.Modified existing soil - low organic matter1.Description of condition to be modified: Low soil organic matter and/or missing A horizon but soil is not compactedexcept for some minor surface compaction. The soil organic matter, pH and/or chemistry are likely not suitable for theproposed plants and should be modified as required.2.Modifications:a.Spread 3 - 4 inches of Compost over the surface of the soil and make chemical adjustment asrecommended by the soil test.b.Till Compost into the top 6 inches of the soil.G.Modified existing soil - soil within the root zone of existing established trees1.Description of condition to be modified: Surface compaction near or above root limited levels in the upper soilhorizon the result of traffic or other mechanical compaction.2.Modifications:a.Remove the tops of all plants to be removed from the root zone. Remove sod with a walk behind sodcutter. Do not grub out the roots of plats to be removed.b.Use a pneumatic air knife to loosen the top 9 - 12 inches of the soil. Surface roots may move andseparate from soil during this process but the bark on roots should not be broken1.)Pneumatic air knife shall be as manufactured by:Concept Engineering Group, Inc., Verona, PA (412) 826-8800 or Supersonic Air Knife, Inc., AllisonPark, PA (866) 328 5723c.Make chemical adjustment as recommended by the soil test and add 2 - 3 inches of Compost over thesoil.d.Using the pneumatic air knife, mix the Compost into the top 6 - 8 inches of the loosened soil.e.Work in sections such that the entire process - including irrigation - can be completed in one day. Applyapproximately one inch of water over the loosened soil at the completion of each day's work. Apply mulchor turf as indicated on the drawings within one week of the completion of work.2.8PLANTING SOIL MIXESH.General definition: Mixes of Existing Soil or Imported Topsoil, Coarse Sand, and or Compost to make a new soilthat meets the project goals for the indicated planting area. These may be mixed off site or onsite, and will vary in Mixcomponents and proportions as indicated.I.Planting Mix - moderately slow draining soil for trees and shrub beds1.A Mix of Imported Topsoil, Coarse Sand and Compost. The approximate Mix ratio shall be:Mix component% by moist volumeImported Topsoil unscreened 45 - 50%Coarse sand40 - 45%Compost10%2.Final tested organic matter between 2.75 and 4% (by dry weight).3.Mix the Coarse Sand and Compost together first and then add to the Topsoil. Mix with a loader bucket to looselyincorporate the Topsoil into the Coarse Sand/Compost Mix. DO NOT OVER MIX! Do not mix with a soil blending machine.Do not screen the soil. Clumps of Soil, Compost and Coarse Sand will be permitted in the overall Mix.4.At the time of final grading, add fertilizer if required to the Planting Soil at rates recommended by the testingresults for the plants to be grown.

5.Provide a two gallon sample with testing data that includes recommendations for chemical additives for the typesof plants to be grown. Samples and testing data shall be submitted at the same time.2.9PRE - EMERGENT HERBICIDESA.Chemical herbicides are designed to prevent seeds of selective plants from germinating. Exact type of herbicideshall be based on the specific plants to be controlled and the most effective date of application.B.Submit report of expected weed problems and the recommendation of the most effective control for approval byOwner's Representative. Provide manufacturer's literature and material certification that the product meets therequirements.2.10HEAVY DUTY PIPE DRAIN PIPEA.Drain pipe shall be 4 inch diameter, perforated, PVC, Schedule 40 pipe. Holes in the pipe shall only be on thebottom quadrant. All fittings, elbows, unions, T's and screw caps shall be the same material and from the samemanufacturer as the pipe. "T" and elbow joints shall be sanitary type connections. All joints shall be solvent welded.Submit manufacturers product literature for approval by the Owner's Representative.1.When pipe has perforations on all quadrants, drape a 12 inch wide 4 mil plastic sheet over the length of the pipeto force water to the bottom of the pipe.B.Clean out: Clean out risers shall be 4 inch diameter Schedule 40 PVC solid pipe compatible with the bottomfitting and clean out screw cap. Elbow fitting at the bottom of the clean out riser. When the cleanout is in the middle of apipe run the fitting shall be a sanitary T fitting. Screw cap FITTING shall be PVC Schedule 40.2.11MEDIUM DUTY PIPE DRAIN PIPEA.Drain pipe shall be 4 inch diameter, perforated, PVC, double wall (smooth interior wall / corrugated exterior wall)pipe. Holes in the pipe shall only be on the bottom quadrant. All fittings, elbows, unions, T's and screw caps shall be thesame material and from the same manufacturer as the pipe. "T" and elbow joints shall be sanitary type connections. Alljoints shall be gasketed bell and spigot. Example source A -2000 by Contech Construction Products or approved equal.Submit manufacturers product literature for approval by the Owner's Representative.1.When pipe has perforations on all quadrants, drape a 12 inch wide 4 mil plastic sheet over the length of the pipeto force water to the bottom of the pipe.B.Clean out: Clean out risers shall be 4 inch diameter Schedule 40 PVC solid pipe compatible with the bottomfitting and clean out screw cap. Elbow fitting at the bottom of the clean out riser. When the cleanout is in the middle of apipe run the fitting shall be a sanitary T fitting. Screw cap FITTING shall be PVC Schedule 40.2.12LIGHT DUTY PIPE DRAIN PIPEA.Drain pipe shall be 4 inch diameter, perforated, HDPE, single wall corrugated exterior pipe. ASTM F405. Allfittings, elbows, unions, T's and screw caps shall be the same material and from the same manufacturer as the pipe. Alljoints shall be gasketed bell and spigot. Example source ADS Single Wall Pipe by Advance Drainage Systems orapproved equal. Submit manufacturers product literature for approval by the Owner's Representative.1.When pipe has perforations on all quadrants, drape a 12 inch wide 4 mil plastic sheet over the length of the pipeto force water to the bottom of the pipe.B.Clean out: Clean out risers shall be 4 inch diameter Schedule 40 PVC solid pipe compatible with the bottomfitting and clean out screw cap. Elbow fitting at the bottom of the clean out riser. When the cleanout is in the middle of apipe run the fitting shall be a sanitary T fitting. Screw cap FITTING shall be PVC Schedule 40.PART 3 EXECUTION3.1SITE EXAMINATIONA.Prior to installation of Planting Soil, examine site to confirm that existing conditions are satisfactory for the workof this section to proceed.1.Confirm that the subgrade is at the proper elevation and compacted as required. Subgrade elevations shall slopetoward the under drain lines as shown on the drawings.2.Confirm that surface all areas to be filled with Planting Soil are free of construction debris, refuse, compressible orbiodegradable materials, stones greater than 2 inches diameter, soil crusting films of silt or clay that reduces or stopsdrainage from the Planting Soil into the subsoil; and/or standing water. Remove unsuitable material from the site.3.Confirm that no adverse drainage conditions are present.4.Confirm that no conditions are present which are detrimental to plant growth.5.Confirm that utility work has been completed per the drawings.6.Confirm that irrigation work, which is shown to be installed below prepared soil levels, has been completed.B.If unsatisfactory conditions are encountered, notify the Owner's Representative immediately to determinecorrective action before proceeding.3.2COORDINATION WITH PROJECT WORKA.The Contractor shall coordinate with all other work that may impact the completion of the work.B.Prior to the start of work, prepare a detailed schedule of the work for coordination with other trades.C.Coordinate the relocation of any irrigation lines, heads or the conduits of other utility lines that are in conflict withtree locations. Root balls shall not be altered to fit around lines. Notify the Owner's Representative of any conflictsencountered.3.3GRADE AND ELEVATION CONTROLA.Provide grade and elevation control during installation of Planting Soil. Utilize grade stakes, surveying equipment,and other means and methods to assure that grades and contours conform to the grades indicated on the plans.3.4SITE PREPARATIONA.Excavate to the proposed subgrade. Maintain all required angles of repose of the adjacent materials as shown onthe drawings or as required by this specification. Do not over excavate compacted subgrades of adjacent pavement orstructures. Maintain a supporting 1:1 side slope of compacted subgrade material along the edges of all paving andstructures where the bottom of the paving or structure is above the bottom elevation of the excavated planting area.B.Remove all construction debris and material including any construction materials from the subgrade.C.Confirm that the subgrade is at the proper elevation and compacted as required. Subgrade elevations shall slopeapproximately parallel to the finished grade and/or toward the subsurface drain lines as shown on the drawings.D.In areas where Planting Soil is to be spread, confirm subgrade has been scarified.E.Protect adjacent walls, walks and utilities from damage or staining by the soil. Use 1/2 inch plywood and orplastic sheeting as directed to cover existing concrete, metal and masonry work and other items as directed during theprogress of the work.1.At the end of each working day, clean up any soil or dirt spilled on any paved surface.2.Any damage to the paving or site features or work shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense.3.5SOIL MOISTUREA.Volumetric soil moisture level, in both the Planting Soil and the root balls of all plants, prior to, during and afterplanting shall be above permanent wilt point and below field capacity for each type of soil texture within the followingranges.Soil texturePermanent wilting pointFieldcapacitySand, Loamy sand, Sandy loam5 - 8%12 - 18%Loam, Sandy clay, Sandy clay loam14 - 25%27 - 36%Clay loam, Silt loam11 - 22%31 - 36%Silty clay, Silty clay loam22 - 27%38 - 41%B.The Contractor shall confirm the soil moisture levels with a moisture meter (Digital Soil Moisture Meter,DSMM500 by General Specialty Tools and Instruments, or approved equivalent). If moisture is found to be too low, theplanting holes shall be filled with water and allowed to drain before starting any planting operations. If the moisture is toohigh, suspend planting operations until the soil moisture drains to below field capacity.3.6EXISTING SOIL MODIFICATIONA.Follow the requirements for modifying existing soil as indicated in Part 2 for the different types of soilmodifications. The extent of the areas of different soil modification types are indicated on the Soils Plan or as directed bythe Owner's Representative.3.7DRAIN PIPE INSTALLATION1.Trench lines to depths and widths shown on plans.2.Place 2 - 3 inches Coarse Sand as bedding for pipes.3.Place pipe (holes facing down) to invert elevations shown on the plan.a.If pipe with holes on all sides is used drape a piece of 4 mil plastic 12 inches wide over top of pipe.b.Cover sides and top of pipe with Coarse Sand with min 4 inches of Coarse Sand cover above top of pipe.c.Backfill trench with Planting Soil compacted to same level as Planting Soil requirements.4.Add cleanout pipe reaching the surface at the uphill end of each pipe run as shown on drawings.5.Connect pipes to manhole or daylight outfall as shown on the drawings.3.8PLANTING SOIL and planting soil mix INSTALLATIONB.Prior to installing any Planting Soil from stockpiles or Planting Soil Mixes blended off site, the Owner'sRepresentative shall approve the condition of the subgrade and the previously installed subgrade preparation and theinstallation of subsurface drainage.C.All equipment utilized to install or grade Planting Soils shall be wide track or balloon tire machines rated with aground pressure of 4 psi or less. All grading and soil delivery equipment shall have buckets equipped with 6 inch longteeth to scarify any soil that becomes compacted.D.In areas of soil installation above existing subsoil, scarify the subgrade material prior to installing Planting Soil.1.Scarify the subsoil of the subgrade to a depth of 3 - 6 inches with the teeth of the back hoe or loader bucket, tilleror other suitable device.2.Immediately install the Planting Soil. Protect the loosened area from traffic. DO NOT allow the loosened subgradeto become compacted.3.In the event that the loosened area becomes overly compacted, loosen the area again prior to installing thePlanting Soil.E.Install the Planting Soil in 12 - 18 inch lifts to the required depths. Apply compacting forces to each lift as requiredto attain the required compaction. Scarify the top of each lift prior to adding more Planting Soil by dragging the teeth of aloader bucket or backhoe across the soil surface to roughen the surface.F.Phase work such that equipment to deliver or grade soil does not have to operate over previously installedPlanting Soil. Work in rows of lifts the width of the extension of the bucket on the loader. Install all lifts in one row before proceeding to the next. Work out from the furthest part of each bed from the soil delivery point to the edge of the each bedarea.G.Where possible place large trees first and fill Planting Soil around the root ball.H.Installing soil with soil or mulch blowers or soil slingers shall not be permitted due to the over mixing and soil pedbreakdown cause by this type of equipment.I.Where travel over installed soil is unavoidable, limit paths of traffic to reduce the impact of compaction in PlantingSoil. Each time equipment passes over the installed soil it shall reverse out of the area along the same path with the teethof the bucket dropped to scarify the soil. Comply with the paragraph “Compaction Reduction” (section 3.9) in the eventthat soil becomes over compacted.J.The depths and grades shown on the drawings are the final grades after settlement and shrinkage of thecompost material. The Contractor shall install the Planting Soil at a higher level to anticipate this reduction of Planting Soilvolume. A minimum settlement of approximately 10 - 15% of the soil depth is expected. All grade increases are assumedto be as measured prior to addition of surface Compost till layer, mulch, or sod.3.9Compaction requirements for installed or modified Planting SoilA.Compact installed Planting Soil to the compaction rates indicated and using the methods approved for the soilmockup. Compact each soil lift as the soil is installed.B.Existing soil that is modified by tilling, ripping or fracturing shall have a density to the depth of the modification,after completion of the loosening, such that the penetrometer reads approximately 75 to 250 psi at soil moistureapproximately the mid-point between wilting point and field capacity. This will be approximately between 75 and 82% ofmaximum dry density standard proctor.C.Installed Planting Soil Mix and re-spread existing soil shall have a soil density through the required depth of theinstalled layers of soil, such that the penetrometer reads approximately 75 to 250 psi at soil moisture approximately themid-point between wilt point and field capacity. This will be approximately between 75 and 82% of maximum dry densitystandard proctor.D.Planting Soil compaction shall be tested at each lift using a penetrometer calibrated to the mockup soil and itsmoisture level. The same penetrometer and moisture meter used for the testing of the mockup shall be used to testinstalled soil throughout the work.E.Maintain moisture conditions within the Planting Soil during installation or modification to allow for satisfactorycompaction. Suspend operations if the Planting Soil becomes wet. Apply water if the soil is overly dry.F.Provide adequate equipment to achieve consistent and uniform compaction of the Planting Soils. Use thesmallest equipment that can reasonably perform the task of spreading and compaction. Use the same equipment andmethods of compaction used to construct the Planting Soil mockup.G.Do not pass motorized equipment over previously installed and compacted soil except as authorized below.1.Light weight equipment such as trenching machines or motorized wheel barrows is permitted to pass overfinished soil work.2.If work after the installation and compaction of soil compacts the soil to levels greater than the aboverequirements, follow the requirements of the paragraph "Over Compaction Reduction" below.3.10OVER COMPACTION REDUCTIONA.Any soil that becomes compacted to a density greater than the specified density and/or the density in theapproved mockup shall be dug up and reinstalled. This requirement includes compaction caused by other sub-contractorsafter the Planting Soil is installed and approved.B.Surface roto tilling shall not be considered adequate to reduce over compaction at levels 6 inches or greaterbelow finished grade.3.11INSTALLATION OF CHEMICAL ADDITIVESA.Following the installation of each soil and prior to fine grading and installation of the Compost till layer, applychemical additives as recommended by the soil test, and appropriate to the soil and specific plants to be installed.B.Types, application rates and methods of application shall be approved by the Owner's Representative prior toany applications.3.12FINE GRADINGA.The Owner's Representative shall approve all rough grading prior to the installation of Compost, fine grading,planting, and mulching.B.Grade the finish surface of all planted areas to meet the grades shown on the drawings, allowing the finishedgrades to remain higher (10 - 15% of depth of soil modification) than the grades on the grading plan, as defined inparagraph Planting Soil Installation, to anticipate settlement over the first year.C.Utilize hand equipment, small garden tractors with rakes, or small garden tractors with buckets with teeth for finegrading to keep surface rough without further compaction. Do not use the flat bottom of a loader bucket to fine grade, as itwill cause the finished grade to become overly smooth and or slightly compressed.D.Provide for positive drainage from all areas toward the existing inlets, drainage structures and or the edges ofplanting beds. Adjust grades as directed to reflect actual constructed field conditions of paving, wall and inlet elevations.Notify the Owner's Representative in the event that conditions make it impossible to achieve positive drainage.E.Provide smooth, rounded transitions between slopes of different gradients and direction. Modify the grade so thatthe finish grade before adding mulch and after settlement is one or two inches below all paving surfaces or as directed bythe drawings.F.Fill all dips and remove any bumps in the overall plane of the slope. The tolerance for dips and bumps in shruband ground cover planting areas shall be a 2 inch deviation from the plane in 10 feet. The tolerance for dips and bumps inlawn areas shall be a 1 inch deviation from the plane in 10 feet.3.13INSTALLATION OF COMPOST TILL LAYERG.After Planting Soil Mixes are installed in planting bed areas and just prior to the installation of shrub orgroundcover plantings, spread 3 - 4 inches of Compost over the beds and roto till into the top 4 - 6 inches of the PlantingSoil. This step will raise grades slightly above the grades required in paragraph “Fine Grading”. This specificationanticipates that the raise in grade due to this tilling will settle within a few months after installation as Compost breaksdown. Additional settlement as defined in paragraph “Planting Soil and Planting Soil Mix installation” must still beaccounted for in the setting of final grades.3.14CLEAN - UPA.During installation, keep the site free of trash, pavements reasonably clean and work area in an orderly conditionat the end of each day. Remove trash and debris in containers from the site no less than once a week.1.Immediately clean up any spilled or tracked soil, fuel, oil, trash or debris deposited by the Contractor from allsurfaces within the project or on public right of ways and neighboring property.B.Once installation is complete, wash all soil from pavements and other structures. Ensure that mulch is confinedto planting beds and that all tags and flagging tape are removed from the site. The Owner's Representative seals are toremain on the trees and removed at the end of the warranty period.1.Make all repairs to grades, ruts, and damage to the work or other work at the site.2.Remove and dispose of all excess Planting Soil, subsoil, mulch, plants, packaging, and other material brought tothe site by the Contractor.3.15PLANTING SOIL AND MODIFIED EXISTING SOIL PROTECTIONA.The Contractor shall protect installed and/or modified Planting Soil from damage including contamination andover compaction due to other soil installation, planting operations, and operations by other Contractors or trespassers.Maintain protection during installation until acceptance. Utilize fencing and matting as required or directed to protect thefinished soil work. Treat, repair or replace damaged Planting Soil immediately.B.Loosen compacted Planting Soil and replace Planting Soil that has become contaminated as determined by theOwner's Representative. Planting Soil shall be loosened or replaced at no expense to the Owner.a.Till and restore grades to all soil that has been driven over or compacted during the installation of plants.b.Where modified existing soil has become contaminated and needs to be replaced, provide imported soilthat is of similar composition, depth and density as the soil that was removed.3.16PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCTIONA.The Contractor shall protect planting and related work and other site work from damage due to plantingoperations, operations by other Contractors or trespassers.1.Maintain protection during installation until the date of plant acceptance (see specifications section - Planting).Treat, repair or replace damaged work immediately.2.Provide temporary erosion control as needed to stop soil erosion until the site is stabilized with mulch, plantingsor turf.B.Damage done by the Contractor, or any of their sub-contractors to existing or installed plants, or any other partsof the work or existing features to remain, including large existing trees, soil, paving, utilities, lighting, irrigation, otherfinished work and surfaces including those on adjacent property, shall be cleaned, repaired or replaced by the Contractorat no expense to the Owner. The Owner's Representative shall determine when such cleaning, replacement or repair issatisfactory. Damage to existing trees shall be assessed by a certified arborist.3.17Substantial Completion AcceptanceA.Upon written notice from the Contractor, the Owners Representative shall review the work and make adetermination if the work is substantially complete.B.The date of substantial completion of the planting soil shall be the date when the Owner's Representativeaccepts that all work in Planting, Planting Soil, and Irrigation installation sections is complete.3.18FINAL ACCEPTANCE / SOIL SETTLEMENTA.At the end of the plant warrantee and maintenance period, (see Specification section - Planting) the Owner'sRepresentative shall observe the soil installation work and establish that all provisions of the contract are complete andthe work is satisfactory.1.Restore any soil settlement and or erosion areas to the grades shown on the drawings. When restoring soilgrades remove plants and mulch and add soil before restoring the planting. Do not add soil over the root balls of plants oron top of mulch.B.Failure to pass acceptance: If the work fails to pass final acceptance, any subsequent observations must berescheduled as per above. The cost to the Owner for additional observations will be charged to the Contractor at theprevailing hourly rate of the Owner's Representative.Appendix to 32 9100 Planting soilExisting Soil Test DataEND OF SECTION 32 9100 SECTION 32 84 00IRRIGATIONPART 1 GENERAL1.1SUMMARYC.Irrigation system required for this work includes but is not limited to the furnishing of all labor, tools, materials,appliances, tests, permits, taxes, etc., necessary for the installation of a landscape irrigation system as herein specifiedand shown on the drawings, and the removal of all debris from the site.2.Locate, purchase, deliver and install piping, conduit, sleeves, 120 volt and low voltage electrical and waterconnections, valves, backflow preventer devices, controllers, rain sensors, spray and bubbler heads, drip irrigation lines, and associated accessories for a fully operational automatic irrigation system.3.Trenching and water settling of backfill material.4.Testing and startup of the irrigation system.5.Prepare an as built record set of drawings.6.Training of the Owner's maintenance personnel in the operational requirements of the Irrigation system.7.Clean up and disposal of all excess and surplus material.8.Maintenance of the irrigation system during the proscribed maintenance period.B.The system shall efficiently and evenly irrigate all areas and be complete in every respect and shall be left readyfor operation to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative.C.Coordinate with other trades, as needed to complete work, including but not limited to Water Meter, Point ofConnection (POC), Backflow Preventer Device (BFPD) location, booster pump location and electrical hookups.1.2CONTRACT DOCUMENTSA.Shall consist of specifications and its general conditions and the drawings. The intent of these documents is toinclude all labor, materials, and services necessary for the proper execution of the work. The documents are to beconsidered as one. Whatever is called for by any part shall be as binding as if called for in all parts.1.3RELATED DOCUMENTS AND REFERENCESA.Related Documents:9.Drawings and general provisions of contract, including general and supplementary conditions and Division I specifications, apply to work of this section.10.Related Specification Sectionsa.Section - Plantingb.Section - Planting Soilc.Section - Lawnd.Sections - Mechanical/Plumbinge.Section - Tree and Plant Protectionf.Sections - ElectricalB.References:1.American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM): cited section numbers.2.National Sanitation Foundation (NSF): rating system.3.Irrigation Association: Turf & Landscape Irrigation Best Management Practices1.4VERIFICATIONA.Irrigation piping and related equipment are drawn diagrammatically. Scaled dimensions are approximate only.Before proceeding with work, carefully check and verify dimensions and immediately notify the Owner's Representative ofdiscrepancies between the drawings or specifications and the actual conditions. Although sizes and locations of plantsand or irrigation equipment are drawn to scale wherever possible, it is not within the scope of the drawings to show allnecessary offsets, obstructions, or site conditions. The Contractor shall be responsible to install the work in such amanner that it will be in conformance to site conditions, complete, and in good working order.B.Piping and equipment is to be located within the designated planting areas wherever possible unless specificallydefined or dimensioned otherwise.1.5PERMITS AND REGULATIONSA.The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits related to this section of the work unless previously excludedunder provision of the contract or general conditions. The Contractor shall comply with all laws and ordinances bearing onthe operation or conduct of the work as drawn and specified. If the Contractor observes that a conflict exists betweenpermit requirements and the work outlined in the contract documents, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner'sRepresentative in writing including a description of any necessary changes and changes to the contract price resultingfrom changes in the work.B.Wherever references are made to standards or codes in accordance with which work is to be performed ortested, the edition or revision of the standards and codes current on the effective date of this contract shall apply, unlessotherwise expressly set forth.C.In case of conflict among any referenced standards or codes or between any referenced standards and codesand the specifications, the more restrictive standard shall apply or Owner's Representative shall determine which shallgovern.1.6PROTECTION OF WORK, PROPERTY AND PERSONA.The Contractor shall adequately protect the work, adjacent property, and the public, and shall be responsible forany damages or injury due to the Contractor's actions.1.7CHANGES IN THE WORKA.The Owner's Representative may order changes in the work, and the contract sum being adjusted accordingly.All such orders and adjustments plus claims by the Contractor for extra compensation must be made and approved inwriting before executing the work involved.B.All changes in the work, notifications and Contractor's request for information (RFI) shall conform to the contractgeneral condition requirements.1.8CORRECTION OF WORKA.The Contractor shall re-execute any work that fails to conform to the requirements of the contract and shallremedy defects due to faulty materials or workmanship upon written notice from the Owner's Representative, at thesoonest as possible time that can be coordinated with other work, and seasonal weather demands, but not more than 90(ninety) days after notification. 1.9DEFINITIONSA.Owner's Representative: The person appointed by the Owner to represent their interest in the review andapproval of the work and to serve as the contracting authority with the Contractor. The Owner's Representative mayappoint other persons to review and approve any aspects of the work.B.Substantial Completion Acceptance: The date at the end of the Planting, Planting Soil, and Irrigation installationwhere the Owner's Representative accepts that all work in these sections is complete and the Warranty period has begun.This date may be different that the date of substantial completion for the other sections of the project.C.Final Acceptance: The date when the Owner's Representative accepts that the plants and work in this sectionmeet all the requirements of specification. It is intended that the materials and workmanship warranty for Planting,Planting Soil, and Irrigation work run concurrently.1.10SUBMITTALSA.See the contract General Conditions for policy and procedures related to submittals.B.Product data1.Submit a minimum of (3) complete lists of all irrigation equipment to be used, manufacturer's brochures,maintenance manuals, warrantees and operating instructions, within 15 days after the notice to proceed.a.This submission may be done digitally and all documents shall be submitted in one PDF document.2.The submittals shall be packaged and presented in an organized manner, in the quantity described in Division 1 of the specifications. Provide a table of contents of all submitted items.3.Clearly identify on each submitted sheet by underlining or highlighting (on each copy) the specific productbeing submitted for approval. Failure to clearly identify the specific product being submitted will result in a rejection for the entire submittal. No substitutions of material or procedures shall be made concerning thesedocuments without the written consent of an accepted equivalent by the Owner's Representative.4.Equipment or materials installed or furnished without prior approval of the Owner's Representative, may be rejected by the Owner's Representative and the Contractor shall be required to remove such materials from the site at their own expense.5.Approval of substitution of material and/or products, other than those specified shall not relieve the Contractor from complying with the requirements of the contract documents and specifications. The Contractor shall be responsible, at their own expense, for all changes that may result from the approvedsubstitutions, which affect the installation or operations other items of their own work and/or the work of other Contractors.C.Samples: Samples of the equipment may be required at the request of the Owner's Representative if theequipment is other than that specified.D.Other Submittals: Submit for approval:1.Documentation of the installer's qualifications.2.As built record set of drawings.3.Testing data from all required pressure testing.4.Backflow prevention device certification: Certification from the manufacturer or their representative that the back flow prevention device has been installed correctly according to the manufactures requirements.5.Booster pump certification: Certification from the manufacturer or their representative that the booster pumphas been installed correctly according to the manufacturer's requirements.6.Irrigation controller certification: Certification from the manufacturer or an authorized distributor that the Controller has been installed correctly according to the manufactures requirements.1.11OBSERVATION OF THE WORKA.The Owner's Representative may inspect the work at any time. They may remove samples of materials forconformity to specifications. Rejected materials shall be immediately removed from the site and replaced at theContractor's expense. The cost of testing materials not meeting specifications shall be paid by the Contractor.

B.The Owner's Representative shall be informed of the progress of the work so the work may be observed at thefollowing key times in the construction process. The Owner's Representative shall be afforded sufficient time to schedulevisit to the site. Failure of the Owner's Representative to make field observations shall not relieve the Contractor frommeeting all the requirements of this specification.1.Trenching, directional boring, and sleeving review.2.Hydrostatic pressure testing.3.Adjustment and coverage test.4.Pre - maintenance observation.5.Final acceptance / system malfunction corrections.1.12PRE - CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCEA.Schedule a pre - construction meeting with the Owner's Representative at least seven (7) days before beginningwork to review any questions the Contractor may have regarding the work, administrative procedures during constructionand project work schedule.1.13QUALITY ASSURANCEA.It is the intention of this specification to accomplish the work of installing an automatic irrigation system, which willoperate in an efficient and satisfactory manner. The irrigation system shall be installed and made operational according tothe workmanlike standards established for landscape installation and sprinkler irrigation operation as set forth by the mostrecent Best Management Practices (BMP) of the Irrigation Association.B.The specification can only indicate the intent of the work to be performed rather than a detailed description of theperformance of the work. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to install said materials and equipment in such amanner that they shall operate efficiently and evenly and support optimum plant growth and health.C.The Owner's Representative shall be the sole judge of the true intent of the drawings and specifications and ofthe quality of all materials furnished in performance of the contract.D.The Contractor shall keep one copy of all drawings and specifications on the work site, in good order. TheContractor shall make these documents available to the Owner's Representative when requested.E.In the event of any discrepancies between the drawings and the specification, the final decision as to which shallbe followed, shall be made by the Owner's Representative.F.In the event the installation is contradictory to the direction of the Owner's Representative, the installation shall berectified by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall immediately bring any suchdiscrepancies to the attention of the Owner's Representative.G.It shall be distinctly understood that no oral statement of any person shall be allowed in any manner to modifyany of the contract provisions. Changes shall be made only on written authorization of the Owner's Representative.H.Installer Qualifications: The installer shall be a firm having at least five (5) years of successful experience of ascope similar to that required for the work.a.Installer Field Supervision: The installer shall maintain on site an experienced full-time supervisor who can communicate in English with the Owner's Representative.b.Submit the installer's qualifications for approval.1.14IRRIGATION SYSTEM WARRANTY:A.The Contractor shall Warrantee all workmanship and materials for a period of 1 year (s) following theacceptance of the work.6.Any parts of the irrigation work that fails or is defective shall be replaced or reconstructed at no expense to the Owner including but not limited to: restoring grades that have settled in trenches and excavations relatedto the work. Reconstruction shall include any plantings, soil, mulch or other parts of the constructedlandscape that may be damaged during the repair or that results from soil settlement.B.The date of acceptance of the work and start of the Guarantee period shall be determined by the Owner'sRepresentative, upon the finding that the entire irrigation system is installed as designed and specified, and found to beoperating correctly, supplying water evenly to all planting and/or lawn areas.C.The system controller shall be warranted by the equipment manufacturer against equipment malfunction anddefects for a period of 1 year, following the acceptance of the work.D.Neither the final acceptance nor any provision in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor ofresponsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor shall remedy any defects within a period of seven (7)days (s) from the date of notification of a defect.1.15SITE CONDITIONSA.It is the responsibility of the Contractor to be aware of all surface and sub-surface conditions, and to notify theOwner's Representative, in writing, of any circumstances that would negatively impact the installation of the work. Do notproceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.1.16DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA.All materials and equipment shall be stored properly and protected as required by the Contractor. The Contractorshall be entirely responsible for damages or loss by weather or other cause to work under the contract. Materials shall befurnished in ample quantities and at such times as to ensure uninterrupted progress of the work.B.Deliver the products to the job site in their original unopened container with labels intact and legible at time ofuse.C.Store in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations.1.17PROTECTIONA.The Contractor shall continuously maintain adequate protection of all their work from damage, destruction, orloss, and shall protect the owner's property from damage arising in connection with this contract. Contractor shall makegood any such damage, destruction, loss or injury. Contractor shall adequately protect adjacent property as provided bylaw and the contract documents.B.The Contractor shall maintain sufficient safeguards, such as railings, temporary walks, lights, etc., against theoccurrence of accidents, injuries or damage to any person or property resulting from their work, and shall alone beresponsible for the same if such occurs.C.All existing paving, structures, equipment or plant material shall be protected at all times, including the irrigationsystem related to plants, from damage by workers and equipment. The Contractor shall follow all protection requirementsincluding plant protection provision of the general contract documents. All damages shall be repaired or replaced at theContractor's expense. Repairs and or replacement shall be to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative, includingthe selection of a Contractor to undertake the repair or maintenance. Repairs shall be at no cost to the owner.1.For trees damaged to the point where they will not be expected to survive or which are severely disfiguredand that are too large to replace, the cost of damages shall be as determined by the Owner's arborist usingaccepted tree value evaluation methods.D.The Contractor shall refrain from trenching within the drip line of any existing tree to remain. The Owner'sRepresentative may require the Contractor to relocate proposed irrigation work, bore lines beneath roots or use air spadetechnology to dig trenches through and under the root system to avoid damage to existing tree root areas.1.18EXCAVATING AROUND UTILITIESA.Contractor shall carefully examine the civil, record, and survey drawings to become familiar with the existingunderground conditions before digging.1.Do not begin any excavation until all underground utilities have been located and marked.Determine location of underground utilities and perform work in a manner that will avoid possible damage. Hand excavate, as required. Maintain stakes and or markings set by others until parties concerned mutually agree to their removal.B.Notification of Local Utility Locator Service, Insert PHONE NUMBER, is required for all excavation aroundutilities. The Contractor is responsible for knowing the location and avoiding utilities that are not covered by the Local Utility Locator Service. C.Section 4216/4217 of the government code requires a dig-alert identification number be issued before a “permitto excavate” will be valid. For your dig-alert identification number call underground service alert toll free 1-800-422-4133two working days before beginning construction.1.19POINT OF CONNECTIONA.The point of connection of the irrigation system to its electrical power sources shall be provided by the irrigationinstaller. All connections shall be made by a licensed electrical Contractor per governing codes at the location shown onthe drawings.B.The point of connection of the irrigation system to its potable and or non-potable water sources, including themain shutoff valve and backflow preventer shall be provided by the irrigation installer. All connections shall be made by alicensed Contractor per governing codes, at the location shown on the drawings.C.The point of connection of the irrigation system to its potable and or non-potable water sources, including themain shutoff valve and backflow preventer shall be provided by the General Contractor's licensed plumbing Contractorper governing codes at the location shown on the drawings. The minimum size and water pressure of the pressurized linewill be as noted on the irrigation drawing.1.20TEMPORARY UTILITIESA.All temporary piping, wiring, meters, panels and other related appurtenances required between source of supplyand point of use shall be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the Owner's Representative. Existing utilitiesmay be used with the written permission of the owner.1.21CUTTING, PATCHING, TRENCHING AND DIGGINGA.The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, trenching or patching of their work that may be required to make itsseveral parts come together as shown upon, or implied by, the drawings and specifications for the completed project.B.Digging and trenching operations shall be suspended when the soil moisture is above field capacity.1.22USE OF PREMISESA.The Contractor shall confine their apparatus; the storage of materials, and the operations of their workers to limitsindicated by the law, ordinances, or permits and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with their materials.B.Contractor parking, and material and equipment storage shall in areas approved by the Owner's Representative.1.23AS BUILT RECORD SET OF DRAWINGSA.Immediately upon the installation of any buried pipe or equipment, the Contractor shall indicate on the progressrecord drawings the locations of said pipe or equipment. The progress record drawings shall be made available at anytime for review by the Owner's Representative. 140
L&L Landscape UpdatesSheet of Date: Scale: Project:Urban Tree Foundation1512 W. Mineral KingAve. Visalia, Ca 93291559-713-0631www.urbantree.orgDrawing DescriptionDate xx.xx.xx1st City Submittal
23005.110.31.202322
U:\23\23005 - Lisendra Heights\Land\CD's\CD_01\Phase_01\23005.1_specs_24x36.dwg31.10.2023bygregmendonsa 1" = 20'City of VisaliaLisendra Heights Phase 01SpecificationsL-1920 B.Before final acceptance of work, the Contractor shall provide an as built record set of drawings showing theirrigation system work as built. The drawings shall be transmitted to the Owner's Representative in paper format and as apdf file of each document on compact disk or flash drive. The drawings shall include all information shown on the originalcontract document and revised to reflect all changes in the work. The drawings shall include the following additionalinformation1.All valves shall be numbered by station and corresponding numbers shall be shown on the as built record setof drawings.2.All main line pipe or irrigation equipment including sleeves, valves, controllers, irrigation wire runs whichdeviate from the mainline location, backflow preventers, remote control valves, grounding rods, shut-offvalves, rain sensors, wire splice locations, and quick coupling valves shall be located by two (2) measureddimensions, to the nearest one-half foot. Dimensions shall be given from permanent objects such as buildings, sidewalks, curbs, walls, structures and driveways. All changes in direction and depth of main line pipe shall be noted exactly as installed. Dimensions for pipes shall be shown at no greater than a 50 ft. maximum interval.3.As built record set of drawings shall be signed and dated by the Contractor attesting to and certifying the accuracy of the as built record set of drawings. As built record set of drawings shall have "As Built RecordSet of Drawings”, company name, address, phone number and the name of the person who created the drawing and the contact name (if different).C.The Owner shall make the original contract drawing files available to the Contractor.D.The Contractor shall GPS all points of connection, controllers, flow sensors, master valves, hydrometers,backflow prevention devices, remote control irrigation valves and moisture sensors prior to receiving a notice ofcompletion from the Owner's Representative.1.24CONTROLLER CHARTS:A.Provide one controller chart for each automatic controller installed.1.On the inside surface of the cover of each automatic controller, prepare and mount a color-coded chart showing the valves, main line, and systems serviced by that particular controller. All valves shall be numbered to match the operation schedule and the drawings. Only those areas controlled by that controllershall be shown. This chart shall be a plot plan, entire or partial, showing building, walks, roads and walls.The plan, reduced as necessary and legible in all details, shall be made to a size that will fit into the controller cover. This print shall be approved by the Owner's Representative and shall be protected in laminated in a plastic cover and be secured to the inside back of the controller cabinet door.The controller chart shall be completed and approved prior to acceptance of the work.1.25TESTINGA.Provide all required system testing with written reports as described in part 3.1.26OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS AND GUARANTEESA.Prepare and deliver to the Owner's Representative within ten calendar days prior to completion of construction,two(2) 3 - ring hard cover binders containing the following information:1.Index sheet stating Contractor's address and telephone number, list of equipment with name and addressesof local manufacturers' representatives.2.Catalog and parts sheets on all material and equipment.3.Guarantee statement. The start of the guarantee period shall be the date the irrigation system is accepted by the Owner.4.Complete operating and maintenance instruction for all major equipment.5.Irrigation product manufacturers warrantees.B.In addition to the above-mentioned maintenance manuals, provide the Owner's maintenance personnel withinstructions for maintaining major equipment and show evidence in writing to the Owner's Representative at theconclusion of the project that this has been rendered.PART 2 PRODUCTS2.1MATERIALS GENERALA.All materials shall be of standard, approved and first grade quality and shall be new and in perfect condition wheninstalled and accepted.B.The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standardof quality and configuration desired only. Other manufacturer's equipment may be submitted for approval with writtenapproval by the Owner's Representative. Substituted equipment shall not substantially alter the operations of the system.C.Approval of any items or substitutions indicates only that the product(s) apparently meet the requirements of thedrawings and specifications on the basis of the information or samples submitted. The Contractor shall be responsible forthe performance of substituted items. If the substitution proves to be unsatisfactory or not compatible with other parts ofthe system, the Contractor shall replace said items with the originally specified items, including all necessary work andmodifications to replace the items, at no cost to the owner.2.2RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEM DESIGNATIONA.Where irrigation systems use reclaimed water, all products including valve boxes, lateral and main line pipe, etc.where applicable and/or required by local code shall have the reclaimed water purple color designation.2.3PIPING MATERIALA.Individual types of pipe and fittings supplied are to be of compatible manufacturer unless otherwise approved.Pipe sizes shown are nominal inside diameter unless otherwise noted.B.Plastic pipe:1.All pipe shall be free of blisters, internal striations, cracks, or any other defects or imperfections. The pipe shall be continuously and permanently marked with the following information: manufacturer's name or trade mark, size, class and type of pipe pressure rating, quality control identifications, date of extrusion, and National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) rating.2.Pressure main line for piping upstream of remote control valves and quick coupling valves:a.Pipe smaller than 2 inch diameter shall be plastic pipe for use with solvent weld or threaded fittings. Shall be manufactured rigid virgin polyvinyl chloride (PVC) 1220, Type 1, Grade 2 conforming to ASTM D 1785,designated as Schedule 40.b.Pipe 2 - 3 inch diameter shall be manufactured rigid virgin polyvinyl chloride (PVC), Type 1, Grade 2 conforming to ASTM D 1785, designated as bell gasket Class 315.c.Pipe larger than 3 inch diameter shall be manufactured rigid virgin polyvinyl chloride (PVC), Type 1, Grade 2 conforming to ASTM D 1785, designated as bell gasket Class 200 PVC.3.Non_pressure lateral line for piping downstream of remote control valves: plastic pipe for use with solventweld or threaded fittings. Shall be manufactured rigid virgin polyvinyl chloride PVC 1220 (type 1, grade 2) conforming to ASTM d 1785, designated as Class 200, 3/4 minimum size.C.Galvanized pipe shall be used for above ground connections to, backflow prevention device assemblies, hosebibs, and booster pumps and as shown on the plans and details.1.Pipe shall be hot dip galvanized continuous welded, seamless, Schedule 40 conforming to applicable currentASTM standards.2.4FITTINGS AND CONNECTIONS:A.Polyvinyl chloride pipe fittings and connections: Type II, Grade 1, Schedule 40, high impact molded fittings,manufactured from virgin compounds as specified for piping tapered socket or molded thread type, suitable for eithersolvent weld or screwed connections. Machine threaded fittings and plastic saddle and flange fittings are not acceptable.Furnish fittings permanently marked with following information: nominal pipe size, type and schedule of material, andNational Sanitation Foundation (NSF) seal of approval. PVC fittings shall conform to ASTM D2464 and D2466.B.Brass pipe fittings, unions and connections: standard 125 pound class 85% red brass fittings and connections,IPS threaded.C.PVC Schedule 80 threaded risers and nipples: Type I, grade 1, Schedule 80, high impact molded, manufacturedfrom virgin compounds as specified for piping and conforming to ASTM D-2464. Threaded ends shall be molded threadsonly. Machined threads are not acceptable.D.Galvanized pipe fittings shall be galvanized malleable iron ground joint Schedule 40 conforming to applicablecurrent ASTM standards.2.5SOLVENT CEMENTS AND THREAD LUBRICANTA.Solvent cements shall comply with ASTM D2564. Socket joints shall be made per recommended procedures forjoining PVC plastic pipe and fittings with PVC solvent cement and primer by the pipe and fitting manufacturer andprocedures outlined in the appendix of ASTM D2564.B.Thread lubricant shall be Teflon ribbon-type, or approved equal, suitable for threaded installations as permanufacturer's recommendations.C.Pipe Joint Compound (Pipe dope) shall be used on all galvanized threaded connections. Pipe JointCompound is a white colored, non-separating thread sealant compound designed to seal threaded connections againstleakage due to internal pressure. It shall contain PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene) to permit a tighter assembly with lowertorque, secure permanent sealing of all threaded connections and allow for easy disassembly without stripping ordamaging threads.2.6BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICESA.The backflow prevention device shall be certified to NSF/ANSI 372 shall be ASSE Listed 1013, rated to 180degree F, and supplied with full port ball valves.B.The main body and access covers shall be low lead bronze (ASTM B 584)C.The seat ring and all internal polymers shall be NSF Listed Noryl and the seat disc elastomers shall be silicone.D.Backflow Preventer shall be as indicated on the drawings.2.7PRESSURE REGULATORA.Pressure regulator shall certified to NSF/ANSI 372, consisting of low lead bronze body bell housing, a separateaccess cap shall be threaded to the body and shall not require the use of ferrous screws.

B.The main valve body shall be cast bronze (ASTM B 584).C.The access covers shall be bronze (ASTM B 584 or Brass ASTM B 16)D.The assembly shall be of the balanced piston design and shall reduce the pressure in both flow and no flowconditions.E.Pressure regulator shall be as indicated on the drawings.2.7.WYE STRAINERA.Strainer shall conform to MIL - S -16293, and be ANSI 3rd party certified to comply with the states leadplumbing law 0.25% maximum weighted average lead content.B.The main body shall be low lead bronze (ASTM B 584)C.The access covers shall be yellow brass or cast bronze (ASTM B 16 or ASTM B 584)D.Strainer screen shall be 300 series stainless steel available in 20, 40, 60, 80, or 100 mesh.E.Wye strainer shall be as indicated on the plans.2.8BACKFLOW PREVENTER CAGEA.A heavy-duty steel mesh cage with rust proof finish. The caging shall be sized to allow space for the entire pipingassembly associated with the Backflow Preventer unit, and all associated equipment.B.The cage shall include the manufacturers' standard tamper proof locking mechanism.C.Provide a concrete base as detailed on the drawings.D.Backflow Preventer Cage type, manufacturer and color shall be as indicated on the plans.2.9BOOSTER PUMPE.Booster pump shall be housed in a sturdy, locking, weather-resistant case, furnished for maximum exteriorprotection.F.Booster pump shall be as indicated on the drawings. .2.10BALL VALVESA.Ball valves for 3/4 inch through 2 - 1/2 inch shall be of PVC, block, tru-union design with EDPDM seals ando-ring.B.Ball valves for 3 inch and larger shall be gate design and shall be iron body, brass or bronze mounted AWWAgate valves, and shall have a clear waterway equal to the full nominal diameter of the valve, and shall be rubber gasket,flanged or mechanical joint only, and shall be able to withstand a continuous working pressure of 150 PSI. Valve shall beequipped with a square-operating nut.C.All ball valves located in a valve manifold shall be the same size as the main line (1-1/2 inch size minimum).Provide pipe - reducing adapters down stream of valves, as required. All ball valves in line shall be the same size as thepipe.D.Ball valves shall be as indicated on the drawings.2.11CHECK VALVESA.Swing check valves 2 inch and smaller shall be 200 lbs., W.O.G., bronze construction with replaceablecomposition, neoprene or rubber disc and shall meet or exceed federal specification WW- V -5ld, class a, type iv.B.Anti - drain valves shall be of heavy-duty virgin PVC construction with female iron pipe thread inlet and outlet.Internal parts shall be stainless steel and neoprene. Anti - drain valves shall be field adjustable against draw out from 5 to40 feet of head.C.Check valves shall be as indicated on the drawings.2.12REMOTE CONTROL VALVESA.Remote control valves shall be electrically operated, single seat, normally closed configuration, equipped withflow control adjustment and capability for manual operation.B.Valves shall be actuated by a normally closed low wattage solenoid using 24 volts, 50/60 cycle solenoid powerrequirement. Solenoid shall be epoxy encased. A union shall be installed on the discharge end.1.Battery operated controllers and controllers utilizing DC power shall be actuate by a normally closed low wattage solenoid using 9 volts. A union shall be installed on the discharge end.C.Remote control valves shall be wired to controller in same numerical sequence as indicated on drawings.D.Remote control valves shall be as indicated on the drawings.2.13SURGE ARRESTORA.Surge arrestor shall be a single copper piece with a one - inch (1") threaded lead free brass connection.B. Surge arrestor shall be designed to operate on all domestic and commercial lines with a minimum 150 PSIworking pressure.C. Surge arrestor shall be as indicated on the drawings.2.14MASTER CONTROL VALVESD.Master Control Valve shall be compatible with the irrigation controller.E.Master control valves shall be as indicated on the drawings.2.15FLOW SENSORA.Flow sensor shall be compatible with the irrigation controller.B.Flow sensor shall be as indicated on the drawings.2.16HYDROMETERC.Hydrometer shall be compatible with the irrigation controller.D.Hydrometer shall be as indicated on the drawings.2.17QUICK COUPLER VALVESA.Quick coupler valves shall be a one or two piece, heavy-duty brass construction with a working pressure of 150PSI with a built in flow control and a self - closing valve.B.Quick coupler shall be equipped with locking red brass cap covered with durable yellow thermo-plastic rubbercover. Key size shall be compatible with quick coupler and of same manufacturer.C.Quick coupler valves shall be as indicated on the drawings.2.18SPRINKLER HEADSD.All sprinkler heads shall have check valves installed.E.All sprinkler heads shall be as indicated on the drawings.F.Riser nipples for all sprinkler heads shall be the same size as the riser opening in the sprinkler body andfabricated as shown on the drawings.2.19EMITTERS.A.All emitters shall be pressure compensating.B.All emitters shall be as indicated on the drawings.C.Swing joints that are installed with the emitter shall be the same size as the emitter opening and as shown on thedrawings.2.20AUTOMATIC CONTROLLERD.Controller shall be housed in a sturdy, locking, weather - resistant case, furnished for maximum exteriorprotection.E.Controller shall be equipped with evapo-transpiration (ET) sensor, which adjusts the controller programmingbased on local climatic conditions. The sensor shall also have a rain sensing shut-off switch, wind sensing shut off switch,and freeze sensing shut-off of switch.1.If a moisture sensor is used in lieu of an evapo-transpiration sensor an additional sensor, which has a rain-sensing shut - off switch, wind sensing shut-off switch, and freeze sensing shut-off switch shall be provided.C.Automatic controller shall be as indicated on the drawings.2.21CONTROLLER DECODERSD.All decoders shall be per the controller manufacturer's specifications.E.Decoder model number shall be as shown on the drawings.2.22LIGHTING ARRESTORSF.All lighting arrestors shall be per the controller manufacturer's specifications.G.Lighting arrestor model numbers shall be as shown on the drawings.2.23MOISTURE SENSORSH.All moisture sensors shall be approved for use by the controller manufacturer.I.Moisture sensor model number shall be as shown on the drawings.2.24ELECTRICAL CONTROL WIRINGA.Low voltage1.The electrical control wire shall be direct burial type UF, no. 14 AWG, solid, single conductor, copper wire UL approved or larger, if required to operate system as designed.a.For 2 - Wire controllers all irrigation wire for the controller, flow sensor, master valve, hydrometer, remotecontrol valves and moisture sensors shall be per the controller manufacturer's specifications and recommendations.2.Color code wires to each valve. Common wire shall be white.3.If multiple controllers are being utilized, and wire paths of different controllers cross each other, both common and control wires from each controller to be of different colors.4.Control wire splices: Splices are when required shall be placed in splice boxes.5.Wire connections shall be per the controller manufacturer's specifications and recommendations.

B.High voltage1.Shall be of type as required by local codes and ordinances.2.Shall be of proper size to accommodate needs of equipment it is to serve.2.25VALVE BOXES AND MATERIALSA.Valve boxes: valve boxes shall be constructed of concrete fiber material, natural gray in color, with rigid base andsides and shall be supplied with bolt lock cover secured with stainless steel bolts. Cover shall be identified as shown ondrawings. Provide box extensions as required.1.Surge Arrestors shall use a 14 inch x 19 inch x 24" rectangular box.2.Master valves, flow sensors, remote control irrigation valves, gate valves, and ball valves 3 inch or less in size shall use a 14 inch x 19 inch x 12 inch rectangular box.3.Quick coupler valves, wire splices, and grounding rods shall use a 10 inch circular box.4.Grounding rods shall be in a 8 inch circular box.2.26CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKSA.Concrete thrust blocks shall be sized per the pipe manufactures requirement or as indicated on the drawings.2.27VALVE IDENTIFICATION TAGSA.Valve Identification Tags shall be 2.25 inch x 2.65 inch polyurethane. Color: potable water; yellow / Non-potablewater; purple. Tags shall be permanently attached to each remote control valve with tamper proof seals as indicated onthe drawings.2.28EQUIPMENT TO BE FURNISHED TO OWNERA.Two (2) sets of keys for each automatic controller.B.Two (2) 48 inch tee wrenches for operating the gate valves.C.Three (3) sets of special tools required for removing, disassembling and adjusting each type of sprinkler andvalve supplied on this project.D.Five (5) Extra sprinkler heads, nozzles, shrub adapters, nozzle filter screens, for each type used on the project.E.Two (2) quick coupler keys to match manufacturer type of quick coupler.F.Two (2) decoders of each type used on the project.G.One (1) moisture sensor of each type used on the project.2.29INCIDENTAL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTA.Furnish all materials and equipment not specified above, but which are necessary for completion of the work asintended.2.30MAIN LINE LOCATOR TAPEA.3 - inch wide plastic detectable locator tape.2.31MAIN LINE AND LATERAL LINE BEDDING SANDA.Sand shall consist of natural or manufactured granular material, free of organic material, mica, loam, clay orother substances not suitable for the intended purpose.B.Sand shall be masonry sand ASTM C 144 or coarse concrete sand, ASTM C 33.PART 3 EXECUTION3.1GENERAL REQUIREMENTSA.Code requirements shall be those of state and municipal codes and regulations locally governing this work,providing that any requirements of the drawings and specifications, not conflicting therewith, but exceeding the coderequirements, shall govern unless written permission to the contrary is granted by the Owner's Representative.B.Extreme care shall be exercised at all times by the Contractor in excavating and working in the project area dueto existing utilities and irrigation systems to remain. Contractor shall be fully responsible for expenses incurred in therepair of damages caused by their operation.1.The Contractor is responsible for identifying and maintaining existing irrigation main lines that supply water to areas on the site as noted on the drawings and outside of the proposed limit of work. The Contractor shall relocate or replace existing irrigation main line piping as required to provide a continuous supply of water to all areas of existing irrigation on site.a.Providing continuous water supply shall include hand watering and or the use of watering trucks to provide adequate water.C.Plan locations of backflow preventers, valves, controllers, irrigation lines, sleeves, spray heads and otherequipment are diagrammatic and indicate the spacing and relative locations of all installations. Final site conditions andexisting and proposed plantings shall determine final locations and adjusted as necessary and as directed to meetexisting and proposed conditions and obtain complete water coverage. Minor changes in locations of the above fromlocations shown shall be made as necessary to avoid existing and proposed trees, piping, utilities, structures, etc. at theContractor's expense or when directed by the Owner's Representative.1.The Contractor shall be held responsible for relocation of any items without first obtaining the Owner'sRepresentative's approval. The Contractor shall remove and relocate such items at their expense if so directed by the Owner's Representative.D.Prior to any work the Contractor shall stake out locations of all pipe, valves, equipment and irrigation heads andemitters using an approved staking method and maintain the staking of the approved layout in accordance with thedrawings and any required modifications. Verify all horizontal and vertical site dimensions prior to staking of heads. Donot exceed spacing shown on drawings for any given area. If such modified spacing demand additional or less materialthan shown on the drawings, notify the Owner's Representative before beginning any work in the adjacent area.E.Stub out main line at all end runs and as shown on drawings. Stub out wires for future connection whereindicated on plan and as directed.F.Point of connection shall be approximately as shown on drawings. Connect new underground piping and valvesand provide all flanges, adapters or other necessary fittings for connection.G.Permission to shut off any existing in - use water line must be obtained 48 hours in advance, in writing from theOwner. The Contractor shall receive instructions from the Owner's Representative as to the exact length of time of eachshut-off.H.No fittings shall be installed on pipe underneath pavement or walls.I.Prior to starting any work, Contractor shall obtain a reading of existing static water pressure (no flow condition) atthe designated point of connection and immediately submit written verification of pressure with date and time of recordingto Owner's Representative.3.2TRENCHING, DIRECTIONAL BORING AND SLEEVINGA.Perform all trenching, directional boring, sleeving and excavations as required for the installation of the workincluded under this section, including shoring of earth banks to prevent cave - ins.B.The Contractor may directional bore lines where it is practical or where required on the plans.1.Extend the bore 1' past the edge of pavement unless noted differently on the plans2.Cap ends of each bore and locate ends at finished grade using metal stakes.3.All boring and sleeving shall have detectable locator tape placed at the ends of the pipe.C.Make trenches for mains, laterals and control wiring straight and true to grade and free of protruding stones,roots or other material that would prevent proper bedding of pipe or wire.D.Excavate trenches wide enough to allow a minimum of 4 - inch between parallel pipelines and 8 - inches fromlines of other trades. Maintain 3 - inch vertical clearance between irrigation lines. Minimum transverse angle is 45degrees. All pipes shall be able to be serviced or replaced without disturbing the other pipes.E.Trenches for pipelines shall be made of sufficient depth to provide the minimum cover from finished grade asfollows:4.Pressure main line: 18 inches below finish grade and 24 - 30 inches below paved areas in Schedule 40 PVC sleeves.5.Reclaimed water constant pressure main lines shall cross at least twelve (12) inches below potable waterlines.a.If a constant pressure reclaimed water main line must be installed above a potable water line or less than twelve (12) inches below a potable water line, then reclaimed water line shall be installed within an approved protective sleeve. The sleeve shall extend ten (10) feet from each side of the center of the potable line, for a total of twenty (20) feet. The sleeve shall be color-coded (purple) for use with reclaimedwater.3.Lateral lines: 12 inches below finish grade and 18 inches below paved areas in Schedule 40 PVC sleeves.4.Control wiring: to the side of pressure main line and 24 inches below paved areas in Schedule 40 PVC sleeves.F.On new on - site systems (post - meter), the required horizontal separation between potable water lines,reclaimed water constant pressure main lines and sewer lines shall be a minimum of four (4) feet apart as directed by theproject engineer and/ or regulatory agency. Measurements shall be between facing surfaces, not pipe centerlines.G.When trenching through areas of imported or modified soil, deposit imported or modified soils on one side oftrench and subsoil on opposite side.H.Backfill the trench per the requirements in paragraphs “Backfilling and Compacting” below.

3.3PIPE INSTALLATIONA.General Pipe Installation1.Exercise caution in handling, loading and storing, of plastic pipe and fittings to avoid damage.a.The pipe and fittings shall be stored under cover until using, and shall be transported in a vehicle with a bed long enough to allow the length of pipe to lay flat so as not to be subjected to undue bending or concentrated external load at any point.b.All pipe that has been dented or damaged shall be discarded unless such dent or damaged section is cut out and pipe rejoined with a coupling.2.Trench depth shall be as specified above from the finish grade to the top of the pipe.3.Install a detectable pipe locator tape 6 to 8 inches above all main line pipes.B.Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe (PVC) Installation1.Under no circumstance is pipe to rest on concrete, rock, wood blocks, construction debris or similar items.2.No water shall be permitted in the pipe until a period of at least 24 hours has elapsed for solvent weld settingand curing.3.Install assemblies and pipe to conform to respective details and where shown diagrammatically on drawings,using first class workmanship and best standard practices as approved. All fittings that are necessary for proper connections such as swing joints, offsets, and reducing bushings that are not shown on details shall be installed as necessary and directed as part of the work.4.Dielectric bushings shall be used in any connections of dissimilar metals.5.Gasketed plastic pipe: pipe - to - pipe joints or pipe to fittings shall be made in accordance with manufacturer's specifications.6.Solvent weld or threaded plastic pipe:a.Installation of all pipe and fittings shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's specifications.b.Pipe shall be cut using approved PVC pipe cutters only. Sawed joints are disallowed. All field cuts shall be beveled to remove burrs and excess before gluing.c.Welded joints shall be given a minimum of 15 minutes to set before moving or handling. Excess solventon the exterior of the joint shall be wiped clean immediately after assembly.d.Plastic to metal connections shall be made with plastic adapters and if necessary, short (not close) brassthreaded_nipples. Connection shall be made with two (2) wraps of Teflon tape and hand tightened plus one turn with a strap wrench.e.Snake pipe horizontally in trench to allow one (1) foot of expansion and contraction per 100 feet of straight run.f.Threaded pipe joints shall be made using Teflon tape. Solvent shall not be used with threaded joints. Pipe shall be protected from tool damage during assembly. All damaged pipe shall be removed and replaced.Take up threaded joints with light wrench pressure.g.No close nipples or risers are allowed. Cross connections in piping is disallowed.h.Center load pipe at 10 feet on center intervals with small amount of backfill to prevent arching and slipping under pressure. Other than this preliminary backfill all pipe joints, fittings and connections are to remain uncovered until successful completion of hydrostatic testing and written approval of the testingreport.i.Concrete thrust blocks shall be constructed behind all pipe fittings 1-1/2 inch diameter and larger at all changes of direction of 45 degrees or more.C.Galvanized Pipe Installation1.All joints shall be threaded with pipe joint compound used on all threads.2.Dielectric bushings shall be used in any connections of dissimilar metals.3.4TRENCHING, DIRECTIONAL BORING, AND SLEEVING REVIEW:A.Upon completion and installation of all trenching, directional boring, and sleeving, all installed irrigation controlwiring, lines and fittings shall be visually observed by the Owner's Representative unless otherwise authorized. Do notcover any wires, lines or fittings until they have been tested and observed by the Owner's Representative.3.5FLUSHINGA.Openings in piping system during installation are to be capped or plugged to prevent dirt and debris from enteringpipe and equipment. Remove plugs when necessary to flush or complete system.B.After completion and prior to the installation of any terminal fittings, the entire pipeline system shall be thoroughlyflushed to remove dirt, debris or other material.3.6HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TESTINGA.After flushing, and the installation of valves the following tests shall be conducted in the sequence listed below.The Contractor shall furnish all equipment; materials and labor necessary to perform the tests and all tests shall beconducted in the presence of the Owner's Representative.B.Water pressure tests shall be performed on all pressure main lines before any couplings, fittings, valves and thelike are concealed.C.Immediately prior to testing, all irrigation lines shall be purged of all entrapped air or debris by adjusting controlvalves and installing temporary caps forcing water and debris to be discharged from a single outlet.D.Test all pressure main line at 150 PSI. For a minimum of four (4) hours with an allowable loss of 5 PSI. Pressureand gauges shall be read in PSI, and calibrated such that accurate determination of potential pressure loss can beascertained.E.Re - test as required until the system meets the requirements. Any leaks, which occur during test period, will berepaired immediately following the test. All pipe shall be re - tested until final written acceptance.F.The Contractor is responsible for proving documentation stating the weather conditions, date, the start time andinitial water pressure readings, the finish time and final water pressure readings and the type of equipment used toperform the test. The documentation must be signed by a witness acceptable to the Owner, verifying all of the above -mentioned conditions.G.Submit a written report of the pressure testing results with the other above required information to the Owner'sRepresentative for approval.3.7BACKFLOW PREVENTER TESTINGA.The backflow preventer shall be tested according to procedures and results per the requirements of theFoundation for Cross - Connection Control and Hydraulic Research, University of Southern California or American WaterWorks Association whichever is more stringent.B.Testing shall be performed by a Backflow Prevention Assembly Tester with a current certification from theAmerican Backflow Preventer Association.3.8CONTROLLER AND BOOSTER PUMP TESTING AND CERTIFICATIONC.Controller and booster Pump shall be certified by manufacturer (if Applicable for warranty)3.9BACKFILLING AND COMPACTINGA.Irrigation trenches shall be carefully backfilled with material approved for backfilling and free of rocks and debrisone (1) inch in diameter and larger. When back filling trenches in areas of imported or modified planting soil, replace anyexcavated subsoil at the bottom and the imported soil or modified planting soil at the top of the trench.B.Backfill shall be compacted with approved equipment to the following densities1.Backfill under pavement and within 2 feet of the edge of pavement: Compact to 95% or greater of maximumdry density standard proctor.2.Backfill of subsoil under imported planting mixes or modified existing planting soil: Between 85 and 90% of maximum dry density standard proctor.3.Backfill of imported planting mixes or modified existing planting soil: Compact to the requirements of the adjacent planting mix or planting soil as specified in section “Planting Soil”.C.Finish grade of all trenches shall conform to adjacent grades without dips or other irregularities. Dispose ofexcess soil or debris off site at Contractor's expense.D.Any settling of backfill material during the maintenance or warranty period shall be repaired at the Contractor'sexpense, including any replacement or repair of soil, lawn, and plant material or paving surface.3.10RESURFACING PAVING OVER TRENCHESE.Restore all surfaces and repair existing underground installations damaged or cut as a result of the excavation totheir original condition, satisfactory to the Owner's Representative.F.Trenches through paved areas shall be resurfaced with same materials quality and thickness as existing material.Paving restoration shall be performed by the project paving Sub-contractor or an approved Contractor skilled in pavingwork.G.The cost of all paving restoration work shall be the responsibility of the irrigation Contractor unless the trenchingthru the paving was, by previous agreement, part of the general project related construction.3.11INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENTA.General:1.All equipment shall be installed to meet all installation requirements of the product manufacturer. In the event that the manufactures requirements cannot be implemented due to particular condition at the site or with other parts of the design, obtain the Owner's Representative's written authorization and approval for any modifications.2.Install all equipment at the approximately at the location(s) and as designated and detailed on the drawings.Verify all locations with the Owner's Representative.3.Install all valves within a valve box of sufficient size to accommodate the installation and servicing of the equipment. Group valves together where practical and locate in shrub planting areas.4.All sprinkler irrigation systems that are using water from potable water systems shall require backflowprevention. All backflow prevention devices shall meet and be installed in accordance with requirements set forth by local codes and the health department.B.Pressure regulator:1.Set regulator for required PSI per manufacturer's specifications.C.Check Valve:1.Install check valves approximately at the locations necessary to prevent low head run off.

D.Remote control valves:1.Install one remote control valve per valve box.2.Remote control valve manifolds and quick coupler valves shall be separate allowing use of a quick couplerwith all remote control valves shut off.3.Install boxes no farther than 12 inches from edge of paving and perpendicular to edge of paving and parallelto each other. Allow 12 inches clearance between adjacent valve boxes.E.Quick coupler valve:1.Install each quick coupler valve in its own valve box.2.Install thrust blocks on quick couplers.3.Place no closer than 12 inches to adjacent paving.4.Install 18 inches off set from main line.F.Sprinkler heads:1.All main lines and lateral lines, including risers, shall be flushed and pressure tested before installingsprinkler heads.2.Install specified sprinkler heads as shown in details at locations shown on the drawings. Adjust layout for full coverage, spacing of heads shall not exceed the maximum spacing recommended by the manufacturer.3.All sprinkler heads shall be set perpendicular to finish grade unless otherwise designated on the drawings or details.G.Emitters:1.All main lines and lateral lines, including swing joints, shall be flushed and pressure tested before installingsprinkler heads.2.Install emitters as shown in details at locations shown on the drawings.3.All emitters shall be set perpendicular to finish grade unless otherwise designated on the drawings or details.4.All emitters installed on slopes shall have a check valve installed between the riser and emitter.5.Soil around the emitter and swing joint shall be water settled to remove air pockets so that irrigation waterruns through the plant root ball.H.Decoders:1.Valve decoders shall be installed as shown in the details as shown on the drawings.2.Valve decoders shall be secured to the valve box with the decoder model number facing up using stainlesssteel self tapping screws.3.Valve decoder tags shall mounted in the controller box and shall indicate valve number in the irrigationsequence, irrigation emitter type and physical location within the project as shown on the plans.4.Electrical connections from the irrigation valve and decoder shall be made using controller manufacturerapproved connectors.5.Prior to grease packing the irrigation wire connections, the irrigation system shall be tested at the controller.I.Moisture sensors:1.Moisture sensors shall be installed as shown in the details at locations shown on the drawings.2.Moisture sensors shall be tested for operation at the controller prior to backfilling.3.One moisture sensor shall be installed for each emitter and plant type.4.Moisture sensors for turf shall be installed 5" below finished grade at location that is an equal distancebetween two overhead emitters.5.Moisture sensors for point source irrigation emitters to trees shall be installed 12" below finished grade at the berm inner edge and angled down 45°.6.Moisture sensors for point source irrigation emitters to all other plants shall be installed 8" below finishedgrade at the berm inner edge and angled down 45°.7.Install specified sprinkler heads as shown in details at locations shown on the drawings. Adjust layout for full coverage, spacing of heads shall not exceed the maximum spacing recommended by the manufacturer.8.After moisture sensors have been tested and backfilled the irrigation system shall run until moisture levels in the soil reach field capacity to establish the moisture sensor baseline.J.Irrigation controllers:3.Remote control valves shall be connected to controller in numerical sequence as shown on the drawings.4.Controller shall be tested with complete electrical connections. The Contractor shall be responsible for temporary power to the controller for operation and testing purposes.5.Connections to control wiring shall be made within the pedestal of the controller. All wire shall follow the pressure main insofar as possible.6.Electrical wiring shall be in a rigid gray PVC plastic conduit from controller to electrical outlet. The electricalContractor shall be responsible for installing all wiring to the controller, in order to complete this installation.A disconnect switch shall be included.K.Wiring:1.Low Voltagea.Control wiring between controller and electrical valves shall be installed in the same trench as the main line where practical. The wire shall be bundled and secured to the lower quadrant of the trench at 10 foot intervals with plastic electrical tape.a)2 - wire controller wiring shall be installed in Sch 40 electrical conduit. Conduit shall be a minimum1-1/2 inch in size.b.When the control wiring cannot be installed in the same main line trench it shall be installed a minimum of 18 inches below finish grade and a bright colored plastic ribbon with suitable markings shall be installed in the trench 6 inches below grade directly over the wire.c.An expansion loop shall be provided every 500 feet in a box and inside each valve box. Expansion loop shall be formed by wrapping wire at least eight (8) times around a ¾ inch pipe and withdrawing pipe.d.Provide one control wire to service each valve in system.e.Provide 2 common wire(s) per controller.f.Run two (2) spare #14 - 1 wires from controller along entire main line to last electric remote control valveon each and every leg of main line. Label spare wires at controller and wire stub to be located in a box.g.All control wire splices not occurring at control valve shall be installed in a separate splice valve box.h.Wire markers (sealed, 1 inch to 3 inch square) are to identify control wires at valves and at terminal stripsof controller. At the terminal strip mark each wire clearly indicting valve circuit number.2.High Voltagea.All electrical work shall conform to local codes, ordinances and any authorities having jurisdiction. All high voltage electrical work to be performed by licensed electrician.b.The Contractor shall provide 120 - volt power connection to the automatic controller unless notedotherwise on drawings.L.Valve boxes:1.Install one valve box for each type of valve installed as per the details.2.Gravel sump shall be installed after compaction of all trenches. Final portion of gravel shall be placed insidevalve box after valve is backfilled and compacted.3.Permanently label valve number and or controller letter on top of valve box lid using a method approved by the Owners Representative.M.Tracer wire:1.Tracer wire shall be installed with non - metallic plastic irrigation main lines where controller wires are not buried in the same trench as the main line.2.The tracer wire shall be placed on the bottom of the trench under the vertical projection of the pipe with spliced joints soldered and covered with insulation type tape.3.Tracer wire shall be of a color not used for valve wiring. Terminate wire in a valve box. Provide enoughlength of wire to make a loop and attach wire marker with the designation "tracer wire".N.Drip Installation:1.Clamp fittings with Oetiker clamps or approved equal when operating pressure exceeds specific drip tubingfitting requirements.2.When installing drip tubing, install soil staples as listed below:a.Sandy Soil - One staple every three (3') feet and two (2) staples on each change of direction (tee, elbow,or cross).b.Loam Soil - One staple every four (4') feet and two (2) staples on each change of direction (tee, elbow, or cross).c.Clay Soil - One staple every five (5') feet and two (2) staples on each change of direction (tee, elbow, or cross).3.Cap or plug all openings as soon as lines have been installed to prevent the intrusion of materials that wouldobstruct the pipe. Leave in place until removal is necessary for completion of installation.4.Thoroughly flush all water lines before installing valves and other hydrants.3.12ADJUSTMENT AND COVERAGE TESTA.Adjustment:1.The Contractor shall flush and adjust all sprinkler heads, valves and all other equipment to ascertain that they function according to the manufacturer's data.2.Adjust all sprinkler heads not to overspray onto walks, roadways and buildings when under maximumoperating pressure and during times of normal prevailing winds.B.Coverage test:The Contractor shall perform the coverage test in the presence of the Owner's Representative after all 141
L&L Landscape UpdatesSheet of Date: Scale: Project:Urban Tree Foundation1512 W. Mineral KingAve. Visalia, Ca 93291559-713-0631www.urbantree.orgDrawing DescriptionDate xx.xx.xx1st City Submittal
23005.110.31.202322
U:\23\23005 - Lisendra Heights\Land\CD's\CD_01\Phase_01\23005.1_specs_24x36.dwg31.10.2023bygregmendonsa 1" = 20'City of VisaliaLisendra Heights Phase 01SpecificationsL-2021

1.l sprinkler heads have been installed, flushed and adjusted. Each section is tested to demonstrate uniformand adequate coverage of the planting areas serviced.2.Any systems that require adjustments for full and even coverage shall be done by the Contractor prior to final acceptance at the direction of the Owner's Representative at no additional cost. Adjustments may also include realignment of pipes, addition of extra heads, and changes in nozzle type or size.3.The Contractor at no additional cost shall immediately correct all unauthorized changes or improperinstallation practices.4.The entire irrigation system shall be operating properly with written approval of the installation by the Owner's representative prior to beginning any planting operations.3.13REPAIR OF PLANTING SOILA.Any areas of planting soil including imported or existing soils or modified planting soil which become compactedor disturbed or degraded as a result of the installation of the irrigation system shall be restored to the specified quality andcompaction prior to beginning planting operations at no additional expense to the Owner. Restoration methods and depthof compaction remediation shall be approved by the Owner's Representative.3.14CLEAN-UPA.During installation, keep the site free of trash, pavements reasonably clean and work area in an orderly conditionat the end of each day. Remove trash and debris in containers from the site no less than once a week.a.Immediately clean up any spilled or tracked soil, fuel, oil, trash or debris deposited by the Contractor from all surfaces within the project or on public right of ways and neighboring property.B.Once installation is complete, wash all soil from pavements and other structures.1.Make all repairs to grades ruts, and damage to the work or other work at the site.2.Remove and dispose of all excess soil, packaging, and other material brought to the site by the Contractor.3.15PROTECTIONA.The Contractor shall protect installed irrigation work from damage due to operations by other Contractors ortrespassers.1.Maintain protection during installation until Acceptance. Treat, repair or replace damaged work immediately.The Owner's Representative shall determine when such treatment, replacement or repair is satisfactory.3.16PRE - MAINTENANCE OBSERVATION:A.Once the entire system shall be completely installed and operational and all planting is installed, the Owner'sRepresentative shall observe the system and prepare a written punch list indicating all items to be corrected and thebeginning date of the maintenance period.B.This is not final acceptance and does not relieve the Contractor from any of the responsibilities in the contractdocuments.3.17GENERAL MAINTENANCE AND THE MAINTENANCE PERIODA.General maintenance shall begin immediately after installation of irrigation system. The general maintenance andthe maintenance period shall include the following:1.On a weekly basis the Contractor shall keep the irrigation system in good running order and makeobservations on the entire system for proper operation and coverage. Repair and cleaning shall be done to keep the system in full operation.2.Records of all timing changes to control valves from initial installation to time of final acceptance shall be kept and turned over to the Owner's Representative at the time of final acceptance.3.During the last week of the maintenance period, provide equipment familiarization and instruction on the total operations of the system to the personnel who will assume responsibility for running the irrigation system.4.At the end of the maintenance period, turn over all operations logs, manuals, instructions, schedules, keys and any other equipment necessary for operation of the irrigation system to the Owner's Representative who will assume responsibility for the operations and maintenance of the irrigation system.B.The maintenance period for the irrigation system shall coincide with the maintenance period for the Planting.(See specification section “Planting”3.18SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION ACCEPTANCEA.Upon written notice from the Contractor, the Owners Representative shall review the work and make adetermination if the work is substantially complete.B.The date of substantial completion of the irrigation shall be the date when the Owner's Representative acceptsthat all work in Planting, Planting Soil, and Irrigation installation sections is complete.3.19FINAL ACCEPTANCE / SYSTEM MALFUNCTION CORRECTIONSA.At the end of the Plant Warrantee and Maintenance period, (See specification section “Planting”) the Owner'sRepresentative shall inspect the irrigation work and establish that all provisions of the irrigation system are complete andthe system is working correctly.1.Restore any soil settlement over trenches and other parts of the irrigation system.2.Replace, repair or reset any malfunctioning parts of the irrigation system.B.The Contractor shall show all corrections made from punch list. Any items deemed not acceptable shall bereworked and the maintenance period will be extended.C.The Contractor shall show evidence that the Owner's Representative has received all charts, records, drawings,and extra equipment as required before final acceptance.D.Failure to pass review: If the work fails to pass final review, any subsequent observations must be rescheduledas per above. The cost to the Owner for additional observations will be charged to the Contractor at the prevailing hourlyrate of the reviewer.END OF SECTION 32 84 00SECTION 32 93 00PLANTINGPART 1 GENERAL1.1SUMMARYA.The scope of work includes all labor, materials, appliances, tools, equipment, facilities, transportation andservices necessary for, and incidental to performing all operations in connection with furnishing, delivery, and installationof plant (also known as "landscaping”) complete as shown on the drawings and as specified herein.B.The scope of work in this section includes, but is not limited to, the following:1.Locate, purchase, deliver and install all specified plants.2.Water all specified plants.3.Mulch, fertilize, stake, and prune all specified plants.4.Maintenance of all specified plants until the beginning of the warranty period.5.Plant warranty.6.Clean up and disposal of all excess and surplus material.7.Maintenance of all specified plants during the warranty period.1.2CONTRACT DOCUMENTSA.Shall consist of specifications and general conditions and the construction drawings. The intent of thesedocuments is to include all labor, materials, and services necessary for the proper execution of the work. The documentsare to be considered as one. Whatever is called for by any parts shall be as binding as if called for in all parts.1.3RELATED DOCUMENTS AND REFERENCESA.Related Documents:8.Drawings and general provisions of contract including general and supplementary conditions and Division I specifications apply to work of this section9.Related Specification Sectionsa.Section - Planting Soilb.Section - Irrigationc.Section - Lawnd.Section - Tree Protection and Plant ProtectionB.References: The following specifications and standards of the organizations and documents listed in thisparagraph form a part of the specification to the extent required by the references thereto. In the event that therequirements of the following referenced standards and specification conflict with this specification section therequirements of this specification shall prevail. In the event that the requirements of any of the following referencedstandards and specifications conflict with each other the more stringent requirement shall prevail or as determined by theOwners Representative.10.State of California, Department of Food and Agriculture, Regulations for Nursery Inspections, Rules and Grading.11.ANSI Z60.1 American Standard for Nursery Stock, most current edition.12.ANSI A 300 - Standard Practices for Tree, Shrub and other Woody Plant Maintenance, most current editionand parts.13.Florida Grades and Standards for Nursery Stock, current edition (Florida Department of Agriculture,Tallahassee FL).14.Interpretation of plant names and descriptions shall reference the following documents. Where the names or plant descriptions disagree between the several documents, the most current document shall prevail.a.USDA - The Germplasm Resources Information Network (GRIN) http://www.ars-grin.gov/npgs/searchgrin.htmlb.Manual of Woody Landscape Plants; Michael Dirr; Stipes Publishing, Champaign, Illinois; Most Current Edition.c.The New Sunset Western Garden Book, Oxmoor House, most current edition.6.Pruning practices shall conform to recommendations “Structural Pruning: A Guide For The Green Industry”most current edition; published by Urban Tree Foundation, Visalia, California.7.Glossary of Arboricultural Terms, International Society of Arboriculture, Champaign IL, most current edition.1.4VERIFICATIONA.All scaled dimensions on the drawings are approximate. Before proceeding with any work, the Contractor shallcarefully check and verify all dimensions and quantities, and shall immediately inform the Owner's Representative of anydiscrepancies between the information on the drawings and the actual conditions, refraining from doing any work in saidareas until given approval to do so by the Owner's Representative.B.In the case of a discrepancy in the plant quantities between the plan drawings and the plant call outs, list or plantschedule, the number of plants or square footage of the planting bed actually drawn on the plan drawings shall bedeemed correct and prevail.1.5PERMITS AND REGULATIONSA.The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits related to this section of the work unless previously excludedunder provision of the contract or general conditions. The Contractor shall comply with all laws and ordinances bearing onthe operation or conduct of the work as drawn and specified. If the Contractor observes that a conflict exists betweenpermit requirements and the work outlined in the contract documents, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner'sRepresentative in writing including a description of any necessary changes and changes to the contract price resultingfrom changes in the work.B.Wherever references are made to standards or codes in accordance with which work is to be performed ortested, the edition or revision of the standards and codes current on the effective date of this contract shall apply, unlessotherwise expressly set forth.C.In case of conflict among any referenced standards or codes or between any referenced standards and codesand the specifications, the more restrictive standard shall apply or Owner's Representative shall determine which shallgovern.1.6PROTECTION OF WORK, PROPERTY AND PERSONA.The Contractor shall adequately protect the work, adjacent property, and the public, and shall be responsible forany damages or injury due to his/her actions.1.7CHANGES IN THE WORKA.The Owner's Representative may order changes in the work, and the contract sum should be adjustedaccordingly. All such orders and adjustments plus claims by the Contractor for extra compensation must be made andapproved in writing before executing the work involved.B.All changes in the work, notifications and contractor's request for information (RFI) shall conform to the contractgeneral condition requirements.1.8CORRECTION OF WORKA.The Contractor, at their own cost, shall re-execute any work that fails to conform to the requirements of thecontract and shall remedy defects due to faulty materials or workmanship upon written notice from the Owner'sRepresentative, at the soonest as possible time that can be coordinated with other work and seasonal weather demands. 1.9DEFINITIONSAll terms in this specification shall be as defined in the “Glossary of Arboricultural Terms” or as modified below.A.Boxed trees: A container root ball package made of wood in the shape of a four-sided box.B.Container plant: Plants that are grown in and/or are currently in a container including boxed trees.C.Defective plant: Any plant that fails to meet the plant quality requirement of this specification.D.End of Warranty Final Acceptance: The date when the Owner's Representative accepts that the plants and workin this section meet all the requirements of the warranty. It is intended that the materials and workmanship warranty forPlanting, Planting Soil, and Irrigation work run concurrent with each other.E.Field grown trees (B&B): Trees growing in field soil for at least 12 months prior to harvest.F.Healthy: Plants that are growing in a condition that expresses leaf size, crown density, color; and with annualgrowth rates typical of the species and cultivar's horticultural description, adjusted for the planting site soil, drainage andweather conditions.G.Kinked root: A root within the root package that bends more than 90 degrees.H.Maintenance: Actions that preserve the health of plants after installation and as defined in this specification.I.Maintenance period: The time period, as defined in this specification, which the Contractor is to providemaintenance.J.Normal: the prevailing protocol of industry standard(s).K.Owner's Representative: The person appointed by the Owner to represent their interest in the review andapproval of the work and to serve as the contracting authority with the Contractor. The Owner's Representative mayappoint other persons to review and approve any aspects of the work.L.Reasonable and reasonably: When used in this specification relative to plant quality, it is intended to mean thatthe conditions cited will not affect the establishment or long term stability, health or growth of the plant. This specificationrecognizes that it is not possible to produce plants free of all defects, but that some accepted industry protocols andstandards result in plants unacceptable to this project.When reasonable or reasonably is used in relation to other issues such as weeds, diseased, insects, it shallmean at levels low enough that no treatment would be required when applying recognized Integrated PlantManagement practices.This specification recognizes that some decisions cannot be totally based on measured findings and thatprofessional judgment is required. In cases of differing opinion, the Owner's Representative's expert shalldetermine when conditions are judged as reasonable.M.Root ball: The mass of roots including any soil or substrate that is shipped with the tree within the root ballpackage.N.Root ball package. The material that surrounds the root ball during shipping. The root package may include thematerial in which the plant was grown, or new packaging placed around the root ball for shipping.O.Root collar (root crown, root flare, trunk flare, flare): The region at the base of the trunk where the majority of thestructural roots join the plant stem, usually at or near ground level.P.Shrub: Woody plants with mature height approximately less than 15 feet.Q.Spade harvested and transplanted: Field grown trees that are mechanically harvested and immediatelytransplanted to the final growing site without being removed from the digging machine.R.Stem: The trunk of the tree.S.Substantial Completion Acceptance: The date at the end of the Planting, Planting Soil, and Irrigation installationwhere the Owner's Representative accepts that all work in these sections is complete and the Warranty period has begun.This date may be different than the date of substantial completion for the other sections of the project.T.Stem girdling root: Any root more than ¼ inch diameter currently touching the trunk, or with the potential to touchthe trunk, above the root collar approximately tangent to the trunk circumference or circling the trunk. Roots shall beconsidered as Stem Girdling that have, or are likely to have in the future, root to trunk bark contact.U.Structural root: One of the largest roots emerging from the root collar.V.Tree: Single and multi-stemmed plants with mature height approximately greater than 15 feet.1.10SUBMITTALSA.See contract general conditions for policy and procedure related to submittals.B.Submit all product submittals 8 weeks prior to installation of plantings.C.Product data: Submit manufacturer product data and literature describing all products required by this section tothe Owner's Representative for approval. Provide submittal eight weeks before the installation of plants.D.Plant growers' certificates: Submit plant growers' certificates for all plants indicating that each meets therequirements of the specification, including the requirements of tree quality, to the Owner's Representative for approval.Provide submittal eight weeks before the installation of plants.E.Samples: Submit samples of each product and material where required by the specification to the Owner'sRepresentative for approval. Label samples to indicate product, characteristics, and locations in the work. Samples will bereviewed for appearance only. Compliance with all other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor.F.Plant sources: Submit sources of all plants as required by Article - “Selection of Plants” to the Owner'sRepresentative for approval.G.Close out submittals: Submit to the Owner's Representative for approval.1.Plant maintenance data and requirements.H.Warranty period site visit record: If there is no maintenance during the warranty period, after each site visit duringthe warranty period, by the Contractor, as required by this specification, submit a written record of the visit, including anyproblems, potential problems, and any recommended corrective action to the Owner's Representative for approval.I.Installation plan submitted a minimum of 14 days prior to the scheduled installation. Plan should describe themethods, activities, materials and schedule to achieve installation of plants.

1.11OBSERVATION OF THE WORKA.The Owner's Representative may observe the work at any time. They may remove samples of materials forconformity to specifications. Rejected materials shall be immediately removed from the site and replaced at theContractor's expense. The cost of testing materials not meeting specifications shall be paid by the Contractor.B.The Owner's Representative shall be informed of the progress of the work so the work may be observed at thefollowing key times in the construction process. The Owner's Representative shall be afforded sufficient time to schedulevisit to the site. Failure of the Owner's Representative to make field observations shall not relieve the Contractor frommeeting all the requirements of this specification.1.SITE CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE START OF PLANTING: review the soil and drainage conditions.2.COMPLETION OF THE PLANT LAYOUT STAKING: Review of the plant layout.3.PLANT QUALITY: Review of plant quality at the time of delivery and prior to installation. Review tree qualityprior to unloading where possible, but in all cases prior to planting.4.COMPLETION OF THE PLANTING: Review the completed planting.1.12PRE - CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCEA.Schedule a pre - construction meeting with the Owner's Representative at least seven (7) days before beginningwork to review any questions the Contractor may have regarding the work, administrative procedures during constructionand project work schedule.1.13QUALITY ASSURANCEA.Substantial Completion Acceptance - Acceptance of the work prior to the start of the warranty period:1.Once the Contractor completes the installation of all items in this section, the Owner's Representative will observe all work for Substantial Completion Acceptance upon written request of the Contractor. The requestshall be received at least ten calendar days before the anticipated date of the observation.2.Substantial Completion Acceptance by the Owner's Representative shall be for general conformance to specified size, character and quality and not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for full conformance to the contract documents, including correct species.3.Any plants that are deemed defective as defined under the provisions below shall not be accepted.B.The Owner's Representative will provide the Contractor with written acknowledgment of the date of SubstantialCompletion Acceptance and the beginning of the warranty period and plant maintenance period (if plant maintenance isincluded).C.Contractor's Quality Assurance Responsibilities: The Contractor is solely responsible for quality control of thework.D.Installer Qualifications: The installer shall be a firm having at least 5 years of successful experience of a scopesimilar to that required for the work, including the handling and planting of large specimen trees in urban areas. The samefirm shall install planting soil (where applicable) and plant material.1.The bidders list for work under this section shall be approved by the Owner's Representative.2.Installer Field Supervision: When any planting work is in progress, installer shall maintain, on site, a full-timesupervisor who can communicate in English with the Owner's Representative.3.Installer's field supervisor shall have a minimum of five years experience as a field supervisor installingplants and trees of the quality and scale of the proposed project, and can communicate in English with the Owner's Representative.4.The installer's crew shall have a minimum of 3 years experienced in the installation of Planting Soil, Plantings, and Irrigation (where applicable) and interpretation of soil plans, planting plans and irrigationplans.5.Submit references of past projects, employee training certifications that support that the Contractors meetsall of the above installer qualifications and applicable licensures.1.14PLANT WARRANTY:A.The Contractor agrees to replace defective work and defective plants. The Owner's Representative shall makethe final determination if plants meet these specifications or that plants are defective.1.Plants warranty shall begin on the date of Substantial Completion Acceptance and continue for the followingperiods, classed by plant type:a.Trees - 1 Year(s).b.Shrubs - 1 Year(s).c.Ground cover and perennial flower plants - 1 Year(s).d.Bulbs, annual flower and seasonal color plants - for the period of expected bloom or primary display.B.When the work is accepted in parts, the warranty periods shall extend from each of the partial SubstantialCompletion Acceptances to the terminal date of the last warranty period. Thus, all warranty periods for each class of plantwarranty, shall terminate at one time.C.All plants shall be warrantied to meet all the requirements for plant quality at installation in this specification.Defective plants shall be defined as plants not meeting these requirements. The Owner's representative shall make thefinal determination that plants are defective.D.Plants determined to be defective shall be removed immediately upon notification by the Owner's Representativeand replaced without cost to the Owner, as soon as weather conditions permit and within the specified planting period.E.Any work required by this specification or the Owner's Representative during the progress of the work, to correctplant defects including the removal of roots or branches, or planting plants that have been bare rooted during installationto observe for or correct root defects shall not be considered as grounds to void any conditions of the warranty. In theevent that the Contractor decides that such remediation work may compromise the future health of the plant, the plant orplants in question shall be rejected and replaced with plants that do not contain defects that require remediation orcorrection.F.The Contractor is exempt from replacing plants, after Substantial Completion Acceptance and during thewarranty period, that are removed by others, lost or damaged due to occupancy of project, lost or damaged by a thirdparty, vandalism, or any natural disaster.G.Replacements shall closely match adjacent specimens of the same species. Replacements shall be subject to allrequirements stated in this specification. Make all necessary repairs due to plant replacements. Such repairs shall bedone at no extra cost to the Owner.H.The warranty of all replacement plants shall extend for an additional one-year period from the date of theiracceptance after replacement. In the event that a replacement plant is not acceptable during or at the end of the saidextended warranty period, the Owner's Representative may elect one more replacement items or credit for each item.These tertiary replacement items are not protected under a warranty period.I.During and by the end of the warranty period, remove all tree wrap, ties, and guying unless agreed to by theOwner's Representative to remain in place. All trees that do not have sufficient caliper to remain upright, or thoserequiring additional anchorage in windy locations, shall be staked or remain staked, if required by the Owner'sRepresentative.E.End of Warranty Final Acceptance - Acceptance of plants at the end of the warranty period.1.At the end of the warranty period, the Owner's Representative shall observe all warranted work, upon writtenrequest of the Contractor. The request shall be received at least ten calendar days before the anticipateddate for final observation.2.End of Warranty Final Acceptance will be given only when all the requirements of the work under this specification and in specification sections Planting Soil and Irrigation have been met.1.15SELECTION AND OBSERVATION OF PLANTSA.The Owner's Representative may review all plants subject to approval of size, health, quality, character, etc.Review or approval of any plant during the process of selection, delivery, installation and establishment period shall notprevent that plant from later rejection in the event that the plant quality changes or previously existing defects becomeapparent that were not observed.B.Plant Selection: The Owner's Representative reserves the right to select and observe all plants at the nurseryprior to delivery and to reject plants that do not meet specifications as set forth in this specification. If a particular defect orsubstandard element can be corrected at the nursery, as determined by the Owner's Representative, the agreed uponremedy may be applied by the nursery or the Contractor provided that the correction allows the plant to meet therequirements set forth in this specification. Any work to correct plant defects shall be at the contractor's expense.1.The Owner's Representative may make invasive observation of the plant's root system in the area of the root collar and the top of the root ball in general in order to determine that the plant meets the qualityrequirements for depth of the root collar and presence of roots above the root collar. Such observations will not harm the plant.2.Corrections are to be undertaken at the nursery prior to shipping.C.The Contractor shall bear all cost related to plant corrections.D.All plants that are rejected shall be immediately removed from the site and acceptable replacement plantsprovided at no cost to the Owner.E.Submit to the Owner's Representative, for approval, plant sources including the names and locations of nurseriesproposed as sources of acceptable plants, and a list of the plants they will provide. The plant list shall include thebotanical and common name and the size at the time of selection. Observe all nursery materials to determine that thematerials meet the requirements of this section.1.The following nurseries are pre-approved to supply plants for this project:n/aF.Trees shall be purchased from the growing nursery. Re-wholesale plant suppliers shall not be used as sourcesunless the Contractor can certify that the required trees are not directly available from a growing nursery. WhenRe-wholesale suppliers are utilized, the Contractor shall submit the name and location of the growing nursery from wherethe trees were obtained by the re - wholesale seller. The re - wholesale nursery shall be responsible for any required plantquality certifications.G.The Contractor shall require the grower or re-wholesale supplier to permit the Owner's Representative to observethe root system of all plants at the nursery or job site prior to planting including random removal of soil or substrate aroundthe base of the plant. Observation may be as frequent and as extensive as needed to verify that the plants meet therequirements of the specifications and conform to requirements.H.Each tree shall have a numbered seal applied by the Contractor. The seal shall be placed on a lateral branch onthe north side of the tree. The seal shall be a tamper proof plastic seal bearing the Contractors name and a unique seven- digit number embossed on the seal.1.Do not place seals on branches that are so large that there is not sufficient room for the branch growth over the period of the warranty.I.The Owner's Representative may choose to attach their seal to each plant, or a representative sample. Viewing and/or sealing of plants by the Owner's Representative at the nursery does not preclude the Owner's Representative'sright to reject material while on site. The Contractor is responsible for paying any up charge for the Owner'sRepresentative to attach their seal to specific plants.J.Where requested by the Owner's Representative, submit photographs of plants or representative samples ofplants. Photographs shall be legible and clearly depict the plant specimen. Each submitted image shall contain a heightreference, such as a measuring stick. The approval of plants by the Owner's Representative via photograph does notpreclude the Owner's Representative's right to reject material while on site.1.16PLANT SUBSTITUTIONS FOR PLANTS NOT AVAILABLEA.Submit all requests for substitutions of plant species, or size to the Owner's Representative, for approval, prior topurchasing the proposed substitution. Request for substitution shall be accompanied with a list of nurseries contacted inthe search for the required plant and a record of other attempts to locate the required material. Requests shall alsoinclude sources of plants found that may be of a smaller or larger size, or a different shape or habit than specified, orplants of the same genus and species but different cultivar origin, or which may otherwise not meet the requirements ofthe specifications, but which may be available for substitution.1.17SITE CONDITIONSA.It is the responsibility of the Contractor to be aware of all surface and sub-surface conditions, and to notify theOwner's Representative, in writing, of any circumstances that would negatively impact the health of plantings. Do notproceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.1.Should subsurface drainage or soil conditions be encountered which would be detrimental to growth or survival of plant material, the Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative in writing, stating the conditions and submit a proposal covering cost of corrections. If the Contractor fails to notify the Owner'sRepresentative of such conditions, he/she shall remain responsible for plant material under the warrantyclause of the specifications.B.It is the responsibility of the Contractor to be familiar with the local growing conditions, and if any specified plantswill be in conflict with these conditions. Report any potential conflicts, in writing, to the Owner's Representative.C.This specification requires that all Planting Soil and Irrigation (if applicable) work be completed and acceptedprior to the installation of any plants.1.Planting operations shall not begin until such time that the irrigation system is completely operational for the area(s) to be planted, and the irrigation system for that area has been preliminarily observed and approvedby the Owner's Representative.D.Actual planting shall be performed during those periods when weather and soil conditions are suitable inaccordance with locally accepted horticultural practices.1.Do not install plants into saturated or frozen soils. Do not install plants during inclement weather, such as rain or snow or during extremely hot, cold or windy conditions.1.18PLANTING AROUND UTILITIESA.Contractor shall carefully examine the civil, record, and survey drawings to become familiar with the existingunderground conditions before digging.B.Determine location of underground utilities and perform work in a manner that will avoid possible damage. Handexcavate, as required. Maintain grade stakes set by others until parties concerned mutually agree upon removal.C.Notification of Local Utility Locator Service, 811, is required for all planting areas: The Contractor is responsiblefor knowing the location and avoiding utilities that are not covered by the Local Utility Locator Service. PART 2 PRODUCTS2.1PLANTS: GENERALA.Standards and measurement: Provide plants of quantity, size, genus, species, and variety or cultivars as shownand scheduled in contract documents.1.All plants including the root ball dimensions or container size to trunk caliper ratio shall conform to ANSI Z60.1 “American Standard for Nursery Stock” latest edition, unless modified by provisions in this specification. When there is a conflict between this specification and ANSI Z60.1, this specification sectionshall be considered correct.2.Plants larger than specified may be used if acceptable to the Owner's Representative. Use of such plantsshall not increase the contract price. If larger plants are accepted the root ball size shall be in accordancewith ANSI Z-60.1. Larger plants may not be acceptable if the resulting root ball cannot be fit into the requiredplanting space.3.If a range of size is given, no plant shall be less than the minimum size and not less than 50 percent of the plants shall be as large as the maximum size specified. The measurements specified are the minimum and maximum size acceptable and are the measurements after pruning, where pruning is required.B.Proper Identification: All trees shall be true to name as ordered or shown on planting plans and shall be labeledindividually or in groups by genus, species, variety and cultivar.C.Compliance: All trees shall comply with federal and state laws and regulations requiring observation for plantdisease, pests, and weeds. Observation certificates required by law shall accompany each shipment of plants.1.Clearance from the local county agricultural commissioner, if required, shall be obtained before plantingtrees originating outside the county in which they are to be planted.D.Plant Quality:2.General: Provide healthy stock, grown in a nursery and reasonably free of die-back, disease, insects, eggs,bores, and larvae. At the time of planting all plants shall have a root system, stem, and branch form that will not restrict normal growth, stability and health for the expected life of the plantPlant quality above the soil line:a.Plants shall be healthy with the color, shape, size and distribution of trunk, stems, branches, buds and leaves normal to the plant type specified. Tree quality above the soil line shall comply with the projectCrown Acceptance details (or Florida Grades and Standards, tree grade Florida Fancy or Florida #1) and the following:1.)Crown: The form and density of the crown shall be typical for a young specimen of the species orcultivar pruned to a central and dominant leader.a.)Crown specifications do not apply to plants that have been specifically trained in the nursery astopiary, espalier, multi-stem, clump, or unique selections such as contorted or weeping cultivars.2.)Leaves: The size, color, and appearance of leaves shall be typical for the time of year and stage ofgrowth of the species or cultivar. Trees shall not show signs of prolonged moisture stress or overwatering as indicated by wilted, shriveled, or dead leaves.3.)Branches: Shoot growth (length and diameter) throughout the crown should be appropriate for the ageand size of the species or cultivar. Trees shall not have dead, diseased, broken, distorted, orotherwise injured branches.a.)Main branches shall be distributed along the central leader not clustered together. They shall forma balanced crown appropriate for the cultivar/species.b.) Branch diameter shall be no larger than two-thirds (one-half is preferred) the diameter of the centralleader measured 1 inch above the branch union.c.) The attachment of the largest branches (scaffold branches) shall be free of included bark.4.)Trunk: The tree trunk shall be relatively straight, vertical, and free of wounds that penetrate to thewood (properly made pruning cuts, closed or not, are acceptable and are not considered wounds),sunburned areas, conks (fungal fruiting bodies), wood cracks, sap leakage, signs of boring insects,galls, cankers, girdling ties, or lesions (mechanical injury).5.) Temporary branches, unless otherwise specified, can be present along the lower trunk below thelowest main (scaffold) branch, particularly for trees less than 1 inch in caliper. These branches shouldbe no greater than 3/8-inch diameter. Clear trunk should be no more than 40% of the total height ofthe tree.b.Trees shall have one central leader. If the leader was headed, a new leader (with a live terminal bud) at least one-half the diameter of the pruning cut shall be present.1.)All trees are assumed to have one central leader trees unless a different form is specified in the plantlist or drawings.c.All graft unions, where applicable, shall be completely closed without visible sign of graft rejection. All grafts shall be visible above the soil line.d.Trunk caliper and taper shall be sufficient so that the lower five feet of the trunk remains vertical without a stake. Auxiliary stake may be used to maintain a straight leader in the upper half of the tree.3.Plant quality at or below the soil line:a.Plant roots shall be normal to the plant type specified. Root observations shall take place withoutimpacting tree health. Root quality at or below the soil line shall comply with the project Root Acceptancedetails and the following:1.)The roots shall be reasonably free of scrapes, broken or split wood.2.)The root system shall be reasonably free of injury from biotic (e.g., insects and pathogens) andabiotic (e.g., herbicide toxicity and salt injury) agents. Wounds resulting from root pruning usedto produce a high quality root system are not considered injuries.3.)A minimum of three structural roots reasonably distributed around the trunk (not clustered on one side) shall be found in each plant. Root distribution shall be uniform throughout the root ball,and growth shall be appropriate for the species.a.)Plants with structural roots on only one side of the trunk (J roots) shall be rejected.4.)The root collar shall be within the upper 2 inches of the substrate/soil. Two structural roots shallreach the side of the root ball near the top surface of the root ball. The grower may request a modification to this requirement for species with roots that rapidly descend, provided that the grower removes all stem girdling roots above the structural roots across the top of the root ball.5.)The root system shall be reasonably free of stem girdling roots over the root collar or kinked roots from nursery production practices.a.)Plant Grower Certification: The final plant grower shall be responsible to havedetermined that the plants have been root pruned at each step in the plant production processto remove stem girdling roots and kinked roots, or that the previous production system usedpractices that produce a root system throughout the root ball that meets these specifications.Regardless of the work of previous growers, the plant's root system shall be modified at the finalproduction stage, if needed, to produce the required plant root quality. The final grower shall certify in writing that all plants are reasonably free of stem girdling and kinked roots as definedin this specification, and that the tree has been grown and harvested to produce a plant thatmeets these specifications.6.)At time of observations and delivery, the root ball shall be moist throughout. Roots shall not showsigns of excess soil moisture conditions as indicated by stunted, discolored, distorted, or dead roots.E.Submittals: Submit for approval the required plant quality certifications from the grower where plants are to bepurchased, for each plant type. The certification must state that each plant meets all the above plant quality requirements.1.The grower's certification of plant quality does not prohibit the Owner's Representative from observing any plant or rejecting the plant if it is found to not meet the specification requirements.2.2ROOT BALL PACKAGE OPTIONS: The following root ball packages are permitted. Specific root ball packagesshall be required where indicated on the plant list or in this specification. Any type of root ball packages that is notspecifically defined in this specification shall not be permitted.A.CONTAINER (INCLUDING ABOVE-GROUND FABRIC CONTAINERS AND BOXES) PLANTS2.Container plants may be permitted only when indicated on the drawing, in this specification, or approved by the Owner's Representative.3.Provide plants shall be established and well rooted in removable containers.4.Container class size shall conform to ANSI Z60.1 for container plants for each size and type of plant.2.5PLANTING SOILB.Planting Soil as used in this specification means the soil at the planting site, or imported as modified and definedin specification Section Planting Soil. If there is no Planting Soil specification, the term Planting Soil shall mean the soil atthe planting site within the planting hole.2.6MULCHA.Mulch shall be 'Decorative Rock Mulch' The size range shall be a minimum 3/8".1.It is understood that mulch quality will vary significantly from supplier to supplier and region to region. The above requirements may be modified to conform to the source material from locally reliable suppliers as approved by the Owner's Representative.B.Submit supplier's product specification data sheet and a one gallon sample for approval.2.7TREE STAKING AND GUYING MATERIALC.Tree guying to be flat woven polypropylene material, 3/4 inch wide, and 900 lb. break strength. Color to beGreen. Product to be ArborTie manufactured by Deep Root Partners, L.P. or approved equal.D.Stakes shall be lodge pole stakes free of knots and of diameters and lengths appropriate to the size of plant asrequired to adequately support the plant.E.Below ground anchorage systems to be constructed of 2 x 2 dimensional untreated wood securing (using 3 inchlong screws) horizontal portions to 4 feet long vertical stakes driven straight into the ground outside the root ball.F.Submit manufacturer's product data for approval.PART 3 EXECUTION3.1SITE EXAMINATIONA.Examine the surface grades and soil conditions to confirm that the requirements of the Specification Section -Planting Soil - and the soil and drainage modifications indicated on the Planting Soil Plan and Details (if applicable) havebeen completed. Notify the Owner's Representative in writing of any unsatisfactory conditions.3.2DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLINGA.Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and storage. Adequately protect plants from drying out,exposure of roots to sun, wind or extremes of heat and cold temperatures. If planting is delayed more than 24 hours afterdelivery, set plants in a location protected from sun and wind. Provide adequate water to the root ball package during theshipping and storage period.1.All plant materials must be available for observation prior to planting.2.Using a soil moisture meter, periodically check the soil moisture in the root balls of all plants to assure that the plants are being adequately watered. Volumetric soil moisture shall be maintained above wilting point and below field capacity for the root ball substrate or soil.B.Do not deliver more plants to the site than there is space with adequate storage conditions. Provide a suitableremote staging area for plants and other supplies.1.The Owner's Representative or Contractor shall approve the duration, method and location of storage of plants.C.Provide protective covering over all plants during transporting.3.3PLANTING SEASONA.Planting shall only be performed when weather and soil conditions are suitable for planting the materialsspecified in accordance with locally accepted practice. Install plants during the planting time as described below unlessotherwise approved in writing by the Owner's Representative. In the event that the Contractor request planting outside thedates of the planting season, approval of the request does not change the requirements of the warranty.3.4ADVERSE WEATHER CONDITIONSA.No planting shall take place during extremely hot, dry, windy or freezing weather.3.5COORDINATION WITH PROJECT WORKA.The Contractor shall coordinate with all other work that may impact the completion of the work.B.Prior to the start of work, prepare a detailed schedule of the work for coordination with other trades.C.Coordinate the relocation of any irrigation lines, heads or the conduits of other utility lines that are in conflict withtree locations. Root balls shall not be altered to fit around lines. Notify the Owner's Representative of any conflictsencountered.3.6LAYOUT AND PLANTING SEQUENCEA.Relative positions of all plants and trees are subject to approval of the Owner's Representative.B.Notify the Owner's Representative, one (1) week prior to layout. Layout all individual tree and shrub locations.Place plants above surface at planting location or place a labeled stake at planting location. Layout bed lines with paintfor the Owner's Representative's approval. Secure the Owner's Representative's acceptance before digging and start ofplanting work.C.When applicable, plant trees before other plants are installed.D.It is understood that plants are not precise objects and that minor adjustments in the layout will be required asthe planting plan is constructed. These adjustments may not be apparent until some or all of the plants are installed. Makeadjustments as required by the Owner's Representative including relocating previously installed plants.3.7SOIL PROTECTION DURING PLANT DELIVERY AND INSTALLATIONA.Protect soil from compaction during the delivery of plants to the planting locations, digging of planting holes andinstalling plants.1.Where possible deliver and plant trees that require the use of heavy mechanized equipment prior to final soil preparation and tilling. Where possible, restrict the driving lanes to one area instead of driving over and compacting a large area of soil.2.Till to a depth of 6 inches, all soil that has been driven over during the installation of plants.3.8SOIL MOISTUREA.Volumetric soil moisture level, in both the planting soil and the root balls of all plants, prior to, during and afterplanting shall be above permanent wilting point and below field capacity for each type of soil texture within the followingranges.Soil typePermanent wilting pointField capacitySand, Loamy sand, Sandy loam5 - 8% 12-18%Loam, Sandy clay, Sandy clay loam14 - 25% 27-36%Clay loam, Silt loam11 - 22% 31 - 36%Silty clay, Silty clay loam22 - 27% 38 - 41%1.Volumetric soil moisture shall be measured with a digital moisture meter. The meter shall be the Digital Soil Moisture Meter, DSMM500 by General Specialty Tools and Instruments, or approved equivalent.B.The Contractor shall confirm the soil moisture levels with a moisture meter. If the moisture is too high, suspendplanting operations until the soil moisture drains to below field capacity.3.9INSTALLATION OF PLANTS: GENERALA.Observe each plant after delivery and prior to installation for damage of other characteristics that may causerejection of the plant. Notify the Owner's Representative of any condition observed.B.No more plants shall be distributed about the planting bed area than can be planted and watered on the sameday.C.The root system of each plant, regardless of root ball package type, shall be observed by the Contractor, at thetime of planting to confirm that the roots meet the requirements for plant root quality in Part 2 Products: Plants General:Plant Quality. The Contractor shall undertake at the time of planting, all modifications to the root system required by theOwner's Representative to meet these quality standards.1.Modifications, at the time of planting, to meet the specifications for the depth of the root collar and removal of stem girdling roots and circling roots may make the plant unstable or stress the plant to the point that the Owner's Representative may choose to reject the plant rather than permitting the modification.2.Any modifications required by the Owner's Representative to make the root system conform to the plant quality standards outlined in Part 2 Products: Plants General: Quality, or other requirements related to the permitted root ball package, shall not be considered as grounds to modify or void the plant warranty.3.The resulting root ball may need additional staking and water after planting. The Owner's Representativemay reject the plant if the root modification process makes the tree unstable or if the tree is not healthy at the end of the warranty period. Such plants shall still be covered under the warranty4.The Contractor remains responsible to confirm that the grower has made all required root modificationsnoted during any nursery observations. 142
L&L Landscape UpdatesSheet of Date: Scale: Project:Urban Tree Foundation1512 W. Mineral KingAve. Visalia, Ca 93291559-713-0631www.urbantree.orgDrawing DescriptionDate xx.xx.xx1st City Submittal
23005.110.31.202322
U:\23\23005 - Lisendra Heights\Land\CD's\CD_01\Phase_01\23005.1_specs_24x36.dwg31.10.2023bygregmendonsa 1" = 20'City of VisaliaLisendra Heights Phase 01SpecificationsL-2122 D.Container and Boxed Root Ball Shaving: The outer surfaces of ALL plants in containers and boxes, including thetop, sides and bottom of the root ball shall be shaved to remove all circling, descending, and matted roots. Shaving shallbe performed using saws, knives, sharp shovels or other suitable equipment that is capable of making clean cuts on theroots. Shaving shall remove a minimum of one inch of root mat or up to 2 inches as required to remove all root segmentsthat are not growing reasonably radial to the trunk.E.Exposed Stem Tissue after Modification: The required root ball modifications may result in stem tissue that hasnot formed trunk bark being exposed above the soil line. If such condition occurs, wrap the exposed portion of the stem ina protective wrapping with a white filter fabric. Secure the fabric with biodegradable masking tape. DO NOT USE string,twine, green nursery ties or any other material that may girdle the trunk if not removed.F.Excavation of the Planting Space: Using hand tools or tracked mini-excavator, excavate the planting hole into thePlanting Soil to the depth of the root ball measured after any root ball modification to correct root problems, and wideenough for working room around the root ball or to the size indicated on the drawing or as noted below.1.For trees and shrubs planted in soil areas that are NOT tilled or otherwise modified to a depth of at least 12 inches over a distance of more than 10 feet radius from each tree, or 5 feet radius from each shrub, the soil around the root ball shall be loosened as defined below or as indicated on the drawings.a.The area of loosening shall be a minimum of 3 times the diameter of the root ball at the surface sloping to 2 times the diameter of the root ball at the depth of the root ball.b.Loosening is defined as digging into the soil and turning the soil to reduce the compaction. The soil does not have to be removed from the hole, just dug, lifted and turned. Lifting and turning may be accomplished with a tracked mini excavator, or hand shovels.2.If an auger is used to dig the initial planting hole, the soil around the auger hole shall be loosened as definedabove for trees and shrubs planted in soil areas that are NOT tilled or otherwise modified.3.The measuring point for root ball depth shall be the average height of the outer edge of the root ball after any required root ball modification.4.If motorized equipment is used to deliver plants to the planting area over exposed planting beds, or used to loosen the soil or dig the planting holes, all soil that has been driven over shall be tilled to a depth of 6 inches.H.For trees to be planted in prepared Planting Soil that is deeper than the root ball depth, compact the soil underthe root ball using a mechanical tamper to assure a firm bedding for the root ball. If there is more than 12 inches ofplanting soil under the root ball excavate and tamp the planting soil in lifts not to exceed 12 inches.I.Set top outer edge of the root ball at the average elevation of the proposed finish. Set the plant plumb and uprightin the center of the planting hole. The tree graft, if applicable, shall be visible above the grade. Do not place soil on top ofthe root ball.J.The Owner's Representative may request that plants orientation be rotated when planted based on the form ofthe plant.K.Backfill the space around the root ball with the same planting soil or existing soil that was excavated for theplanting space. See Specification Section Planting Soil, for requirements to modify the soil within the planting bed.L.Brace root ball by tamping Planting Soil around the lower portion of the root ball. Place additional Planting Soilaround base and sides of ball in six - inch (6") lifts. Lightly tamp each lift using foot pressure or hand tools to settle backfill,support the tree and eliminate voids. DO NOT over compact the backfill or use mechanical or pneumatic tampingequipment. Over compaction shall be defined as greater than 85% of maximum dry density, standard proctor or greaterthan 250 psi as measured by a cone penetrometer when the volumetric soil moisture is lower than field capacity.1.When the planting hole has been backfilled to three quarters of its depth, water shall be poured around the root ball and allowed to soak into the soil to settle the soil. Do not flood the planting space. If the soil is abovefield capacity, allow the soil to drain to below field capacity before finishing the planting. Air pockets shall be eliminated and backfill continued until the planting soil is brought to grade level.M.Where indicated on the drawings, build a 4 inch high, level berm of Planting Soil around the outside of the rootball to retain water. Tamp the berm to reduce leaking and erosion of the saucer.N.Thoroughly water the Planting Soil and root ball immediately after planting.O.Remove all nursery plant identification tags and ribbons as per Owner's Representative instructions. The Owner'sRepresentative's seals are to remain on plants until the end of the warranty period.3.11GROUND COVER, PERENNIAL AND ANNUAL PLANTSA.Assure that soil moisture is within the required levels prior to planting. Irrigation, if required, shall be applied atleast 12 hours prior to planting to avoid planting in muddy soils.B.Assure that soil grades in the beds are smooth and as shown on the plans.C.Plants shall be planted in even, triangularly spaced rows, at the intervals called out for on the drawings, unlessotherwise noted. The first row of Annual flower plants shall be 6 inches from the bed edge unless otherwise directed.D.Dig planting holes sufficiently large enough to insert the root system without deforming the roots. Set the top ofthe root system at the grade of the soil.E.Schedule the planting to occur prior to application of the mulch. If the bed is already mulched, pull the mulch fromaround the hole and plant into the soil. Do not plant the root system in the mulch. Pull mulch back so it is not on the rootball surface.F.Press soil to bring the root system in contact with the soil.G.Spread any excess soil around in the spaces between plants.H.Apply mulch to the bed being sure not to cover the tops of the plants with or the tops of the root ball with mulch.I.Water each planting area as soon as the planting is completed. Apply additional water to keep the soil moistureat the required levels. Do not over water.3.13STAKING AND GUYINGA.Do not stake or guy trees unless specifically required by the Contract Documents, or in the event that theContractor feels that staking is the only alternative way to keep particular trees plumb.1.The Owner's Representative shall have the authority to require that trees are staked or to reject staking as an alternative way to stabilize the tree.2.Trees that required heavily modified root balls to meet the root quality standards may become unstable. The Owner's Representative may choose to reject these trees rather than utilize staking to temporarily supportthe tree.B.Trees that are guyed shall have their guys and stakes removed after one full growing season or at other times asrequired by the Owner's Representative.C.Tree guying shall utilize the tree staking and guying materials specified. Guying to be tied in such a manner as tocreate a minimum 12 - inch loop to prevent girdling. Refer to manufacturer's recommendations and the planting detail forinstallation.1.Plants shall stand plumb after staking or guying.2.Stakes shall be driven to sufficient depth to hold the tree rigid.D.For trees planted in planting mix over waterproofed membrane, use dead men buried 24 inches to the top of thedead man, in the soil. Tie the guy to the dead man with a double wrap of line around the dead man followed by a doublehalf hitch. When guys are removed, leave the dead men in place and cut the guy tape 12 inches above the ground,leaving the tape end covered in mulch.3.14TREE BARK PROTECTIONE.For all street trees in commercial areas where indicted on the drawings, apply a Tree Bark Protector to each tree.3.15STRAIGHTENING PLANTSA.Maintain all plants in a plumb position throughout the warranty period. Straighten all trees that move out of plumbincluding those not staked. Plants to be straightened shall be excavated and the root ball moved to a plumb position, andthen re-backfilled.B.Do not straighten plants by pulling the trunk with guys.3.16INSTALLATION OF FERTILIZER AND OTHER CHEMICAL ADDITIVESA.Do not apply any soluble fertilizer to plantings during the first year after transplanting unless soil test determinesthat fertilizer or other chemical additives is required. Apply chemical additives only upon the approval of the Owner'sRepresentative.B.Controlled release fertilizers shall be applied according to the manufacturer's instructions and standardhorticultural practices.3.17PRUNING OF TREES AND SHRUBSA.Prune plants as directed by the Owner's Representative. Pruning trees shall be limited to addressing structuraldefects as shown in details; follow recommendations in “Structural Pruning: A Guide For The Green Industry” publishedby Urban Tree Foundation, Visalia CA.B.All pruning shall be performed by a person experienced in structural tree pruning.C.Except for plants specified as multi-stemmed or as otherwise instructed by the Owner's Representative, preserveor create a central leader.D.Pruning of large trees shall be done using pole pruners or if needed, from a ladder or hydraulic lift to gain accessto the top of the tree. Do not climb in newly planted trees. Small trees can be structurally pruned by laying them overbefore planting. Pruning may also be performed at the nursery prior to shipping.E.Remove and replace excessively pruned or malformed stock resulting from improper pruning that occurred in thenursery or after.F.Pruning shall be done with clean, sharp tools.G.No tree paint or sealants shall be used.3.18MULCHING OF PLANTS A.Apply 3 inches of mulch before settlement, covering the entire planting bed area. Install no more than 1 inch ofmulch over the top of the root balls of all plants. Taper to 2 inches when abutting pavement.B.For trees planted in lawn areas the mulch shall extend to a 5 foot radius around the tree or to the extent indicatedon the plans.C.Lift all leaves, low hanging stems and other green portions of small plants out of the mulch if covered.3.19PLANTING BED FINISHINGA.After planting, smooth out all grades between plants before mulching.B.Separate the edges of planting beds and lawn areas with a smooth, formed edge cut into the turf with the bedmulch level slightly lower, 1 and 2 inches, than the adjacent turf sod or as directed by the Owner's Representative. Bededge lines shall be a depicted on the drawings.3.20WATERINGA.The Contractor shall be fully responsible to ensure that adequate water is provided to all plants from the point ofinstallation until the date of Substantial Completion Acceptance. The Contractor shall adjust the automatic irrigationsystem, if available, and apply additional or adjust for less water using hoses as required.B.Hand water root balls of all plants to assure that the root balls have moisture above wilt point and below fieldcapacity. Test the moisture content in each root ball and the soil outside the root ball to determine the water content.3.21CLEAN - UPA.During installation, keep the site free of trash, pavements reasonably clean and work area in an orderly conditionat the end of each day. Remove trash and debris in containers from the site no less than once a week.1.Immediately clean up any spilled or tracked soil, fuel, oil, trash or debris deposited by the Contractor from all surfaces within the project or on public right of ways and neighboring property.B.Once installation is complete, wash all soil from pavements and other structures. Ensure that mulch is confinedto planting beds and that all tags and flagging tape are removed from the site. The Owner's Representative's seals are toremain on the trees and removed at the end of the warranty period.C.Make all repairs to grades, ruts, and damage by the plant installer to the work or other work at the site.D.Remove and dispose of all excess planting soil, subsoil, mulch, plants, packaging, and other material brought tothe site by the Contractor.3.22PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCTIONA.The Contractor shall protect planting and related work and other site work from damage due to plantingoperations, operations by other Contractors or trespassers. Maintain protection during installation until SubstantialCompletion Acceptance. Treat, repair or replace damaged work immediately.B.Damage done by the Contractor, or any of their sub - contractors to existing or installed plants, or any other partsof the work or existing features to remain, including roots, trunk or branches of large existing trees, soil, paving, utilities,lighting, irrigation, other finished work and surfaces including those on adjacent property, shall be cleaned, repaired orreplaced by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner. The Owner's Representative shall determine when such cleaning,replacement or repair is satisfactory.3.23PLANT MAINTENANCE PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION ACCEPTANCEA.During the project work period and prior to Substantial Completion Acceptance, the Contractor shall maintain allplants.B.Maintenance during the period prior to Substantial Completion Acceptance shall consist of pruning, watering,cultivating, weeding, mulching, removal of dead material, repairing and replacing of tree stakes, tightening and repairingof guys, repairing and replacing of damaged tree wrap material, resetting plants to proper grades and upright position,and furnishing and applying such sprays as are necessary to keep plantings reasonably free of damaging insects anddisease, and in healthy condition. The threshold for applying insecticides and herbicide shall follow established IntegratedPest Management (IPM) procedures. Mulch areas shall be kept reasonably free of weeds, grass.3.24SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION ACCEPTANCEA.Upon written notice from the Contractor, the Owners Representative shall review the work and make adetermination if the work is substantially complete.1.Notification shall be at least 7 days prior to the date the contractor is requesting the review.B.The date of substantial completion of the planting shall be the date when the Owner's Representative acceptsthat all work in Planting, Planting Soil, and Irrigation installation sections is complete.C.The Plant Warranty period begins at date of written notification of substantial completion from the Owner'sRepresentative. The date of substantial completion may be different than the date of substantial completion for the othersections of the project.3.25MAINTENANCE DURING THE WARRANTY PERIOD by othersA.After Substantial Completion Acceptance, the Contractor shall make sufficient site visits to observe the Owner'smaintenance and become aware of problems with the maintenance in time to request changes, until the date of End ofWarranty Final Acceptance.1.Notify the Owner's Representative in writing if maintenance, including watering, is not sufficient to maintainplants in a healthy condition. Such notification must be made in a timely period so that the Owner'sRepresentative may take corrective action.a.Notification must define the maintenance needs and describe any corrective action required.2.In the event that the Contractor fails to visit the site and or notify, in writing, the Owner's Representative of maintenance needs, lack of maintenance shall not be used as grounds for voiding or modifying the provisions of the warranty.3.26MAINTENANCE DURING THE WARRANTY PERIOD by the plant installerA.During the warranty period, provide all maintenance for all plantings to keep the plants in a healthy state and theplanting areas clean and neat.B.General requirements:1.All work shall be undertaken by trained planting crews under the supervision of a foreman with a minimum of 5 years experience supervising commercial plant maintenance crews.2.All chemical and fertilizer applications shall be made by licensed applicators for the type of chemicals to be used. All work and chemical use shall comply with all applicable local, provincial and federal requirements.3.Assure that hoses and watering equipment and other maintenance equipment does not block paths or be placed in a manner that may create tripping hazards. Use standard safety warning barriers and other procedures to maintain the site in a safe manner for visitors at all times.4.All workers shall wear required safety equipment and apparel appropriate for the tasks being undertaken.5.The Contractor shall not store maintenance equipment at the site at times when they are not in use unlessauthorized in writing by the Owner's Representative.6.Maintenance vehicles shall not park on the site including walks and lawn areas at any time without the Owner's Representative's written permission.7.Maintain a detailed log of all maintenance activities including types of tasks, date of task, types and quantities of materials and products used, watering times and amounts, and number of each crew.Periodically review the logs with the Owner's Representative, and submit a copy of the logs at the end of each year of the maintenance agreement.8.Meet with the Owner's Representative a minimum of three times a year to review the progress and discussany changes that are needed in the maintenance program. At the end of the warranty period attend a hand over meeting to formally transfer the responsibilities of maintenance to the Owner's Representative. Provideall information on past maintenance activities and provide a list of critical tasks that will be needed over the next 12 months. Provide all maintenance logs and soil test data. Make the Contractor's supervisor availablefor a minimum of one year after the end of the warranty period to answer questions about past maintenance.C.Provide the following maintenance tasks:1.Watering; Provide all water required to keep soil within and around the root balls at optimum moisturecontent for plant growth.a.Maintain all watering systems and equipment and keep them operational.b.Monitor soil moisture to provide sufficient water. Check soil moisture and root ball moisture with a soil moisture meter on a regular basis and record moisture readings. Do not over water.2.Soil nutrient levels: Take a minimum of 4 soil samples from around the site in the spring and fall and have them tested by an accredited agricultural soil testing lab for chemical composition of plant required nutrients,pH, salt and % organic matter. Test results shall include laboratory recommendations for nutrientapplications. Apply fertilizers at rates recommended by the soil test.a.Make any other soil test and/or plant tissue test that may be indicated by plant conditions that may not be related to soil nutrient levels such as soil contaminated by other chemicals or lack of chemical uptake by the plant.3.Plant pruning: Remove cross over branching, shorten or remove developing co dominant leaders, dead wood and winter-damaged branches. Unless directed by the Owner's Representative, do not shear plants or make heading cuts.4.Restore plants: Reset any plants that have settled or are leaning as soon as the condition is noticed.5.Guying and staking: Maintain plant guys in a taught position. Remove tree guys and staking after the first full growing season unless directed by Owner's Representative.6.Weed control: Keep all beds free of weeds. Hand-remove all weeds and any plants that do not appear on the planting plan. Chemical weed control is permitted only with the approval of the Owner's Representative.Schedule weeding as needed but not less 12 times per year. 7.Trash removal: Remove all trash and debris from all planting beds and maintain the beds in a neat and tidy appearance. The number of trash and debris removal visits shall be no less than 12 times per year and may coincide with other maintenance visits.8.Plant pest control: Maintain disease, insects and other pests at manageable levels. Manageable levels shall be defined as damage to plants that may be noticeable to a professional but not to the average person. Use least invasive methods to control plant disease and insect outbreaks.a.The Owner's Representative must approve in advance the use of all chemical pesticide applications.9.Plant replacement: Replace all plants that are defective as defined in the warranty provisions, as soon as the plant decline is obvious and in suitable weather and season for planting as outlined in above sections. Plantsthat become defective during the maintenance period shall be covered and replaced under the warrantyprovisions.10.Mulch: Refresh mulch once a year to maintain complete coverage but do not over mulch. At no time shall the overall mulch thickness be greater that 3 inches. Do not apply mulch within 6 inches of the trunks or stems of any plants. Replacement mulch shall meet the requirements of the original approved material. Mulch shall be no more than one inch on top of the root ball surface.11.Bed edging: Check and maintain edges between mulch and lawn areas in smooth neat lines as originallyshown on the drawings.12.Leaf, fruit and other plant debris removal: Remove fall leaf, spent flowers, fruit and plant part accumulationsfrom beds and paved surfaces. Maintain all surface water drains free of debris. Debris removal shall be undertaken at each visit to weed or pick up trash in beds.13.Damage from site use: Repair of damage by site visitors and events, beyond normal wear, are not part of this maintenance. The Owner's Representative may request that the Contractor repair damage beds or plantings for an additional cost. All additional work shall be approved in advance by the Owner'sRepresentative.3.27END OF WARRANTY FINAL ACCEPTANCE / MAINTENANCE OBSERVATIONA.At the end of the Warranty and Maintenance period the Owner's Representative shall observe the work andestablish that all provisions of the contract are complete and the work is satisfactory.1.If the work is satisfactory, the maintenance period will end on the date of the final observation.2.If the work is deemed unsatisfactory, the maintenance period will continue at no additional expense to the Owner until the work has been completed, observed, and approved by the Owner's Representative.B.FAILURE TO PASS OBSERVATION: If the work fails to pass final observation, any subsequent observationsmust be rescheduled as per above. The cost to the Owner for additional observations will be charged to the Contractor atthe prevailing hourly rate of the Owners Representative.END OF SECTION 32 93 00 143
144
Visalia City Council
Staff Report
Visalia City Council
707 W. Acequia
Visalia, CA 93291
File #: 24-0178 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 8.

Agenda Item Wording:

Appointment to the Tulare Mosquito Abatement District - Appointment of Charles Mayer as the Visalia representative on the Tulare Mosquito Abatement District Board of Trustees for a two-year term ending June 30, 2026.

Deadline for Action: 6/30/2024
Submitting Department: Administration
Contact Name and Phone Number: Michelle Nicholson, Chief Deputy City Clerk [email protected] <mailto:[email protected]>; 713-4512 Department Recommendation:

It is recommended that the Visalia City Council reappoint Charles Mayer to a fourth term as the Visalia representative on the Tulare Mosquito Abatement District Board of Trustees.

Background Discussion:

The Tulare Mosquito Abatement District is a political subdivision of the State of California that monitors, inspects, abates, and otherwise controls insects which carry transmittable diseases. This District is similar to Delta Vector Control District, which serves most of Visalia. The Tulare District encompasses a small portion of Southern Visalia, primarily between Demaree and Ben Maddox, south of Caldwell (map attached).

The Tulare Mosquito Abatement District has represented this small portion of Visalia for decades and they are required to have a representative from Visalia that lives in the Tulare Mosquito Abatement District. Michelle Dempsey, General Manager of the Tulare Mosquito Abatement District is recommending Charles Mayer, who lives in the district and is willing to be reappointed to serve another term as the City of Visalia representative Prior Council Action: November 2018, June 2020, and June 2022, Charles Mayer appointed to serve a two-year term as the Visalia representative.

Alternatives: Not appoint Mr. Mayer and direct staff to conduct an additional recruitment.

Recommended Motion (and Alternative Motions if expected):

I move to appoint Charles Mayer to serve as the Visalia representative to the Tulare Mosquito Abatement District for a two-year term ending June 30, 2026.

Attachments: Letter from TMADB General Manager recommending appointment. Map of the Visalia portion of the District
Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 1 of 1
powered by Legistar™
145
146
C R E A T E D B Y T H E C I T Y O F V I S A L I A G I S D E P A R T M E N T O N 1 0 / 2 5 / 2 0 1 8 D i n u b a
R i g g i n
C o u r t
M
c
A
uliff
H o u s t o n
M i n e r a l K i n g
St Johns
G o s h e n
N o b l e
Lo
vers
Lan
e
M o o n e y
A k e r s
R d 1 2 4
D e m a r e e
W a l n u t
A c e q u i a
A v e
3 0 4
L o c u s t
2 n d
Ben
M
ad
d
o
x
C a l d w e l l
M a i n
H w y 1 9 8
Murray
C e n t e r
3 r d
A v e 3 1 2
R d 1 3 2
P l a z a
S h i r k
R i v e r w a y
A v e 2 7 2
V i s a l i a
Ivanhoe
R d 1 0 8
Betty
R d 1 5 6
R d 9 2
R d 1 0 0
A v e 2 9 6
R d 1 5 2
R d 1 4 4
A v e 2 8 0
R d 1 4 8
H
w
y
99 ¯

L E G E N D
C it y L im it s
T u la r e M o s q u io t e A b a t e m e n t D is t r ic t C o lle c t o r
H ig h w a y
L o c a l
M a jo r A r t e r ia l
M in o r A r t e r ia l
O t h e r
R a m p
S e r v ic e
0 1 2 3 40 . 5
M i l e s

T U L A R E M O S Q U IT O A B A T E M E N T A N D V E C T O R C O N T R O L D IS T R IC T 147
Visalia City Council
Staff Report
Visalia City Council
707 W. Acequia
Visalia, CA 93291
File #: 24-0184 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 9.

Agenda Item Wording:

Authorization to Award a Contract for Phlebotomy and Alcohol/Drug Screening Services - Authorize the City Manager to award a sole source contract for phlebotomy and alcohol/drug screening services for the Visalia Police Department with Adventist Health Tulare, Adventist Health Toxicology located in Tulare, CA, for an annual amount not to exceed $60,00 a year and a 5-year contract total amount not to exceed $300,000.

Deadline for Action: 5/20/2024
Submitting Department: Police Department
Contact Name and Phone Number:

Chief Jason Salazar, ext. 4215, [email protected] <mailto:[email protected]>; Financial Analyst Liz Ybarra, ext. 4250, [email protected] <mailto:[email protected]>; Lieutenant Mike Verissimo, ext. 4154, [email protected] <mailto:[email protected]>
Department Recommendation:

Authorize City Manager to award a sole source contract for phlebotomy and alcohol/drug screening services for the Visalia Police Department with Adventist Health Tulare, Adventist Health Toxicology located in Tulare, CA, for an annual amount not to exceed $60,000 and a 5-year contract total amount not to exceed $300,000. The Department currently uses two providers. Adventist Health performs blood draws and Central Valley Toxicology provides lab results. The Visalia Police Department requests to utilize the Adventist Health Toxicology Laboratory, located in Tulare, CA, for both services as a cost saving measure.

Summary:

Mineral King Toxicology (MKT), which was managed by Tulare Regional Medical Center (TRMC), was the Department’ssole source provider for blood draws and drug/alcohol screening services for numerous years until they suddenly stopped providing services on 10/28/2017. The department urgently researched other vendors, with the cooperation of other local agencies that were also placed in the same situation. The Department temporarily contracted with two independent phlebotomists along with Central Valley Toxicology (CVT) which was the only vendor in the area that could provide drug/alcohol screening services. Kaweah Delta would not provide those screening services. In 2019, the Department was able to sole source a contract for phlebotomy services through Adventist Health Toxicology. The services are charged at $75 for the collection and $75 for travel for each sample collected.

Since Adventist Health has taken over the administration of the hospital in Tulare, they have reopened the toxicology lab, upgraded their instrumentation, and added staff. The lab manager has advised that if we were to resume testing with them, the phlebotomy charges would be reduced to $45 for collection and $45 for travel which is a 40% savings ($60) per sample. This would result in Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 1 of 2
powered by Legistar™
148
File #: 24-0184 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 9.
$45 for collection and $45 for travel which is a 40% savings ($60) per sample. This would result in substantial annual savings from our current practices.

An additional advantage to resuming services with Adventist Health Toxicology Laboratory is that the samples collected from the phlebotomist would be retained and transported directly to the lab for testing. This drastically reduces the time from collection to sampling and improves the chain of custody of these samples. Furthermore, it reduces the burden on City staff to pack, log into evidence, and transport these samples to Fresno.

Background Discussion:

In October 2019, the Visalia Police Department requested and was granted an emergency contract with CVT for drug/alcohol screening services. This emergency contract was the result of the previous service provider, MKT, terminating the service agreement with a five-day notice when TRMC ceased operations for an extended period of time. This left an urgent void in the processing of drug/alcohol samples, which significantly impacted the filing of cases with the District Attorney’sOffice. In 2019, Adventist Health Toxicology then became operational, and the Department contracted with them for phlebotomy services.

Fiscal Impact:

Both CVT and Adventist Health service contracts expire on June 30, 2024. Staff will notify CVT that the Department will no longer be using their services. The Department budgets $60,000 (2101-55110 & 55120) a year for phlebotomy and drug/alcohol screening services as part of Police operations.

Staff is requesting a sole source contract with Adventist Health Tulare, Adventist Health Toxicology Laboratory in Tulare, CA, for both phlebotomy and drug/alcohol screening services because they are the only provider in the local area. Adventist Health is now the administrator of the Tulare Hospital and has since reopened the toxicology lab. The Adventist Health lab and the CVT lab in Fresno are the only two forensic toxicology labs in this region.

Prior Council Action: 5/6/2019 CVT Staff Report.

Other: N/A
Alternatives: Not award a sole source contract.

Recommended Motion (and Alternative Motions if expected):

Authorize the City Manager to award a sole source contract for phlebotomy and alcohol/drug screening services for the Visalia Police Department with Adventist Health Tulare, Adventist Health Toxicology located in Tulare, CA, for an annual amount not to exceed $60,00 a year and a 5-year contract total amount not to exceed $300,000.

Environmental Assessment Status: N/A
CEQA Review: N/A
Attachments: Price Schedule of Services.

Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 2 of 2
powered by Legistar™
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
Visalia City Council
Staff Report
Visalia City Council
707 W. Acequia
Visalia, CA 93291
File #: 24-0186 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 10.

Agenda Item Wording:

Resolution Approving Grant for Vehicles - Authorize the adoption of Resolution No. 2024-22 approving the application accepting the requirements set forth by the San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District Public Benefit Grants Program for alternative fuel vehicles.

Deadline for Action: 5/20/2024
Submitting Department: Community Services
Contact Name and Phone Number: Alvin Dias, Parks and Facilities Manager 713-4564; [email protected] <mailto:[email protected]> John Lollis, Assistant City Manager 713-4323; [email protected] <mailto:[email protected]> Department Recommendation:

Staff recommends that the City Council adopt Resolution 2024-22 approving the application to the San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District Public Benefit Grants Program for the purchase of new alternative fuel vehicles within various City Departments.

Background Discussion:

The San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District is currently offering the Public Benefit Grants Program.

The purpose of this program is to fund the purchase of new electric, plug-in hybrid, or alternative fuel vehicles for public agencies to promote clean air alternative-fuel technologies and the use of low- or zero-emission vehicles in public fleets.

The applicant must meet several different criteria to be eligible for submission of the grant application. Some these criteria include, being a public agency such as cities, counties, special districts; public educational institutions, or any other public agency as defined by Government Code section 6252, including those agencies provided for in Article IV and Article VI of the California Constitution, that are located within the geographic area of the SJVAPCD (see attached map for boundaries), commit to a three (3) year contract period, and own and operate the vehicle(s) for the full term of the contract.

The Parks and Recreation Department currently has funds budgeted within the Parks Maintenance Division’s Capital Improvement Projects (CIP) budget for the purchase of four (4) electric utility vehicles. These vehicles would replace the two (2) fossil fuel John Deere Gators that are used daily to perform maintenance tasks within our parks system, such as herbicide application, litter pick up, and transportation within parks to reduce damage to the park turf.

The Public Works Department will also be procuring vehicles in the future for their Sanitary Collections and Water Conservation Divisions. These vehicles will be used daily for their maintenance needs and will help the City move toward the zero emissions requirements imposed by the State of California. The grant will not fund the entire purchase of these vehicles but will greatly reduce the overall cost by allocating $20,000 toward the purchase of each vehicle, up to $100,000 per calendar year.

Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 1 of 2
powered by Legistar™
161
File #: 24-0186 Agenda Date: 5/20/2024 Agenda #: 10.

Fiscal Impact:

The Public Benefit Grants Program will fund up to $20,000 for each new vehicle, with a maximum funding of $100,000 per calendar year. Additional funds will need to be budgeted within each department’s annual approved budget.

Prior Council Action: None
Other: None
Alternatives: Reject staff’s recommendation and not adopt Resolution 2024-22 for the application of the San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District Public Benefit Grants Program.

Recommended Motion (and Alternative Motions if expected):

I move to Authorize the adoption of Resolution No. 2024-22 approving the application accepting the requirements set forth by the San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District Public Benefit Grants Program.

Environmental Assessment Status: N/A
CEQA Review: N/A
Attachments: Resolution 2024-22, Public Benefit Grants Program Guidelines, Sample Public Benefit Grants Program Application, Map of the SJVPCD Boundaries.

Visalia City Council Printed on 5/17/2024Page 2 of 2
powered by Legistar™
162
RESOLUTION NO. 2024-XX

RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING THE CITY OF VISALIA TO MAKE APPLICATION FOR

AND TO SIGN CERTAIN ASSURANCES WITH RESPECT TO APPLICATIONS FOR

LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL PROGRAMS, PROJECTS OR GRANTS

It was approved by the Visalia City Council that the following Resolution be adopted:

WHEREAS, District staff identified a grant from the San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District (SJVAPCD) to support the purchase of a new alternative fuel vehicle under a grant program eligible to public ag encies throughout t he San Joaquin Valley; and

WHEREAS, the program is available to public agencies such as cities, counties, special districts, and public education institutions located within the geographical boundaries of the San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District; and

WHEREAS, the District is an eligible public agency under the program, and seeks to reduce the amount of air pollutants by the operation of its facilities, particularly carbon monoxide and other harmful emissions from gas powere d vehicles used by District employees in performance of their duties; and

WHEREAS, as part of the grant requirements, reimbursement will take place after the new vehicle is purchased and all of the required documents, as specified in the Public Benefit Grants Program Payment Procedures, are submitted to the SJVAPCD; and

WHEREAS, a maximum of $20,000 in grant funds is available per vehicle , and up to $100,000 per calendar year, on a first come, first serve basis.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the Ci ty of Visalia Council hereby authorizes the City Manager, or their Designee, to make application for, to sign required assurances, and to administer the Public Benefit Grant Program with respect to applications for Local, State and Federal programs, projec ts or grants, on behalf of this City Council.

PASSED AND ADOPTED: May 20, 2024 LESLIE CAVIGLIA, CITY CLERK

STATE OF CALIFORNIA)
COUNTY OF TULARE ) ss.

CITY OF VISALIA )

I, Leslie Caviglia, City Clerk of the City of Visalia, certify the foregoing is the full and true Resolution XXXX-XX passed and adopted by the Council of the City of Visalia at a regular meeting held on May 20, 2024.

Dated: May 20, 2024 LESLIE CAVIGLIA, CITY CLERK

By Michelle Nicholson, Chief Deputy City Clerk
163

PUBLIC BENEFIT GRANTS PROGRAM
New Alternative Fuel Vehicle Purchase
Eligibility Criteria and Application Guidelines

The San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District (SJVAPCD) is currently accepting applications from public agencies requesting funding, up to $20,000 per vehicle, for the purchase of new alternative-fuel vehicles. For additional information, assistance, or to receive application materials, please contact:

San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District
Strategies and Incentives Department
1990 East Gettysburg Avenue
Fresno, CA 93726-0244

You may also contact us by phone or e-mail, or visit our website at:

(559) 230-5800
[email protected]
www.valleyair.org

Please Note the Following:

 All projects will be considered on a first-come, first-serve basis.  As with all SJVAPCD incentive programs, you may not order or purchase any new vehicle prior to obtaining an executed contract with the SJVAPCD. Any new vehicle purchased prior to contract execution is ineligible for funding.
 Reimbursement takes place after the new vehicle is purchased and all required documents, as specified in the SJVAPCD Public Benefit Grants Program Payment Procedures, are submitted to the SJVAPCD.
164
SJVAPCD Public Benefit Grants Program
Application Guidelines
New Vehicle Purchase